Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

33rd Annual Convention; San Diego, CA; 2007

Program by Day for Saturday, May 26, 2007


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #2
Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:00 AM–11:20 AM
Randle AB
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College)
ABA thanks the Society for Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB) for sponsoring tutorials focusing on quantitative analysis. ABA encourages its members to take advantage of the SQAB program that occurs immediately before the ABA program. The SQAB program includes many presentations on quantitative applications in behavior science. A separate registration fee and badge are required to attend the SQAB meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #3
Special Interest Group Business Meeting with the ABA Presidents
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Betsy A
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Presenting Authors:
To discuss issues related to SIGs with SIG representatives.
 
 
Business Meeting #4
Affiliated Chapters Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2007
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Betsy A
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Presenting Authors:
To review activities of the Affiliated Chapters Board.
 
 
Special Event #5
Newcomers' Session
Saturday, May 26, 2007
9:30 AM–10:20 AM
Gregory AB
Chair: John L. Michael (Western Michigan University)
An overview of ABA, its history, structures, and functions as an international locus of the field of behavior analysis. Awards, special interest groups, and other features will also be addressed. Dr. Michael, one of ABA’s original members, will review the origin and organization of ABA as well as describe the principles of behavior analysis that form the scientific foundation of the field.
 
 
Special Event #6
International Development Brunch
Saturday, May 26, 2007
10:00 AM–11:20 AM
Elizabeth DE
Chair: Simon Dymond (University of Wales, Swansea)
The international development brunch is scheduled for the first day of the convention to welcome international members and review the international development of behavior analysis being conducted at ABA. All members are welcome. We expect conference attendees from 30 countries to join us for food and conversation.
 
 
Business Meeting #7
For Newcomers: A Roadmap to the Autism Program at the ABA Convention, 2007
Saturday, May 26, 2007
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Gregory AB
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
Presenting Authors:
This session is intended for newcomers to the ABA convention. Anyone is welcome. An event as large as ABA may seem overwhelming to newcomers–whether professionals or parents. Jack Scott is the Autism Program Area Senior Co-Coordinator and he will provide information on the various session formats and then offer a roadmap or set of suggestions for the most helpful presentations and events for a first time ABA attendee interested in Autism.
 
 
Special Event #8
Opening Event: Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards
Saturday, May 26, 2007
11:30 AM–12:50 PM
Douglas BC
Chair: Frances K. McSweeney (Washington State University)
 
Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Teodoro Ayllon (Behavioral Consultant)
Abstract: Early experimental research in applied settings showed that the social environment affects a wide range of human behavior through differential consequences. First, we demonstrated that staff in mental hospitals often maintain the patients’ symptoms by the social attention that they produce. Next, we demonstrated that most of these symptoms can be eliminated and adaptive ones established in their place by using a “real world” system of incentives for engaging in constructive, “normal” behavior. We have systematically replicated these findings in varied environments, including a medium-security prison, a school for the trainable retarded, regular schools, and, most recently, in a rehabilitation hospital. A parallel line of research on the influence of home environments indicates that parents can eliminate problem behaviors by differentially reinforcing their children’s adaptive behaviors. The cumulative results of these and other applied studies show that many of the human problems observed in clinical, rehabilitation, educational, and work settings can be minimized by altering the social environments to maximize adaptive behavior.
 
TEODORO AYLLON (Behavioral Consultant)
 
Dr. Teodoro Ayllon has extensive experience working with children, adolescents, and families. He lectures on a therapeutic approach that regards problematic behavior, largely, as a child’s effort to deal with, and control, his social environment. As it happens, the typical parental efforts to deal with problematic behavior have unintended consequences that tend to maintain negative patterns of behavior. Therefore, the treatment strategy is to replace ineffective parental practices with practices that encourage a child to seek positive experiences with his family. Dr. Ayllon is a Licensed Psychologist in the State of Georgia, and maintains a private practice in Atlanta. He is Professor Emeritus of Psychology at Georgia State University in Atlanta. He received his B.A. and M.A. degrees from the University of Kansas, and his Ph.D. degree in Clinical Psychology from the University of Houston in Texas. Dr. Ayllon is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, and holds Board Certification, Diplomate in Clinical Psychology (ABPP). Over the years, Dr. Ayllon has served as a consultant to psychiatric hospitals, prison systems, schools, as well as private organizations and state and federal agencies. He has published over 80 scientific articles, and four books on therapeutic methods involving the emotional and behavioral problems of adults, teenagers, and children. They include, Ayllon & Azrin, The Token Economy: A Motivational System for Therapy and Rehabilitation, 1968; Ayllon, Milan, Roberts, & McKee, Correctional Rehabilitation and Management: A Psychological Approach, 1979; Ayllon & Freed, Stopping Baby’s Colic, 1989; Ayllon, T., How to Use Token Economy and Point Systems, 1999 (2nd Ed.).
 
Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Eitan Eldar (Zinman College, Israel)
Abstract: During the past 20 years the education system in Israel has gradually changed its attitude towards behavior analysis – from rebuff to unswerving support. The planned process of dissemination was based on the following principles: training of educators from the various sectors; providing support in basic implementation of quality behavioral programs in schools; maintaining ongoing cooperation with superintendents; rehabilitating pupils with severe behavior problems with which the education system had not succeeded in coping and returning these pupils to the system; writing books in Hebrew; maintaining a systematic research replication program in areas pertaining to the improvement of behavior and the inclusion of pupils with difficulties; and using common language. A unique model was developed that integrated ABA with physical education and sport. This strategy helped to ease the introduction of ABA into the schools and many principals saw it as a suitable way to deal with severe challenges. Fading out the physical education component in some cases left ABA as the central educational means used by the school. The dissemination strategy, data about the graduates (three in the first year; 40 this year), and the extent of interest in ABA services shown by the education system will be presented.
 
EITAN ELDAR ELDAR (Zinman College, Israel)
 
Dr. Eitan Eldar is the founder and director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Center (Teaching, Community Services & Research) at the Zinman College in Israel. He has been widely acknowledged by the educational community for his extraordinary efforts to fulfill the goals, values, and mission of disseminating behavior analysis. He has written numerous papers and books, authored the first applied behavior analysis (ABA) textbook in Hebrew and served as the first chairman of the Israeli Association of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Eldar designed a model for individual full inclusion in general education settings for autistic students that has been adopted by the Ministry of Education countrywide. Dr. Eldar has organized workshops and conferences on various topics related to the enhancement of services the ABA science can offer to improve the quality of daily living for parents, para-professionals, and educators. Throughout the past three decades, Dr. Eldar has been the leading supervisor of countless intervention programs aimed at helping children identified as having behavior difficulties or learning disabilities to successfully cope in regular educational settings. His unique innovative model, which integrates physical activity and games as a context for behavioral rehabilitation, has been warmly adopted by schools countrywide.
 
Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis: Henry S. (Hank) Pennypacker (University of Florida)
Abstract: Over the past 25 years, basic behavior analytic concepts and terminology have slowly seeped into the vernacular of the culture. Terms like ‘reinforcement’ and ‘consequences’ are now in general use. Recently, two programs aimed at coping with urban poverty, notable for their use of incentives at the level of individual behavior, were launched amid widespread publicity. At least one is enjoying considerable success. Absent was any mention of the concept of contingencies or of the contribution of our field. Even as behavior analysis is now making implicit contributions in the public policy arena, there is an intense need for our expertise in the realm of international aid and development. Noncontingent dispersal of vast sums of aid money has created a number of cultural and humanitarian disasters and, in some cases, diminished our own national security. I will propose a mechanism that will give leaders in our field an opportunity to educate policy makers in the field of international development regarding the benefits of contingency analysis in organizations.
 
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida)
 
Dr. Henry S. (Hank) Pennypacker, Professor Emeritus in Psychology at the University of Florida, received his Ph.D. under Gregory Kimble from Duke University in 1962. Professor Kimble introduced him to Ogden Lindsley in 1961 and a lifelong friendship developed that led Hank into the field of behavior analysis. Focusing on education, Hank developed with Jim Johnston a behavioral technology of college teaching that influenced the careers of many leaders in the field. Later they produced a basic methods text, which will soon appear in its third edition. As Chairman of the Peer Review Committee in Florida during the late 1970s, Hank launched and led the effort to train and certify behavioral service delivery workers. This evolved into the present BCBA program. For the past 40 years, he has focused on building and disseminating a technology of proficient manual breast examination as a means of early detection of breast cancer. This serves as the platform for his work on technology transfer. Hank served as President of the Florida Association of Behavior Analysis and the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and has been Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies since 2001.
 
Award for Impact of Science on Application: Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Current research seems to suggest that relational operants exist, they impact other behavioral processes, and that they are a core feature of language and cognition. If that is the case, we have a new way forward to deal with complex human behavior, but we are also likely to see a confusing period inside behavior analysis.
 
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Dr. Steven C. Hayes is Nevada Foundation Professor at the Department of Psychology at the University of Nevada. An author of 30 books and nearly 400 scientific articles, his career has focused on a behavioral analysis of the nature of human language and cognition and the application of this to new interventions. In 1992, he was listed by the Institute for Scientific Information as among the top 30 psychologists in the world based on the citation impact of his writings. Dr. Hayes has been President of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association and the Association for Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies, and was the first Secretary-Treasurer of the Association for Psychological Science (previously the American Psychological Society). He served a five-year term on the National Advisory Council on Drug Abuse in the National Institutes of Health. In 2000, Division 25 awarded him the Don F. Hake Award for Exemplary Contributions to Basic Behavioral Research and Its Applications.
 
Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: The May Institute
Abstract: *Dennis C. Russo, Ph.D., ABPP will accept the award on behalf of May Institute. May Institute was founded in 1955 in the seaside village of Chatham, Massachusetts, by Dr. Jacques M. May and his wife, Marie-Anne. Their vision was to help children with disabilities, including their twin boys with autism, lead the fullest lives possible. Today, the Institute (annual budget, $100M) is one of the largest organizations of its kind in the world, with centers from Maine to Florida and Massachusetts to California. Each year, May Institute provides behavioral services to more than 26,000 children and adults with autism and other developmental disabilities, brain injury, mental illness, and behavioral healthcare needs. The Institute’s 2,200 employees include more than 40 licensed and credentialed doctoral-level professionals with significant experience in behavior analysis–a concentration of expertise that rivals that of many universities. These senior-level experts are joined by over 50 staff with BCBA and BCABA certification. May Institute is unique in the extent to which it has systematically utilized the principles and methods of behavior analysis in its administrative organization and management practices. The majority of its executive and senior management staff, and over 90% of its senior clinical staff, hold doctoral-level degrees and/or BCBA certification and are highly experienced in behavior analysis.
 
DENNIS C. RUSSO (The May Institute)
 
Specialized programs for children and adolescents include six private schools for students with autism, a school for students with brain injury, and 22 community-based group homes. The Institute operates 77 group homes and 25 supported living apartments for adults with autism, developmental disabilities, or psychiatric disorders, and seven regional day treatment and vocational rehabilitation programs. Its 38 behavioral health programs for children and adults include clinics, hospital-based programs, and community drop-in centers. May Institute also provides home-based and early intervention services to well over 500 families and consultation to more than 200 public school systems annually. The Institute’s publication record over the past 25 years includes over 340 peer-reviewed journal articles, book chapters, and books. Its professional staff have conducted over 1,700 invited presentations to international, national, and regional audiences. In 1998, the Institute established an APA-accredited internship program with an applied behavioral track, and has since trained 67 pre-doctoral clinical psychology interns and 36 post-doctoral fellows. In partnership with May, Northeastern University offers a Master of Science degree in applied behavior analysis, which has been granted to over 740 graduate students to date. Perhaps the Institute’s most enduring contribution to the field has been its instrumental role in bringing behavior analysis into the public domain on an unprecedented scale, helping to bridge the gap that might otherwise exist between a research-based methodology and the mainstream application of that methodology. After five decades of unsurpassed expertise and exceptional care, May Institute continues to profoundly impact the lives of the children and adults it serves.
 
Award for Contribution to the Foundation of ABA: Jerry Mertens (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Thanks to all involved in my receiving this award. My humble appreciation necessitates sharing the honor. Over the years some of you have extended individually your thanks to me for the early ABA effort, and heard my reply, “Thanks, but an individual never made a group.” Many good individuals stepped forth some 33+ years ago to make ABA function, and that same stepping forward is needed even more today. In my seven minutes, let me first look at some of the unsung heroes and heroines of early ABA, fun moments in our early history, and what I see as areas for future efforts within ABA. In my conclusion to a presentation at the ABA 25th Anniversary, I used a take off on the famous Kennedy quote, “Ask not what ABA can do for you, but what you can do for ABA.” Let us continue to work on the environmental conditions that generate in all of us in the ABA community contributions of time, talent, and/or money. If most ABA members live by this suggestion, our entire ABA community will be living a productive use of the terms heroes and heroines, considering the reservations Skinner wrote about on heroes and heroines.
 
GERALD C. MERTENS (St. Cloud State University)
 
Prof. Jerry Mertens had no intention of going to college following high school graduation. After three summer months of working in a tannery handling animal hides eight hours a day, he had learned the value of college. Jerry first considered psychology as a possible area of study after volunteering as a human guinea pig in the now infamous early 1950 military studies of LSD. Jerry’s undergraduate education in psychology was mentalistic and eclectic, where supposedly by a mysterious process all things learned would fall together in a useful fashion. In his undergraduate training, Dollard and Miller was the closest thing to a “Behavioristic” position given much attention. Jerry’s introduction to behavior analysis orientation came from sources not usually found in any of the usual “Early Behavior Analysis History Trees or Charts.” His introduction to behavior analysis was at “Ole Miss” (the University of Mississippi), where he was mentored by J. B. Wolfe, of “Chimp-o-mat” fame and Bill Crowder. Following Ole Miss, Jerry spent time at “Fort Skinner in the Desert” (Arizona State University) with Jack Michael as an advisor and powerful influence. From there, Jerry took a faculty position at St. Cloud State University, where, at 71 years old, he is currently starting his 43rd year.
 
 
 
Paper Session #9
International Paper Session - Functional Analysis Skills Training for Residential Caregivers
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–1:20 PM
Mohsen AB
Area: TBA
Chair: Katrina J. Phillips (University of Auckland)
 
Functional Analysis Skills Training for Residential Caregivers
Domain: Applied Research
KATRINA J. PHILLIPS (University of Auckland), Oliver C. Mudford (University of Auckland)
 
Abstract: It has been suggested that functional analyses are not conducted regularly due to the level of skill required. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess if four residential caregivers could be trained to implement the standard conditions from the analog functional analysis. The basic training consisted of a lecture, written information, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Results showed that all participants were able to achieve percentage correct responding scores above 95% on three consecutive trials following training, compared with zero or near zero correct responding in baseline. One caregiver showed positive generalization of skills to the assessment of another behavioral topography. The result of this study provides further evidence that lay individuals can be trained to conduct aspects of functional analysis assessment.
 
 
 
Paper Session #10
On Dualism and Logical Behaviorism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–1:20 PM
Cunningham B
Area: TPC
Chair: James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University)
 
Remind We What was Wrong with Logical Behaviorism?
Domain: Applied Research
JAMES D. DOUGAN (Illinois Wesleyan University)
 
Abstract: Logical Behaviorism, a psychological form of Logical Positivism, was proposed by Carnap, Hempel and others during the first part of the 20th century. Logical behaviorism is generally viewed as having been discredited in a classic paper by Putnam (1965). In that paper, Putnam attempted to break an apparent link between pain-related behavior (taking an aspirin, wincing) and the phenomenal experience of pain by positing alternative worlds where a race of superhumans could suppress all overt behavioral response to pain. Putnam’s analysis has often (wrongly) been applied to other forms of behaviorism, including Radical Behaviorism. The present paper shows that Putnam’s original arguments were ill-conceived. In particular, Putnam failed to consider the wide range of pain-related behavior, and completely ignores the functional properties of pain behavior. Putnam’s alternative universe also fails to conserve many important characteristics of “pain” in our universe. Like many critiques of behaviorism (in all of its forms), Putnam’s argument falls well short of validity. The issue should be of interest to Radical Behaviorists because Radical Behaviorism is often confused with Logical Behaviorism. In addition, certain aspects of Logical Behaviorism can, and perhaps should, be incorporated into Radical Behaviorism.
 
 
 
Paper Session #11
International Paper Session - Equivalence and Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Elizabeth B
Area: VBC
Chair: Yors A. Garcia (Southern Illinois University)
 
A Comparison of Naming and Fixed-Ratio Training on the Emergence of Stimulus Equivalence Classes.
Domain: Applied Research
YORS A. GARCIA (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
 
Abstract: The objective of the present study was compare two procedures for facilitating the emergence of equivalence classes in college students. In one condition, participants were first taught to give class-consistent names to the stimuli which would subsequently be conditionally related. In a second condition, participants were first taught to emit common fixed ratio responses in the presence of stimuli which would subsequently be conditionally related. After this training, participants completed conditional discrimination training, followed by equivalence testing. In a control condition, participants were taught conditional discriminations, followed by equivalence testing. A “think aloud” procedure was implemented throughout the three conditions in the conditional discrimination and equivalence testing. Results suggest that both approaches were equally effective in facilitating the emergence of stimulus classes. Also the results from the protocol analysis suggest that naming is not necessarily necessary for class formation.
 
Emergence of the Equivalence-Equivalence Relationships and the Analogies in the Verbal Development.
Domain: Applied Research
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (Universidad Almerí­a, Spain), Rosa García Barranco Brranco (University of Almería, Spain), Mapy Chavez-Brown (Wagner College)
 
Abstract: The objective of the present study is to know in that moment of the normative development widespread equivalence-equivalence responses are shown and to analyze the paper of certain prerequirement and symbolic behaviors. A transversal design is applied, with 10 pupils of different groups of chronological age (of 5 to 9 years-old). Different aspects are evaluated: the visual-visual equivalence-equivalence through matching to the sample and traditionals tasks of analogy; the receptive and expressive linguistics abilities; the behavior repertoire of speaking as own listener; and the level of development of other operants (intellectual coefficient and skills to categorize and take out resemblances), measures directly in structured situations, and/or informed by parents and educators.
 
 
 
Paper Session #12
OBM Paper Series: Improving Assessment in OBM
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Emma C
Area: OBM
Chair: Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
 
An Analysis of Organizational Behavior Management Knowledge of Embry-Riddle Graduate Students Enrolled in Human Factors Classes.
Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA DAMMIER (Northcentral University)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to analyze the organizational behavior management (OBM) knowledge of Embry-riddle Aeronautical University graduate students enrolled in human factors classes (Fall and Winter semesters, 2006-2007). The aviation industry is moving toward a new direction, and the recent literature describes behavior-based methods to solve human factors problems. This quantitative research will present a comparison of students' scores on a pretest and posttest about OBM concepts. It is posited that the students will score higher ont he posttest after recieving an OBM lecture. Parametric statistics will be used to analyze whether there exists a significant difference between the mean scores on the prestest and posttest. The results will be used to evaluate Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University curriculum development.
 
The PIC/NIC Analysis Model: Simplicity, Sophistication, and Enhancements.
Domain: Applied Research
CLOYD HYTEN (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: PIC/NIC Analysis is a tool for mapping contingencies affecting behavior necessary to accomplish valuable work. It has been used in OBM for decades. As typically presented, its strengths are in analyzing the relative strength of consequences for multiple behaviors, thus indicating which behaviors are more likely to be prevalent and which consequences would need to be changed in order to produce different allocations of behavior between alternatives. As such, the tool appears relatively simple, and it can be used with very little training in behavior analysis. However, for pedagogical purposes, the fact that it embraces a choice model of behavior allocation can be used to illustrate complexities in behavior such as nonlinear conceptions of reinforcement, as well as advanced topics regarding delay discounting and economic substitutability of consequent events. Some important antecedent parameters could be included to extract more analytic power from the model. The inclusion of Motivating Operations may also strengthen the antecedent side and suggest more options for interventions to change behavior allocation.
 
Performance Diagnosis: Phase II Psychometric Analysis of a Job Performance Diagnostic Questionnaire (JPDQ).
Domain: Applied Research
YAACOV PETSCHER (Florida Center for Reading Research), Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University), Ryan B. Olson (Oregon Health & Science University)
 
Abstract: This presentation will include a description of the preliminary reliability and validity testing of a job performance diagnostic questionnaire. The impetus for the questionnaire is to fill a need for a user-friendly, valid, reliable performance assessment tool that does not require an immediate subject-matter expert. A description of the questionnaire, including scales, and related statistical analysis based on pilot testing for reliability and validity will be presented. Discussion will include the parameters and necessity for this type of diagnostic tool and challenges behavior analysts in OBM face. This will be a follow-up presentation to a previous session at ABA.
 
 
 
Special Event #13
International SQAB Tutorial: Getting Started in Quantitative Analyses of Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Randle AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College)
Presenting Authors: : JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this tutorial is to help those who are interested in attempting quantitative analyses. As an organizing theme I will use my experiences to provide some suggestions for how to get started. Included will be suggestions for organizing data using several common computer programs for data analyses, and for avoiding some of the pitfalls that await the unwary. While there will be something for everyone, I am going to focus on providing guidance to those not already engaged in quantitative analyses.

 
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University)
Dr. James S. MacDonall, associate professor of psychology at Fordham University, Bronx, NY, received his Ph.D. at Boston University in 1976, studying under Garry Margolius. While working at the Washingtonian Center for Addictions, he and Henry Marcucella of Boston University, developed the periodic availability (limited access) procedure, a method of increasing alcohol consumption of rats that has become a standard. At Fordham University, he showed that concurrent choice could be conceptualized as two independent choices: staying at the present alternative and switching from the present alternative. He also realized that an independent schedule of reinforcement could be arranged for staying and switching at each alternative and that it was the ratio of these stay and switch reinforcers that determined choice behavior. He then identified a new independent variable, the sum of the stay and switch reinforcers earned per visit at an alternative that also influence choice behavior. Because the results of these investigations were not always well described by the generalized matching law, he developed the at-the-alternative model of choice to describe performance in concurrent choice procedures. He is currently working on extending his analysis of choice to examine the influence of different magnitudes and delays of reinforcement. When not in the lab, or otherwise occupied at Fordham, Dr. MacDonall enjoys fly fishing, in fresh water for trout and in the salt for striped bass. His wife and son tolerate his passions for behavior analysis and for fly fishing.
 
 
Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB
Agency-Based Training: Can We Get There from Here?
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Pamela G. Osnes (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Discussant: James F. McGimsey (AdvoServ)
CE Instructor: Pamela G. Osnes, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Most individuals who are providing behavioral services are likely to receive more of their training in their agencies than they received in pre-service training. In some instances, agency-based training is the only training that the service providers will receive. In spite of this state of affairs, there is precious little attention given to how that training is delivered. There are often significant constraints on training that result in poorly designed training. If we accept that training is a method for skill acquisition then the training should be designed in ways that increase the probability of skill acquisition. This symposium will address the various issues associated with staff training as it is commonly practiced, propose a template for guiding training decisions, and provide an example of staff training done well.

 
Agency-Based Behavior Analysis Training (ABBAT): Trials and Tribulations.
PAMELA G. OSNES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: In 2004, the Education Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis began discussions about an apparent gap in training experiences for professionals who are employed in agencies who dispense behavior analysis services but who are not Board Certified Behavior Analysts. While BACB certification provides standards and requirements for continuing education for BCBAs, there are many individuals practicing behavior analysis in agencies who are not part of the certification process who “fall between the cracks” in terms of receiving regular, in-service training opportunities to continue to hone their behavior analytic skills. In response to this identified area of critical need, the Education Board undertook an initiative to assemble practitioners from well-known and long-established behavior analysis agencies in the United States to develop a template of potential “best practices” for in-service training to make available for use in agencies. This presentation will disseminate the broad issues related to training that were identified by the ABBAT members, and will provide opportunities for audience discussion.
 
A Decision Matrix for Designing Staff Training.
RONNIE DETRICH (Wing Institute)
Abstract: Staff training is one solution for addressing performance but is not the only one. Often training becomes the default option even when it is not likely to be the most effective method for improving performance. The first part of this paper will propose a decision matrix for determining a method for improving performance. If staff training is selected as the best option a number of decisions have to be made in order to maximize the impact of training. The first decision to make is how will content be delivered. The most common form of delivery is a didactic format but depending of the skill being taught this may not be the most effective. Once decisions about delivery have been made, then it is necessary to determine how performance will be evaluated. The most common forms of evaluation are either role-plays or some type of paper/pencil test. Again, depending on the skill being trained these may or may not be appropriate methods for assuming that performance in the actual setting will reflect training. The decision matrix proposed in this paper will highlight the various options for content delivery and performance evaluation, suggesting the benefits of each as well as their limitations. This matrix should help trainers more effectively design training in agencies in which there are limits on resources and time for training.
 
Teaching and Learning the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction.
LIBBY M. STREET (Central Washington University), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Morningside Academy forms partnerships with public and private schools that want to implement our Generative Instruction model in their reading, writing and mathematics general education classrooms. I will describe Morningside Academy’s system for teaching teachers and other school personnel the model. Our system includes 3 phases: Prototypical/generic education, program-specific training, and in-classroom coaching. In phase 1, generic education, teachers learn our conceptual Generative Instruction model. Our consultants present slideshows, videoclips, and live demonstrations of principles and procedures. Participants are given many practice opportunities to learn the model. Mastery is demonstrated through (a) intraverbal behavior, including definitions, descriptions, and identification of written examples and nonexamples, and (b) demonstrations of the generic principles and procedures. In phase 2, program-specific training, teachers learn how to implement specific instructional programs and practice routines, consistent with the generic model. Mastery of phase 2 is also demonstrated by intraverbal behavior and demonstrations. In phase 3, in-classroom coaching, Morningside consultants provide hands-on assistance to teachers while they are implementing the programs with their students. Specifically, consultants provide interventions of increasing intrusiveness, beginning with signals, then tips and quips, then live demonstrations with their students, then requests that teachers videotape their lessons so that consultants can review them, frame by frame if necessary, with the teacher.
 
 
Symposium #15
International Symposium - Applications of Relational Frame Theory (RFT): Theory, Research, and Practice (Part I)
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Cunningham C
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicholas M. Berens (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

As the title implies, this two-part symposium will bring together current theory, research, and practice revolving around the application of RFT. Theoretical commentary will focus on the issues of derived relational responding as generalized operant classes, potential applications that are implicit in RFT, and strategies for assessing deficits and excesses in derived relational responding. Research presented herein will focus on the continuing bridge between Skinners system of verbal behavior and RFT, as well as, the refinement of procedures used to establish types of derived relational responding associated with higher cognitive functioning. Finally, descriptions and examples of real world applications of RFT from language training and educational settings will be provided. The goal of the two-part symposium is to provide a forum for practitioners and researchers to contact the current status of the technological developments applying RFT to real world problems.

 
The Practical Value of Viewing Derived Relational Responding as a “Generalized” Operant.
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A fundamental property of an operant class is that it is modifiable by its consequences. Thus, any collection of behavior may participate in the same operant class, regardless of how dissimilar their topographies, if it can be shown that they are sensitive to the same consequences. The term “generalized” is often used to denote the identification of an operant class that is not readily defined by the formal properties of its members. Such classes include but are not limited to generalized imitation, generalized identity matching, and generalized attending. By viewing behavior on functional grounds, Applied Behavior Analysis has the benefit of avoiding a piecemeal approach to establishing socially meaningful repertoires. For example, when “generalized imitation” is established individuals may acquire novel responses even though those responses have not been isolated and directly trained. Similarly, it is considered unethical to target an aberrant behavior for reduction without also targeting an appropriate alternative response for acquisition. Recent investigations have demonstrated that derived relational responding may practically, if not empirically, be viewed as a generalized operant. The current paper will detail the applied value in treating derived relational responding as operant behavior.
 
The Impact of Training Deictic Frames on Perspective Taking in Young Children: A Relational Frame Approach to Theory of Mind.
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Florida State University, Panama City), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The ability to infer mental states of others­such as beliefs, desires, and intentions­is said to emerge in typically developing individuals between the ages of two and five years. The primary view in this area posits that a Theory of Mind (ToM) mechanism is responsible for the development of this group of abilities. As a perspective taking repertoire has been shown to be pivotal in a variety of social and interpersonal interactions, it would be beneficial to identify the process involved in building such a repertoire. The present study examined 1) the possibility that deictic relational responding could be viewed, and trained as operant behavior, and, 2) the relationship between the acquisition of deictic relational frames and increased performance on standard true/false belief and deception tasks. It was found that deictic relational frames can be shaped as operant behavior. In addition, as accuracy on the deictic relational frames increased in complexity, the children’s scores on the ToM measures also increased. In addition, as the ToM probe tests included novel stimuli, generalization was shown.
 
RFT Based Interventions for Enhancing Listening and Reading Comprehension.
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicholas M. Berens (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Kendra L. Rickard (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Maria T. Stevenson (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: There is a solid base of research from the behavior analytic, speech pathology, and educational literatures on how to establish early reading repertoires. However, as textual material becomes more sophisticated the research becomes less informative on how to effectively instruct reading comprehension. It is taken for granted that students will automatically “map” their listening and speaking repertoires to textual materials. However, such assumptions have left many students to their own devices, and in turn establish reading as an aversive event. Furthermore, educational technologies that recognize this potential disconnect often provide instruction on reading comprehension in a haphazard manner. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) provides a theoretical and empirical account of the types of operant classes that may facilitate greater understanding of textual materials. The current paper will describe how taking a few key relational frames may guide the development of functional approach to teaching reading comprehension. Additionally, the paper will report on attempts to synthesize this approach to teaching reading comprehension with Direct Instruction and Think Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS) in a Precision Teaching learning center.
 
 
Panel #16
Behavioral Intervention for Tobacco Addiction and Second-Hand Smoke as a Violation of Civil Rights
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Betsy B
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Victor J. DeNoble (Hissho, Inc.)
VICTOR J. DENOBLE (Hissho, Inc.)
ALLISON Y. LORD (Tobacco Outreach Technology, Inc.)
ROBERT M. STEIN (NeuroHealth)
SHERMAN YEN (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
Abstract: The panel discussion will concentrate on two areas: behavioral intervention and interpretation of how civil rights for non-smokers have been violated. The intervention component consists of updated information on behavioral prevention techniques and clinical interventions with different ethic and majority groups. The second component will discuss important considerations of non-smokers’ health rights and the social responsibility of behaviorist. It maybe argued that the civil rights of nonsmokers have been violated by second-hand smoke and lawsuits focusing on discrimination may begin to emerge.
 
 
Symposium #17
Beyond the Preference Assessment: Establishing Preference and the Utility of Preferred Stimuli as Reinforcers
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Maggie
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa)
Abstract: The utility of preference assessments continues to be an important component in the design of behavior change and behavior acquisition programs to benefit individuals with developmental disabilities. Several strategies have been developed to identify preferred stimuli and subsequent research has demonstrated the utility of preferred stimuli as reinforcers. In the proposed symposia, 4 papers will be presented that address issues beyond the identification of preferred stimuli. One paper describes an intervention to improve play skills so that preferences could be identified for individuals whose play skills previously limited such assessments. Two papers address stimulus properties that affect the utility of preferred stimuli as reinforcers (preference level and task difficulty). The final paper evaluates the correlation between preference stability and reinforcing efficacy. Each of these papers extends the current research on stimulus preference assessments and their utility in designing behavior change and behavior acquisition programs.
 
The Effects of Increasing Appropriate Play Skills on Preference for Toys.
DAVID E. KUHN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A. Contrucci Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Stereotypic behavior and inappropriate toy interaction are behaviors characteristic of individuals diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorders. These behaviors can interfere with the development of appropriate leisure and other adaptive skills. In the current study, initial preference assessments yielded little information due to inadequate play skills displayed by four individuals diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorders. Therefore, a differential reinforcement-based treatment was evaluated targeting appropriate toy contact and engagement (i.e., using the toy in the way in which it was designed). The effects of the intervention were evaluated in a multiple-baseline design across toys for each participant. Initially, baseline levels of item interaction were low to zero for all participants. Phase one of the intervention consisted of reinforcing appropriate toy contact with a preferred edible, followed by phase two where the reinforcement requirement was changed to appropriate toy engagement. Significant increases in toy contact and engagement were observed and maintained. Lastly, single stimulus engagement preference assessments were repeated, and an overall increase in appropriate interaction with trained and untrained toys was observed for 3 of the 4 participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected during at least 33% of all preference assessment and treatment evaluation sessions, and agreement coefficients remained above 80%.
 
The Relative Effects of High and Low Preference Stimuli on Responding.
AMY D. LIPCON (New England Center for Children), Jill A. Larsen (New England Center for Children), Erin Emiko Ellis (New England Center for Children), Melissa Brink (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Although a great deal of research has been published on conducting stimulus preference assessments, relatively little research has focused on identifying variables that impact preference assessment outcomes. In this study, paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments were conducted with 7 individuals with developmental disabilities. In the first paired-stimulus assessment (PS-1), only items suspected to be highly preferred were included. Although distinct preference hierarchies were generated, subsequent single operant reinforcer assessments (RA-1) indicated that high- and low-preference stimuli were associated with similar response rates. A second PS assessment (PS-2) was then conducted, using the least-preferred item from PS-1, plus 7 new stimuli. The items ranked as least preferred on PS-1 were now ranked as most preferred on PS-2. On subsequent reinforcer assessments (RA-2), the top-ranked items from PS-2 were associated with high response rates, while the items ranked as least preferred did not function as reinforcers. Across participants, interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in at least 33% of PS and RA sessions; mean IOA was 99% (range, 96% to 100%). These results indicate that PS assessments do not suggest the absolute reinforcing value of stimuli, but instead only provide information related to the relative reinforcing value of stimuli.
 
Relative Effects of Task Difficulty and Response Effort on Reinforcer Assessment Outcomes.
LEAH KARA (New England Center for Children), Michelle A. Leonard (New England Center for Children), Erin Kelly (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that there may be little to no difference in reinforcing efficacy when high- and low-preference stimuli are assessed in single operant arrangements. Most studies that have demonstrated that low preference stimuli can function as effective reinforcers, however, have used simple free operant tasks during reinforcer assessments. This study examined how the results of reinforcer assessments were influenced by task difficulty. High- and low-preference stimuli were identified using paired-stimulus preference assessments for 3 individuals with developmental disabilities. Reinforcer assessments (ABAB design) were conducted using easy tasks (e.g., button press), and then were immediately repeated using more difficult tasks (e.g., completing math problems on a worksheet). Results indicated that for 2 participants, both high and low preference stimuli functioned as reinforcers when the easy task was used. When the reinforcer assessment was repeated with a difficult task, however, the high preference items functioned as reinforcers but the low preference items did not. For the 3rd participant, only the high preference item functioned as a reinforcer on both the easy and hard task. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 50% of preference and 33% of reinforcer assessment sessions for all participants; mean IOA exceeded 95%.
 
Assessment and Predictive Utility of Stability of Preference.
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Crystal N. Bowen (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Previous research on stability of assessments of preference has produced variable results. For example, stability of preference has shown to be relatively high (e.g., Hanley, Iwata, & Roscoe, 2006) and moderate to low (e.g., Carr, Nicholson, & Higbee, 2000; Mason, McGee, Farmer-Dougan, & Risley, 1989; Zhou, Iwata, Goff, & Shore, 2001). Although assessment of preference is important for selection of potential reinforcers for use in treatment, previous research has not examined the extent to which stability of preference may be indicative of reinforcement efficacy. In the present study, we conducted daily-to-weekly preference assessments to determine the extent to which repeated exposure would yield similar outcomes. Next, we evaluated the predictive utility of stability of preference for reinforcement efficacy. Results suggested that stability preference was only moderately predictive of the extent to which stimuli may function as reinforcement for academic responding.
 
 
Symposium #18
International Symposium - Development: Conceptual Issues
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Molly AB
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
Discussant: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

This series of three presentations by Per Holth, Martha Pelaez, and Francois Tonneau, along with the discussion by Gary Novak, focusses on basic conceptual issues in the behavior analysis of development. We examine theoretical and empirical problems related to category mistakes in psychology, the nature of causation in developmental behavior analysis, the relations between behavioral description and explanation, and current limitations on behavioral explanations of development. Various isms (from holism to mechanism) make an appearance, but we hope to clarify the isms as well as their relevance to behavior analysis and allied philosophical traditions.

 
A Booster Injection against Category Mistakes.
PER HOLTH (Akershus University College)
Abstract: Gilbert Ryle (1949) expressed his “destructive purpose” to show that “a family of radical category mistakes” is the source of the “official doctrine,” that is, a “double-life theory,” according to which “with the doubtful exception of idiots and infants in arms every human being has both a body and a mind.” Ryle demonstrated quite forcefully how psychology and philosophy at the time were misled into asking the wrong kinds of questions. Even though Ryle’s simpler examples are easily comprehended, we are still likely to make this type of error when confronted with complex behavior patterns. Several prototypical examples from psychology -and even from behavior analysis- will be considered.
 
Causal Explanations in Behavioral Development.
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: This paper discusses fourth different causes of behavior development from a dynamic systems approach and notes the interrelatedness between description and explanation of behavior change (Pelaez, 2002; Marr, 2003). The case is made that none of these four causal explanations works in isolation-- without specification of the other three. A rationale for embracing both, contextualism as an epistemological tool, and mechanism as an experimental practice in our understanding of these causes is presented. The concept of contextual interacting variables or “interactants” is highlighted as well as the enormous challenges the study of multiple interactions in mother-child research presents to the scientist. I will point to the lack of appropriate methodology for capturing the effects of these multiple interactions and offer some experimental examples.
 
Development: Tougher Than You Think.
FRANCOIS TONNEAU (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: In this talk I defend two premises and I explore their consequences. The premises are (a) there are developmental facts, and (b) developmental facts call for explanations. Current behavior-analytic concepts certainly can clarify developmental issues, but still fall short of a coherent and complete explanation of development. Future work in developmental behavioral analysis will require serious thinking on the issues of operant reinforcement and induction, temporal scales, mechanisms of behavioral change, structural aspects of behavior, and holism versus elementarism.
 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Empirical Investigations of Precision Teaching with Students and Adults with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Marlene Cohen, Ed.D.
Abstract:

While there is general consensus among Precision Teachers regarding the desired outcomes these procedures for building behavior frequency, standard practice varies with regard to certain procedural aspects. Very little published comparative evidence exists to guide instructors when making such methodological decisions. While a description, analysis and comparison of all these variations in clinical practice of Precision Teaching is beyond the scope of this symposium, an attempt will be made to continue to address a few of these procedural questions.

 
Evaluating the Maintenance of Skills Built to Fluency.
DANIA L. MATTHEWS (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University), Jacqueline J. Wright (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Maintenance of acquired skills has always been a concern for behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. It is well known that many individuals with autism lose skills over time or require regular practice to prevent the loss of skills. Some behavior analysts have suggested that building skills to fluency (through rate-building) may protect learners from this type of skill loss. In this presentation, we will present data on the retention of skills taught through rate-building. Specifically, we will present data on retention checks. Data will be presented on a wide variety of learners and on a wide variety of skills. Data form one-month, two-month, three-month, and six-month retention checks will be presented. Implications of the data will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Precision Teaching with Frequency Building of Fine Motor Skills on the Performance of Functional Life Skills: Examining the Effects of Established Aims.
MARLENE COHEN (Rutgers University), Donna L. Sloan (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates)
Abstract: In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, much focus is placed on the intense training needs of young children with autism. Many educators believe that adolescents and adults with autism are less likely to make significant strides than their younger counterparts. Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures is one method that holds promise as an efficient and effective means of instruction for older learners. The current research is the attempt to replicate previous clinical demonstrations of the profound impact of Precision Teaching with frequency building procedures on the functional use of fine motor skills in adolescents and adults with autism during activities of daily living. Further, this research explores whether instruction of component motor skills should end when minimum frequency aims are initially achieved, or if continuing instruction of component skills to higher frequencies of performance will yield greater, positive effects on performance of functional composite skills. In addition, this paper will begin to examine whether maximum improvement is seen when component skills that are addressed in teaching are directly related to the movements involved in composite skills, or whether more generalized improvements in adaptive skills can be seen in skills that are not topographically related to the trained component skills.
 
Fluency Isn’t Just about Stuttering Anymore: An Examination of the Effects of Frequency Building of Component Language Skills on Students with Autism.
MARY SENS-AZARA AZARA (Rutgers University), Marlene Cohen (Rutgers University)
Abstract: A skill is fluent when a high rate of accurate responding is demonstrated (Lindsley, 1972), response rate and accuracy are maintained over time (Haughton, 1972; Binder, 1987, 1988), responses are readily available to the selecting environment for linking and combining with other skills (Johnson & Layng, 1992), and stability, endurance, application and retention of the skill has been validated (Fabrizio & Moors, 2003). All of these criteria are desirable outcomes of successful intervention in a speech and language program. This paper will examine the outcome of timed practice or frequency building as it might relate to speech therapy practices. Methods for teaching a skill to fluency as it pertains to speech and language programs will be discussed. Material will be of interest to speech pathologists and trainers with some knowledge of verbal behavior programs.
 
 
Symposium #20
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology at a Residential Treatment Center
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Ann Filer (BEACON Services)
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional assessment procedures are the gold standard used to assess the causes of a wide range of maladaptive behaviors. Over the past several years, researchers have assessed the influence of a myriad of variables that could influence functional analysis results. By doing so, client treatment has improved in quality. This symposium reports the results of several extensions of functional analysis methodology and suggests clinical implications of the findings.

 
What is the Effect of Medications on Long-Term Functional Analysis Results?
THOMAS L. ZANE (Evergreen Center), Lawrence L. Lockwood (Evergreen Center), Tara-Lynn Burbee (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Research has documented that functional analysis results are influenced by several variables. For example, brief versus extended functional analyses sometimes differ in results. The influence of establishing operations (e.g., pre-session attention) can reduce the occurrence of behavior during functional analysis sessions. The question addressed in the current research was to what extent (if any) did medication changes influence functional analysis results. The subjects were several students attending a residential treatment center. These subjects engaged in maladaptive behaviors to the extent that psychotropic medication was given. Before changes in medication (either increase, decrease, starting, or stopping) took place, staff performed extended functional analysis sessions the week prior to the change, and a week after the medication would be at eventual strength (or totally eliminated from the bloodstream). FA results before and after the medication change were compared to determine any difference. Results were discussed in terms of clinical implications and suggestions for conducting functional analyses.
 
To What Extent Can Functional Analysis Procedures Determine the Function of Obsessive-Compulsive Behaviors?
TARA-LYNN BURBEE (Evergreen Center), Lawrence L. Lockwood (Evergreen Center), Thomas L. Zane (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology has been used successfully to determine the operant cause of a variety of behaviors, including noncompliance, aggression, self-injury, and self-stimulation. There is little research on using functional analysis procedures with behaviors thought of to be more psychiatric in nature, such as obsessive-compulsive. The purpose of this study was to conduct a functional analysis of classic obsessive-compulsive behavior. Students at a residential treatment center with such a diagnosis served as subjects. Teachers used analog environments to create conditions that would prompt the obsessive-compulsive chain of behaviors. Within that context, the classic functional analysis conditions were employed. Results were provided showing the extent to which there were differentiated results. Comments about possible modification of functional analysis procedures were made.
 
An Analysis of the Reinforcing Effects of Different Components of Attention.
LAWRENCE L. LOCKWOOD (Evergreen Center), Tara-Lynn Burbee (Evergreen Center), Thomas L. Zane (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Many maladaptive behaviors are determined, through functional analysis methodology, to be caused by attention. This is not surprising. However, often the attention provided by another person is multifaceted in nature. That is, there are several components of attention, including eye contact, touch, and tone of voice. It is not clear in many situations exactly what attention an individual is seeking by engaging in maladaptive responses. The purpose of this study was to systematically vary components of attention for attention-maintained behavior, to determine, per subject, what component(s) were and were not reinforcing. Students attending a residential treatment facility served as subjects. After standard functional analysis sessions were conducted to experimentally verify that the maladaptive behaviors were indeed a function of attention, customized sessions were run testing the effect of attention components (i.e., eye contact, touch, and verbalizations) on each subject, utilizing an alternating treatments design. Results showed that subjects varied on the type of attention influenced targeted behaviors. Results were discussed in terms of clinical implications and suggestions for functional analysis methodology.
 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB
Factors Affecting Treatment Success II: Parent and Staff Training
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis & Support Center, Ltd.)
CE Instructor: Sung Woo Kahng, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions have proven to be effective in reducing problem behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Despite the efficacy of this technology, there continue to be barriers to long-term treatment success. One such barrier is effective parent and staff or teacher training. The purpose of this symposium is to present research in recent advances in parent/staff training. The goal is to facilitate a meaningful discussion of training, which we hope will promote a growth of research in this area.

 
Evaluation of an Outpatient Parent Training Service for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders and Their Families.
BRITT WINTER (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Increasingly, parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) are integrally involved in the delivery of behavioral intervention services to their affected child (Koegel, Symons, & Koegel, 2002; Schreibman, 1988). The purpose of this program evaluation was to examine the effects of an outpatient clinic serving children with ASDs in the form of parent training in implementation of behavioral acquisition procedures (e.g., chaining, incidental teaching) and general contingency management systems (e.g., token economy). Parents were taught the procedures using a behavioral skills training model (BST) and implementation was assessed with their child for at least one behavioral target. Data from all families served in a 2-year period will be presented on: a) target areas identified by parents and clinicians, b) interventions recommended by clinicians, c) rate of acquisition by parents, d) procedural integrity of parent implementation during rehearsal and implementation with the target child, and e) child acquisition data for the targeted skill.
 
Further Evaluation of an Intensive Teacher Training Model.
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alyson N. Hovanetz (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Margaret J. Strobel (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Allison Serra Tetreault (Texas Young Autism Project), Joanie Garro (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Alice A. Keyl (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Angela Mahmood (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Shelley Mullin (University of Houston, Clear Lake)
Abstract: The successful transfer of applied technologies to public school settings requires efficient teacher preparation models. The purpose of this study was to further evaluate the outcomes of a model program that was designed to train current teachers of children with autism. Drawn from the extensive literature on caregiver training, this relatively comprehensive program was intended to be feasible within the constraints of typical school settings. Nine certified special education teachers participated in an intensive 5-day summer program that incorporated both didactic and performance-based instruction. The teachers were taught a relatively large number of specific skills within two areas that have been the focus of extensive study for children with developmental disabilities (preference assessment and direct teaching). The summer training was designed to promote generalization of those skills into their classrooms during the subsequent academic year. Data were collected on teachers’ correct implementation of the skills. Results showed that the teachers met the mastery criteria for all of the skills during the summer training. Follow-up observations of the teachers up to 3 months after the training suggested that the skills generalized to their classrooms. Performance maintained across repeated observations with brief feedback only.
 
The Effects of Conversational versus Technical Language on Treatment Preference and Treatment Integrity.
DAVID P. JARMOLOWICZ (West Virginia University), Sung Woo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Youngstown State University), Richard A. Goysovich (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebecca Heggemeyer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (University of Florida)
Abstract: Training direct line staff to effectively implement behavioral interventions is one of the key factors to long-term treatment success. In some cases, behavioral plans can consist of technical language that may be beyond the training level of some staff. Therefore, this study compared the effects of behavior plans written in conversational versus technical language on treatment preference and integrity. The results showed that staff preferred treatments written in conversational language. Furthermore, staff had higher levels of treatment integrity when following behavior plans written in conversational language. These data suggest that, at least for front line staff, using behavior plans written in simpler language may improve staff performance.
 
 
Symposium #22
From Baling Wire to Microprocessors: The Past, Present, and Future of the Programming of Contingencies
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Madeleine CD
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The papers in this symposium examine how contingencies of reinforcement have been arranged in the history of the experimental analysis of behavior. It begins with Skinner’s original experimental work, examines the transition from electromechanical programming to that arranged by digital computers, and ends with observations about the present and future of programming. The papers also consider the human side of programming and how the programming technology interfaces with the experimenter to create unique circumstances that give rise to both new behavioral problems for study and new solutions to the experimental analysis of old problems.
 
It Was a Snap (Lead): Early Apparatus for the Programming of Contingencies.
KENNON A. LATTAL (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The arrangement of precise programming of contingencies of reinforcement and punishment began in the 1930s, with Skinner’s innovations in experimental method in psychology. Skinner’s combinations of electric switches, timing devices, jury-rigged gizmos, and kymographs were replicated and expanded upon by subsequent generations of experimental behavior analysts. These early innovations led to the use of electromechanical relay switches to program contingencies. After a relatively brief transitional period when transistors replaced or complemented electromechanical modules, the computer revolution was embraced by the experimental analysis of behavior. Even here, however, the tinkerer in many laboratory scientists was manifest, with innovations that will be discussed more fully by the other participants in this symposium.
 
Evolution of a Networked 1 ms Experiment Controller.
WILLIAM L. PALYA (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: From the ignominious first experiment control system based on a Digital Equipment Corporation PDP-8s (38.5 KHz), we progressed to a Data General Nova with 8K bytes of memory and a paper tape operating system. We then used a DEC LSI-11 with 8 inch floppies. A major advance occurred when we developed a fully independent, networked 6809-based controller. The host computer evolved into a VAX with a fully integrated operant research/analysis work environment. The controller then evolved into an 80188 with two operant control languages and several I/O boards. Our current system is based on the same networked controller and an integrated work environment that runs under windows.
 
Contingencies of Reinforcement Embedded in Equipment: The Dos and Don’ts of Setting up an Experiment.
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida)
Abstract: The presentation will illustrate using various anecdotal examples how failures to set up equipment correctly may result in altered and often unwanted contingencies of reinforcement. In addition, examples will be provided of some peculiar and often unheeded aspects of modern commercial equipment that may result in undesirable contingencies of reinforcement. Examples of very simple programming loops will illustrate how one can effectively use the parallel port of any PC computer (with no or practically no interface equipment) to record from and control operant equipment. The presentation will also illustrate how the PC computer can be used as a cumulative recorder for display of ongoing session data from several boxes simultaneously and for subsequent analysis and presentation of cumulative records, including telescoping of the records.
 
Miniaturization and the Obfuscation of Technology: Or, Maybe it Would Be Easier to Pay an Undergraduate to Do It.
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: For the modern behavioral researcher, electronic miniaturization comes with many, many benefits and a few problems. Today¹s laboratory equipment is less expensive, more capable, and more reliable than anything previously available. But, the near self-evidence of relays, switches, counters, and timers, all mounted on friendly bakelite panels, has been replaced by the inscrutability of tiny black boxes connected to other tiny black boxes all inside a larger metal box that warns ominously that there are ³no user serviceable components inside.² Is the scientist-tinkerer of the past now obsolete?-driven to writing a substantial purchase order to Med-Associates or hiring a student to manually control an experiment that would have been done by relays just a generation ago? Maybe not. New classes of inexpensive user-programmable microprocessors, universal electronic interfaces, and simple scripting languages promise to bring back the joys of boffinry, and re-establish the do-it-all-yourself tradition of the pioneers of behavior analysis.
 
 
Panel #23
Functional Analytic Psychotherapy: Celebrity Death Match
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Edward AB
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Barbara S. Kohlenberg (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
ROBERT J. KOHLENBERG (University of Washington)
MAVIS TSAI (Independent Practice)
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno)
JONATHAN W. KANTER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) originally was conceived as an open framework within which behavior analysts could create intense and curative outpatient psychotherapy relationships while remaining true to behavior analytic principles. In the two decades since its inception, different perspectives on the application of FAP have developed. Questions have emerged concerning the centrality of idiographic assessment, the conceptualization of an overarching target variable in FAP, the possibility of a “pure” FAP versus FAP as an enhancement to other approaches, and the utility of experiential exercises in FAP. Three institutions now instruct FAP variations that differ with respect to these themes—the University of Washington, the University of Nevada, Reno, and the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. “Celebrity” panelists are the primary supervisors from these institutions and students from these institutions also will be invited to participate in a lively debate about the nature of FAP, its behavior analytic basis, and its future.
 
 
Symposium #24
CE Offered: BACB
Further Analysis of Parents as Behavior Change Agents
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Ford AB
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teaching parent to be effective behavior change agents can be a difficult process. This sysmposium will further the current literature on parent training in a number of ways. The first paper successfully demonstrated that they were able to teach 14 parents of preschool children with autism to conduct paired stimulus preference assessments within a 90 min training session. The second paper evaluated the effect of training parents on principles of Applied Behavior Analysis with respect to their treatment integrity as well as their level of acceptablity of the behavior plan. The third paper assessed the efficacy of various parent training components in an addivitve fashion in an effort to identify the most necessary training component. Finally, the papers will be synthesized with respect to their collection implications for training parents as behavior change agents, the merits of each of the research projects, and with respect to future directions.

 
Teaching Parents of Children with Autism to Conduct Paired-Stimulus Preference.
JENNIFER KERAS (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Over the past 20 years, a great deal of literature has been published on assessing preferences and identifying reinforcers with individuals with disabilities. It is not clear how well this research has translated to practice, however, and it seems unlikely that parents frequently conduct systematic preference assessments with their own children with disabilities. In this study, 14 parents of preschool children with autism were taught to conduct paired stimulus preference assessments. Prior to training, a pretest was given to assess parents’ knowledge of preference and reinforcement; mean accuracy was 52.6% (range, 21% to 87%). Parents then received 90 min of training on conducting preference assessments that involved lecture, demonstration, and practice. Following the training, mean accuracy on posttests increased to 80.6% (range, 64% to 100%). The following week, parents conducted a paired-stimulus assessment in their home with their child, and a trained observer was present to collect interobserver agreement (IOA) and procedural integrity (PI) data on at least 50% of trials. Interobserver agreement and PI data indicated that parents accurately conducted preference assessment procedures and accurately recorded data on 98% of trials, suggesting that parents can learn some aspects of behavior analytic technology in relatively short periods of time.
 
An ABA Parent Training Program in an Outpatient Setting: Pilot Data.
ANDREA M. BEGOTKA (Children's Hospital of Wisconsin), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University, Dept. of Psychology), Melanie DuBard (Children's Hospital of Philadelphia)
Abstract: For children with developmental disabilities and severe behavior disorders, complex behavioral interventions are often necessary for managing child behavior. Such interventions cannot be successful without properly training caregivers to implement the various treatment components and to generalize their training to the natural environment. However, treatment integrity often diminishes when the consultant is no longer present (Noell et al., 2005). One possible explanation is that caregivers do not understand the rationale behind the treatment components. In an effort to improve treatment integrity, caregivers in the present study received specific training on principles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in conjuction with training on individualized treatment components. ABA training sessions were conducted in the home concurrently with assessment and treatment sessions in an outpatient clinic. Training included didactic training, modeling, roleplay, feedback, quizzes and parental demonstration. Data were collected on parent implementation and generalization across settings. Pre and post training data were collected on caregiver’s knowledge of behavioral principles and treatment acceptability. Inter-observer agreement averaged over 80%. Following training there was an increase in caregiver’s knowledge of ABA principles and caregivers rated the behavior plan as highly acceptable. On follow-up, caregivers continue to implement the treatment strategies 6 months post discharge.
 
An Evaluation of Different Parent Training Methodologies.
EDWIN DYER (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Parent training interventions typically consist of a combination of multiple training components such as verbal instructions, written instructions, modeling, feedback, and role playing. This study assessed the efficacy of these components in an additive fashion, such that the relation of these components to parental efficacy as a whole was assessed. In addition, this study tested an intervention that ciircumvented the need for direct trainer/trainee interactions, and took geographic constraints into consideration as well. Results indicated that no one component in particular was responsible for behavior change. Results will be discussed with respect to empowering parents as behavior change agents.
 
 
Symposium #25
International Symposium - Ins and Outs of Covert Behavior and Private Events
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Cunningham A
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jose E. Burgos (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - University of Guadalajara)
Discussant: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Institute of Technology)
Abstract: This symposium explores some aspects of the radical-behavioristic interpretation of covert behavior and private events.
 
Why the Radical Behaviorist Conception of Private Events is Interesting, Relevant, and Important.
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: The radical behaviorist conception of private events is concerned with the influence of (a) sensations and feelings and (b) covert behavior. In each case, radical behaviorists can account for the origin of the phenomenon in question, as well as its causal role in subsequent verbal and nonverbal behavior. Moreover, radical behaviorists do so without appealing to causal events from somewhere else, at some other level of observation, described in different terms, and measured, if at all, in different dimensions–events, for example, in the real nervous system, the conceptual system, or the mind. The radical behaviorist conception allows one to approach private events as behavioral phenomena related to contingencies, without retreating to methodological behaviorism disguised by purportedly “theoretical” language incorporating purported cognitive acts, states, mechanisms, processes, or entities.
 
The Threshold of Observability Depends on the Vantage Point of the Observer.
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract: Science is often called upon to make sense of phenomena which cannot be experimentally analyzed. It does so by appealing to uniformitarianism, that is, the assumption that phenomena outside the laboratory are governed by the same principles as those within it. This assumption might be wrong, of course, but it is rendered more plausible, at least in the case of private events, by the consideration that the boundary between public and private events continually shifts according to the circumstances of the observer. That is, privacy is not determined by the nature of the behavior under study but by the vantage point of the observer. Interpretive exercises serve the function of providing a consistent account of the full range of behavioral phenomena, of guiding research, and of displacing occult explanations. In many interpretive tasks, a failure to appeal to private events leaves us with no explanation at all. The traditional accounts of the mystic, the mentalist, and the spiritualist are allowed to carry the explanatory burden by default.
 
Is Covert Behavior Operant?
JOSE E. BURGOS (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento - University of Guadalajara)
Abstract: The Skinnerian account of covert behavior has been criticized for not being supported by empirical evidence and not defining covert behavior. The first criticism is correct only regarding public evidence, which is more relevant to experimental analysis. Skinner’s account is an interpretation, where conceptual coherence is more relevant. One’s own covert behavior provides direct evidence for its existence, which is coherent with the interpretation. To address the second criticism, I ask whether covert behavior is operant, that is, whether it is modifiable by consequences. The question is empirical, but cannot be answered in terms of public evidence without appealing to introspection. However, it can be answered in terms of one’s own covert behavior in some prototypical situation. To study this behavior, one would have to design the situation, define a covert-response unit, count its instances, register time, and compute and compare covert-response rates. Such activities involve covert behaviors as well, which raises the issues of whether they are operants themselves and how they interact with the covert behavior under self-study. Attempts to resolve the first issue trigger an infinite regress that precludes a determination of the operant character for some covert behavior. The second issue brings concerns about confounding factors.
 
 
Symposium #26
Pharmacological and Non-Pharmacological Disruptors of Timing: Current Results and Theoretical Implications
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Ford C
Area: BPH; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kathryn A. Saulsgiver (University of Florida)
Discussant: Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract: The control of behavior by the passage of time can be demonstrated in a variety of procedures in many species. Numerous manipulations disrupt this timing behavior. Traditionally the impact of pharmacological agents has been conceptualized as interfering with dedicated timing mechanisms, while non-pharmacological interference on timing may be conceived of as a disturbance of stimulus control. In this symposium new results will be presented from two studies of the effects of d-amphetamine on a peak procedure and a matching-to-sample of duration (MTSD) task. A third study will report the effects of non-pharmacological disruptors such as pre-session feeding, intercomponent-interval feeding, visual distraction, and extinction on an MTSD tasks. These results will be integrated into a theoretical account of both pharmacological and non-pharmacological disruptors of timing.
 
Effects of Acute and Chronic D-amphetamine on a Peak Interval Procedure in Pigeons: An Assessment of Multiple Variables.
KATHRYN A. SAULSGIVER (University of Florida), Erin A. McClure (University of Florida), Eric Beecher (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract: The effects of amphetamine on temporally controlled behavior have been a debate in the timing literature. In some instances research has supported the explanation that an internal pacemaker controls temporal regulation (Meck, 1996, Maricq, Roberts, & Church 1981). Other research supports the theory that amphetamine causes a general disruption in behavior (Odum, Lieving, & Schaal 2003; McClure, Saulsgiver, & Wynne 2005; Saulsgiver, McClure, & Wynne, 2006), ruling out the pacemaker as a potential mechanism of action. Effects of acute and chronic dosing of d-amphetamine were examined using the peak interval procedure. Various methods have been used to assess responding under these schedules, both looking at the overall session average of response rates (Meck, 1996) and examining changes in the individual trials (Grace, Berg, & Kyonka, 2006). This examination assesses changes using both methods and considers the role of tolerance in these effects. The interaction across the various parameters will be evaluated. The reliability of each method in assessing changes will also be assessed.
 
Effects of Acute and Chronic D-amphetamine Administration on Mediating Behavior in Pigeons Exposed to Two Variations of a Temporal Discrimination Procedure.
ERIN A. MCCLURE (University of Florida), Kathryn A. Saulsgiver (University of Florida), Eric Beecher (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract: When rats are trained on spatial procedures to assess temporal discrimination, they must respond on one lever after a short stimulus and a different lever after a long stimulus. The introduction of amphetamine commonly causes a leftward shift in the psychophysical function for time. However, when pigeons are trained on non-spatial procedures, with colored keys as response alternatives, the effect of the drug is mainly on stimulus control and not on 'timing' per se. Previous studies have shown that when spatial alternatives are used, animals exhibit mediating behavior during the stimulus to be timed, creating a salient cue to aid in the choice response. The first purpose of the current study was to explore whether a difference between species could be attributable to procedural differences, by comparing the performance of pigeons on a spatial task to pigeons on a non-spatial task. Second, a systematic analysis was conducted to determine any effects of the drug on mediating behavior. During acute administration, the drug caused similar initial disruptions in responding regardless of procedure. During chronic administration, differences were found in the time course of tolerance. Analysis of mediating behavior could aid in the explanation of differential drug effects dependent upon procedure.
 
Disruption of Temporal Discrimination and the Choose-Short Effect.
RYAN D. WARD (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: The present experiment examined the effects of several disruptors on temporal discrimination. Pigeons responded under a 0-delay symbolic matching-to-sample procedure in which responses to one key color were reinforced following presentation of four shorter sample durations and responses to another key color were reinforced following presentation of four longer sample durations. Steady-state performance was disrupted by pre-session feeding, intercomponent-interval food, visual distraction, and extinction. All disruptors decreased temporal-discrimination accuracy. Analyses of the fitted cumulative normal functions indicated that decreases in accuracy were produced mainly by decreases in overall stimulus control, rather than specific effects on timing. In addition, all disruptors selectively decreased accuracy on long-sample trials-a choose-short effect. This effect is interpreted in terms of decreased attention to the samples under disruption. Current theories of the choose-short effect do not appear to easily account for these results.
 
 
Paper Session #27
Positive Behavioral Supports at the Middle School Level
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
America's Cup D
Area: EDC
Chair: Kathleen L. Lane (Vanderbilt University)
 
Secondary Prevention at the Middle School Level: Outcomes and Recommendations.
Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University), E. Jemma Robertson (Vanderbilt University)
 
Abstract: With the reauthorization of IDEA (1997), positive behavior support (PBS) has become a required support that schools must address. As such, the research and teaching communities have shifted their efforts to understanding the necessary components of PBS, identifying more efficient methods of implementing PBS with primary, secondary, and tertiary interventions based on systematic evaluations of students’ responsiveness to intervention, and evaluating changes in students’ behavioral and academic performance as a result of this three-tier prevention model (Sugai & Horner, 2002). To date, the majority of the research has been conducted on primary and tertiary prevention efforts. Little attention has been devoted to the study of secondary prevention efforts – particularly in middle and high schools. This proposed presentation examines one method of (a) using school-wide data to identify students in need of secondary support at the middle school level and (b) investigating alternate methods of intervening with students that have both academic and behavioral concerns. Specifically, middle school students who were nonresponsive to the primary prevention program were randomly assigned to one of three conditions: study skills, conflict resolution skills, and regular school practices. Results reveal changes in students’ knowledge of study skills and knowledge of conflict resolution skills. However, changes in knowledge did not generalize to improve study skills habits or conflict resolution styles. Limitations, implications, and directions for future research are offered.
 
Performance Feedback and Goal Setting: Classroom Level Positive Behavior Support for Middle School Teachers.
Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON CROZIER (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
 
Abstract: Federal and state legislation require schools to implement positive behavior support (PBS). School-wide PBS creates effective environments with a focus on prevention, systems change, and socially valid outcomes (Sugai & Horner, 2002). Effective environments provide a continuum of support across primary, secondary, and tertiary levels. While whole school and individual student interventions are well described in the literature, classroom level interventions are not well represented. Research also indicates that many teachers lack the skills to effectively address behavioral challenges in the classroom. In this proposed presentation, authors will share the results of a study investigating the effectiveness of performance feedback with goal setting on improving the teaching behavior of middle school teachers. Three teachers were taught to read performance feedback graphs and set goals based on performance for five teaching behaviors (opportunities for student responses, academic praise, behavioral praise, academic corrective feedback, and behavioral corrective feedback). Effects were assessed using a multiple-probe across participants design. Results suggested that intervention efficacy varied across target behaviors and participants, with the greatest change occurring for number of opportunities to respond. Results will be discussed with consideration of limitations and topics for future research.
 
SW-OBS: A Direct Observation Assessment of Changes in Student-Teacher Interaction Patterns.
Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN W. SMITH (University of North Carolina, Greensboro)
 
Abstract: The School-wide Observation System (SW-OBS) is a direct observation assessment tool to measure changes in student-student and student-teacher interaction patterns following implementation of a school-wide PBS model. Several analyses were conducted to assess changes in the school culture/climate as a result of implementation of a school-wide PBS model. First, analyses of the relationship between levels of implementation as measured by the SET, and antecedent levels of teacher prompting and both student and teacher responses to appropriate and inappropriate behavior as measured by the SW-OBS were conducted. In addition, the SW-OBS calculates conditional probabilities to assess the quality and quantity of reinforcement available for student appropriate and inappropriate behavior in non-classroom settings. Six elementary and six middle schools in first and second year of implementation of school-wide PBS participated.
 
 
 
Symposium #28
International Symposium - RFT: Clinical and Educational Research
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Del Mar AB
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Claire Keogh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The current symposium discusses the application of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) research. The first of these presentations investigates the impact of pliance and tracking contingencies on rule-following behavior and discusses the implications of RFT for the understanding of human psychopathology. The remaining presentations provide an experimental investigation into the utility of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) in the development of both educational and clinical interventions. Specifically, the second presentation in this symposium will discuss the impact of implicit relational learning tasks on improving general cognitive ability. The third presentation will compare the impact of cognitive defusion versus thought control therapeutic interventions on both explicit and implicit measures of participant’s negative self-referential thoughts. The final presentation investigates the differences between explicit and implicit measures of positive and negative thoughts about future events. The results of each of these studies will be discussed in terms of RFT.
 
Rule-Governed Behavior: Differentiating Pliance and Tracking.
MARIE GORHAM (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dave McAuliffe (National University of Ireland, Cork)
Abstract: Excessive rule-following is a pattern of behavior that has been observed in persons prone to psychological disorders, such as depression. Specifically, the profile of depressed individuals has been noted to lack the variability that characterizes “normal” behavior. A number of researchers have suggested that this outcome is facilitated in part by insensitivity to environmental contingencies. Indeed, a recent series of studies has shown that teenagers categorized as ‘high-depressed’ were more likely to follow experimenter provided rules that were inconsistent with environmental contingencies than their ‘low-depressed’ counterparts. The current study attempts to replicate this research by determining whether different patterns of rule-following will be observed in pliance (socially mediated rule-following) versus tracking (rule-following under the control of natural consequences) contexts in a non-depressed undergraduate population. The results of the study are discussed in terms of Relational Frame Theory and its implications for human psychopathology and psychotherapy.
 
The Effect of Repeated Exposure to Relational Tasks on General Cognitive Abilities.
CATRIONA O'TOOLE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Previous published and unpublished research has shown that there is a significant correlation between performances on relational tasks and performances on intelligence tests. The primary purpose of the current study was to determine if repeated exposures to a series of relational tasks over the course of a number of weeks / months would have an effect on performances on tests of general cognitive ability. A group of male and female adult participants were given tasks which probed five different types of relations (temporal and hierarchical relations, as well as relations of coordination, comparison, and analogy). The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was used as a methodology for presenting these relational tasks. Participants also completed two standardised intelligence tests before exposure to the relational tasks and again when they had completed the tasks. Results will be discussed in terms of designing educational interventions for individuals with academic skills deficits.
 
Using the IRAP with Emotional Stimuli: Assessing the Impact of Clinical Interventions.
CLAIRE KEOGH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Cognitive defusion techniques have been used within therapeutic settings as coping interventions for the treatment of psychological problems. Experimental research suggests that defusion techniques result in a greater reduction in self-reported measures of the emotional impact of negative self-referential thoughts compared to thought control strategies. However, changes in self-reports may simply reflect demand characteristics, rather than alterations in participants’ self-evaluations. The current study attempts to address this issue by employing the IRAP as an implicit measure of participants’ negative self-evaluations. This study investigates the impact of therapeutic rationales on both explicit and implicit measures of negative self-relevant thoughts with undergraduate students. The results of the study highlight the utility of the IRAP in the domain of clinical assessment and the relationship between assessments of implicit cognition and the impact of clinical interventions.
 
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure and Positive and Negative Future Thinking.
LIV KOSNES (University of Wales, Swansea), Aoife O'Donovan (University College Dublin), Louise A. Mchugh (University of Wales, Swansea), Robert Whelan (University College Dublin)
Abstract: Depression is associated with a negative cognitive bias. Using the Future Thinking Test (FTT) as a measure of positive and negative future thinking, MacLeod and colleagues found that people with depression display low levels of positive future-directed cognitions compared with healthy controls. Conversely, people with anxiety disorders display high levels of negative future-directed cognitions (MacLeod et al., 1996; 1997). The aim of the present study was to develop an implicit measure of positive and negative future-directed thinking based on the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). A sample of 20 healthy volunteers completed both the implicit IRAP future thinking test and the explicit FTT. Participants also completed psychometric measures of personality and mood. Participants had faster reaction times for positive future events than for negative future events. A similar positive bias emerged for the explicit FTT. The utility of an implicit measure of future thinking in mental health research and clinical settings is discussed.
 
 
Symposium #29
International Symposium - Schedule-Induced Drinking Reduces to Operant Conditioning: Some Follow-Up Studies
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Madeleine AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Based on the idea that schedule-induced drinking (SID) by rats may be reduced to the operant reinforcement of the water-producing response, during the last six years our research group has pursued two lines of inquiry in the study of SID. One is that the water-producing response can be used to replicate different operant conditioning phenomena. In this symposium the papers by Ruiz and Lopez follow this strategy. Ruiz shows that delaying water reinforcement has the same effects on the water-producing response than on any other operant. The paper by Lopez shows that responding for water can be subjected to a discrimination also like any other operant response. Our second line of inquiry concerns the question of why water, freely available in the rats homecages, becomes a reinforcer during the typical SID session. The papers by Diaz and Roca address this question. Diaz shows that the alternation between eating and drinking bouts, so distinctive of SID, occurs as part of the natural feeding pattern of rats, even when food and water are freely available. The paper by Roca further pursues the correlation between eating and drinking under conditions of food deprivation. The paper by Roca shows that hungry rats drink when there is food and rarely in its absence. Also that their intake is proportional to the amount of food given, regardless of the temporal distribution of food.
 
Delay of Water Reinforcement in a Schedule-Induced Drinking Procedure.
JORGE A. RUIZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of lengthening the duration of a water reinforcement delay on the response which produces water in a schedule-induced drinking procedure. Three food-deprived rats were exposed to a schedule of water reinforcement tandem Fixed Ratio (FR) 1 Fixed Time (FT) t s. In successive conditions the FT duration was 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 and 0 s. During all conditions food was delivered according to a Random Interval 64 s. It was found that the number of responses per water decreased gradually as the water reinforcement delay was lengthened and that this effect was reversed when the rats were exposed in a second time to immediate reinforcement (FT 0 s). These results suggest that behavior which produces water in a schedule-induced drinking procedure is sensitive to the parameters of reinforcement documented in operant conditioning and raise a question about the interpretation of schedule-induced drinking as a third class of behavior.
 
Stimulus Discrimination in a Schedule-Induced Drinking Procedure.
CHRISTIAN LOPEZ GUTIERREZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Most previous attempts to condition schedule-induced drinking (SID) to neutral stimuli have involved classical-conditioning procedures, with mixed results. According to the hypothesis that SID reduces to the operant reinforcement with water of the water-producing response, an attempt was made to establish stimulus control on drinking using an operant discrimination procedure. Two different experiments were conducted with food deprived rats lever pressing for water on mixed and multiple water-reinforcement schedules. In both experiments, responding produced water in the 32-s reinforcement component on a 6-s random interval schedule. Also in both experiments, food pellets were delivered concurrently on a 64-s random time schedule. For the three rats in Experiment 1, the duration of the extinction component was 64 s while in Experiment 2 the duration of the extinction component was either 16 or 256 s for three rats each. An operant discrimination was formed when the extinction component was either 64 or 256 s but not when it was 16 s. In addition, discrimination indexes increased as the extinction component was lengthened. These results show that SID can be subjected to an operant discrimination and that such discrimination follows the principle of relative time. Together, these results support the idea that SID reduces to operant principles.
 
Feeding and Drinking by Rats with Free Access to Food and Water.
FELIPE RESENDIZ DIAZ (National Autonomus University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomus University of Mexico)
Abstract: Survival Analysis was used to examine the interaction between feeding and drinking bouts in rats with free access to food and water. Successive bouts were subjected to a conditional probability analysis showing that rats alternate more frequently between eating and drinking than between any other combination of events. The latencies between successive eating and drinking bouts showed that drinking bouts occurred closer in time to the preceding than to the subsequent eating bout. Given that rats alternate between eating and drinking under free access to food and water it is possible that the Schedule-Induced Drinking procedure only accentuates the alternation between eating and drinking given the intermittent delivery of food and food deprivation.
 
How Does the Schedule-Induced Drinking Procedure Endow Water with Reinforcing Value?
ALICIA ROCA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: Food deprived rats reduce their water intake and the reintroduction of food reestablishes normal drinking. Could drinking track food availability in the schedule-induced drinking (SID) situation? Drinking really depends on temporally-spaced food availability? Does the amount of food per serving determine the magnitude of drinking? The following experiments addressed these questions. Three food-deprived rats resided 24/7 in their individual experimental chambers. On successive 30-day conditions access to food was varied. In the first condition, three one-hour SID “sessions” were intruded into the experimental day. A fixed-time 180-s schedule delivered either 1, 3, or 8 grams worth of food pellets in each session. In the second condition 1, 3 or 8 grams of pellets were delivered altogether at the beginning of each of the three SID sessions. In the third condition 12 grams of pellets were delivered altogether at the beginning of the experimental day. Answering the questions above, rats only drank during the “sessions”, when food was present; water intake by each rat remained constant regardless of food distribution; the volume of water drunk by each rat correlated positively with the amount of food served per occasion. These data suggest that the reinforcing value of water for hungry rats in the typical SID situation depends on the availability of food.
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Suicidal and Parasuicidal Behavior in Adults with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: James M. Sperry (The May Institute)
Discussant: John Stokes (Simmons College)
CE Instructor: John Stokes, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium will present three papers dealing with suicidal behavior in adults with developmental disabilities. The first paper is an overview of the prevalance of suicidal behavior in adults with developmental disabilities. The second paper is a case study of an adult male with Developmental Disabilities, and a lengthy history of suicidal behavior. Treatment approaches are reviewed along with data from the interventions. The third paper is a case study of an adult female with developmental disabilities and a lengthy history of suicidal behavior. Treatment approaches are reviewed along with analysis of the data from the interventions.

 
Prevalence of Suicidal Behavior in Adults with Developmental Disabilities.
JAMES M. SPERRY (The May Institute), Christine M. Magee (The May Institute), Mark J. Hauser (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper examines the existing literature concerning suicidal and parasuicidal behavior within the population of adults with developmental disabilities. Prevelance data are examined, and comparisons are made between adults with developmental disabilities and concurrent psychiatric disabilities, and those with developmental disabilities without concurrent psychiatric disabilities, and the general population.
 
Treatment of Suicidal Behavior in a Man with Developmental Disabilities and Depression with Psychotic Features.
CHRISTINE M. MAGEE (The May Institute), James M. Sperry (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper presents a case study of an adult male with developmental disabilities and depression with psychotic features. This individual has a lengthy history of suicidal behavior which has led to failed residential placements, and multiple psychiatric hospitalizations. Treatment approaches will be examined including behavioral and psychopharmacological interventions.
 
Treatment of Suicidal Behavior in a Woman with Developmental Disabilities and Borderline Personality Disorder.
MICHELLE J. GRAHAM (The May Institute), Christine M. Magee (The May Institute), James M. Sperry (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper will present a case study of a 42 year old woman with developmental disabilities and borderline personality disorder, who has had a lifelong history of self-harming behavior. This behavior has historically led to failed placements, and multiple medical and psychiatric hospitalizations. Treatment approaches are examined and analyzed.
 
 
Symposium #31
The Generalization of Effective Prompting Techniques by Paraprofessionals Educating Learners with Autism Spectrum Disorders
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth H
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Discussant: Beth Sulzer-Azaroff (University of Massachusetts, Amherst)
Abstract: This symposium addresses a critical component in the effective education of many learners with autism spectrum disorders, the skills of paraprofessionals who interact with them in educational contexts. This sequence of studies all focus on the effective use of prompts by paraprofessionals evaluated across settings. Transfer of training is also evaluated using mutliple-baseline designs. The settings addressed include preschool classrooms, public school playgrounds and the homes of young children with autism spectrum disorders. The paraprofessionals are employed by public schools, an early intervention agency and a private, nonprofit agency. The effect of strategies such as feedback, self-evaluation of videos, modeling and strategy review on effective use of prompting was evaluated. Implications for successful methods to transfer from training to practice by paraprofessionals are discussed.
 
Educating Paraprofessionals to Generalize Prompting Techniques of Pivotal Response Training.
CATHERINE E. POPE (San Diego State University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Abstract: There has been limited research evaluating effective methods to promote paraprofessional training in the public school setting. This study evaluated the generalization of prompting strategies of three paraprofessionals from a workshop to a preschool classroom setting with four male students with autism spectrum disorders. A multiple baseline design across settings was implemented to determine the success of generalized prompting strategies from Pivotal Response Training (PRT) by paraprofessionals. The results will be discussed in terms of the success of the methods used to address transfer of training across settings.
 
Generalization of Effective Prompting Strategies by Paraprofessionals across Preschool Activities.
GRETCHEN S. GRUNDON (San Diego State University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Abstract: Recent research has suggested that paraprofessionals in early childhood special education settings want and need more training. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a training model designed to teach paraprofessionals to prompt learners with autism in a public school preschool class during free choice time. A multiple-baseline design across settings was used to evaluate the effects of feedback on prompting skills by three paraprofessionals. Results demonstrate that generalization occurred across preschool activities including those occurring in the playground.
 
The Generalization of Training on Prompting Techniques by Paraeducators in Multiple Environments.
AMANDA BALDERAMA (San Diego State University), Alice M. Aguilar (South Dakota State University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University)
Abstract: Administering effective behavioral intervention for young children with autism has increasingly become the responsibility of paraeducators. This study assessed the generalization of training on use of effective prompting strategies for paraprofessionals in home settings. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to assess the effects of generalization strategies used to facilitate the use of effective prompts by paraprofessionals working in an early intervention agency and for a private, nonprofit agency serving children with autism spectrum disorders. A training package that included, video footage, self review and coaching was evaluated. Training and use of self monitoring techniques resulted in a decrease in an increase in appropriate types of prompts during teaching, and the development of more systematic prompt fading strategies.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP): Field-Test Data from Typical Children and Children with Autism.
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The VB-MAPP is designed to assess the verbal and social repertoires of a child with autism or other developmental disabilities in a brief and efficient manner. This assessment tool is based on Skinners analysis of verbal behavior, typical language developmental milestones, and field-test data from over 60 typically developing children and over 100 children with autism. The VB-MAPP contains 150 verbal behavior milestones across 3 levels and 14 different skill areas, as well as a more detailed task analysis and progress scoring system for each verbal operant. The results from the VB-MAPP assessment will suggest specific IEP goals, where to place a child in the verbal behavior curriculum, and will correspond with the specific intervention procedures designed to teach the absent or defective repertoires. The current symposium will present the basic components of the VB-MAPP as well as field-data from typical children, and children with autism.

 
The VB-MAPP: An Overview and Field-Test Data from Oregon and California.
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Sundberg and Associates), Lisa M. Hale (Seattle, OR)
Abstract: The basic structure of the VB-MAPP will be presented and how it can be used to place a child in a verbal behavior intervention program. Data from typically developing children will be presented to demonstrate how various items were sequenced. In addition, data will be presented from children with autism who have been assessed and placed by using the VB-MAPP.
 
A Description of a Preliminary Sample of the VB-MAPP as an Outcome Measure.
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: This presentation will review outcome results for administration of the VB-MAPP with a sample of students presenting autism. VB-MAPP scores will be compared with other assessment findings compiled for the sample. The presentation will include a discussion of validity issues in terms of target behavior definition and functional levels across verbal operant categories. Data on approximately 30 students will be presented and will be compared with individual student functional levels on other language and developmental assessments. The presentation will address the question: Does the VB-MAPP identify levels of language functioning that are consistent with socially acceptable standards, while allowing for pin-pointed selection of target skills?
 
Programming with the VB-MAPP in the Pennsylvania VB Project.
WILLIAM A. GALBRAITH (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: A preliminary report of measured change in repertoires of verbal operants using the VB-MAPP for participating students will be presented. The changes in repertoires will be discussed in relation to instructional programming derived from the VB-MAPP protocol. Assessment protocols and teaching programs for several students will be reviewed.
 
Field-Test Data on the VB-MAPP from the Verbal Behavior Center for Autism, Indianapolis, IN.
CARL T. SUNDBERG (Verbal Behavior Center for Autism)
Abstract: The VB-MAPP was used to assess a variety of children with autism to determine their current levels of language and social skills. These children were then placed in a verbal behavior intervention program and outcome measures were obtained. Various aspects of the VB-MAPP as a tool for language and social assessment will be discussed along with recommendations for adjustments in the program.
 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Toward an Analysis of Variables that Affect Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Outcomes: Part 2
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gary M. Pace (The May Institute)
CE Instructor: Gary M. Pace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The identification of potent reinforcers is a critical component of any behavior change program. Systematic investigations of the variables that affect preference and reinforcer assessment outcomes continue to be an active area research, and a topic of interest to many practiceners of applied behavior analysis. The papers in this symposium assess the effects of several procedures on the outcome of preference and reinforcer assessments. These variables include delayed selection, characteristics of reinforcers (quality, magitude and delay), time since preference assessment, and the combination of preference and reinforcer assessments. The papers utilize a variety of participants including individuals with developmental disabilities, preschoolers, and individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome. These studies serve to highlight the range of variables, within several populations, that can affect the outcome of preference and reinforcer assessments.

 
The Effects of Delayed and Probabilistic Outcomes on the Preferences of Individual Preschools' Preferences in a Group Context.
STACY A. LAYER (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Nicole Heal (University of Kansas), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Effective methods for determining individuals's preferences for both discrete items (foods, toys) and contexts (interventions, teaching practices) are administered to children one at a time, thus prohibiting an important application of preference assessment methodology - to simultaneously determine preferences of multiple children. This study sought to determine the accuracy and efficiency of an assessment format in which selection outcomes were delayed and probalistic, unavoidable features of an assessment designed to simultaneously determine context preferences of multiple children. During the single arrangement, preference hierarchies were established by having a child repeatedly select from among several foods and sequentially restricting preferred items from the array. After being taught the associations between colored stickers and the same food item, group assessments were conducted with 3 children simultaneously, in which each child chose a sticker, and all children received the food correlated with a randomly selected sticker. Interobserver agreement data were collected on 100% of sessions and averaged 97.6%. Data analysis revealed that variability was not imposed on preference hierarchies by the group arrangement, and that the group assessment was associated with less selection variability for most of the participants. Thus, the group assessment is posited as an accurate and efficient arrangement for determining preferences.
 
Effects of Quality, Magnitude, and Delay on Selection of Food Reinforcers in Individuals with Prader-Willi Syndrome.
JESSICA L. THOMASON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Florida), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Florida)
Abstract: One of the most prominent behavioral characteristics of the Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS) is hyperphagia, which leads to morbid obesity and a number of related health problems. Some reports have suggested that the food preferences of individuals with PWS differ from those of individuals with other developmental disabilities. The current study compares the relative influence of reinforcer characteristics such as quality, magnitude, and the delay to delivery on choices made by individuals diagnosed with PWS and those diagnosed with other developmental disabilities. First, an assessment is conducted to determine which reinforcer characteristic (quality, magnitude, or delay) is most influential over choices among concurrently-available vocational or academic tasks. Next, reinforcer characteristics are manipulated in an attempt to shift preference toward another reinforcer dimention. For example, response allocation towards immediately-available reinforcers might be shifted by gradually increasing delays to reinforcer delivery. Results are discussed in terms of (a) similarities and differences among the controlling variables of choice in individuals with and without PWS, and (b) the implications for the assessment and treatment of dietary management and food-related problem behaviors.
 
Do Changes in Preference Predict Changes in Performance?
CARRIE M. DEMPSEY (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (University of Florida)
Abstract: Results from several studies have shown that preference for reinforcers may vary over time, but the extent to which changes in preference and performance are correlated has not been well established. We examined whether initial preferences established through a paired-stimulus procedure changed during probes (using a multiple-stimulus without replacement [MSWO] procedure) and, if so, whether changes in preference were reflected in performance under single- and concurrent-reinforcement schedules. Results showed that preference changed frequently on a daily basis; nevertheless, responding for the originally preferred stimulus remained high under single-schedule conditions. More surprising was the fact that participants consistently allocated more responding to the originally preferred stimulus than to the daily preferred stimulus under the concurrent schedule in spite of several manipulations designed to shift response allocation. Potential reasons for and implications of these results will be discussed.
 
Identifying Reinforcers: Preference-Plus Reinforcer Assessment versus Progressive Ratio Assessment.
ANGIE CHRISTINE QUERIM (University of Florida), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Gary M. Pace (The May Institute), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Preference and reinforcer assessments are essential to identifying reinforcers to be used in behavior change procedures. In addition, progressive ratio schedules can be used to examine the reinforcing properties of a particular reinforcer by thinning the schedule of reinforcement. Two developmentally disabled adolescents participated in 4 phases of preference and reinforcer assessments. After establishing a preference hierarchy using an 8-item paired stimulus preference assessment, the two highest preferred and 2 lowest preferred edible items were examined in a single-operant reinforcer assessment. The same 4 items were then examined in a concurrent operants reinforcer assessment and compared to the traditional method of conducting a preference assessment followed by a reinforcer assessment. In the last phase another concurrent operants reinforcer assessment was conducted, during which the schedule requirements were increased contingent on responding. The concurrent operant and reinforcer assessments results were similar to that of the preference assessment and single operant reinforcer assessment. During the progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement response, allocation was higher toward the more highly preferred items as the schedules increased. The data from this study suggest that a concurrent reinforcer assessment may be more efficient in determining reinforcers and progressive ratio schedules may be useful in determining the efficacy of a particular reinforcer.
 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Behavioral Interventions in Community Early Intervention Programs for Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth F
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Laura Schreibman (University of California, San Diego)
Discussant: Gail G. McGee (Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Brooke Ingersoll, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although behavioral treatment methods have been established as efficacious for children with autism in laboratory settings, research examining their translation into service systems is virtually nonexistent. This symposium will present current research on how evidence-based interventions are used in education programs for children with autism. First, we will present an examination of the use of behavioral techniques by 80 early intervention providers. Their understanding of evidence-based practices and their adaptation of techniques will be discussed. Ninety-one percent reported using at least one behavioral technique in their programs; providers typically combined up to seven methods, and modified techniques based on child, personal and external factors. Next, we will present results of a study examining fidelity of teacher use of a specific behavioral intervention, Pivotal Response Training (PRT). Teachers received either traditional training or training specifically designed for classroom settings. Fidelity of implementation of PRT varied with the amount and type of training teachers received. Finally, we will discuss the incorporation of behaviorally-based parent training programs into community educational services, including how it is "working" in the real world (e.g., how many districts & families served, consumer satisfaction). Recommendations for improving effective translation of behavioral methods into community settings will be presented.

 
Use of Behavioral Interventions in Community Early Intervention Programs
AUBYN C. STAHMER (Rady Children's Hospital, San Diego)
Abstract: Although behavioral treatment methods have been established as efficacious for children with autism in laboratory settings, research examining their translation into service systems is virtually nonexistent. The current study examines the use of evidence-based behavioral interventions (e.g., Discrete Trial, Pivotal Response, PECS) in applied community settings. Eighty early intervention providers in Southern California were surveyed about specific techniques used in their programs, their understanding of evidence-based practices and their adaptation of techniques. Providers represent 80% of the eligible programs contacted for participation. Test/Retest reliability for the survey was 90%. Descriptive analysis comparing behavioral technique use across home and school-based programs was conducted. Ninety-one percent of providers report using at least one behavioral technique in their programs. However providers typically combine up to seven methods, and modify these techniques based on child, personal and external factors. Sixty-five percent use only parts of their main technique. Most providers (55%) chose a technique based on the belief that it was effective; while only 9% chose a technique based on research evidence. All of the providers had concerns about limited training in the specific techniques. Methods of using usual care data to inform behavioral intervention research and increase effective translation to community settings will be discussed.
 
Adapting a Behavioral Intervention Training Protocol for Classroom Teachers.
JESSICA B. SUHRHEINRICH (University of California, San Diego), Laura Schreibman (University of California, San Diego)
Abstract: Pivotal Response Training (PRT) is a naturalistic behavioral intervention that has been shown to increase language, play and social skills in children with autism. Teachers report using PRT in their classroom; however, there has been no systematic examination of how well they use PRT. Additionally, no research-based protocol exists for training and monitoring teachers using PRT in a classroom environment. Two studies will be presented. The first study measured the effectiveness of training that teachers currently receive in PRT. Ten special-education teachers, who previously received some training in PRT, participated. None of the participants met the criterion for fidelity of implementation of PRT skills, however all teachers successfully met criterion for at least one of the skills. Teachers’ implementation of PRT systematically differed according to specific skill and the level of training they had received. The second study investigated the effectiveness of a training model for instructing teachers to use PRT in the classroom setting. Ten special-education teachers attended a 6-hour training workshop and received follow-up visits to their classrooms. These findings support the effectiveness of a training model that included both a workshop and follow-up visits in each teacher’s classroom.
 
Research to Practice: Training Teachers to Provide Parent Education.
BROOKE INGERSOLL (Lewis & Clark College), Anna Dvortcsak (Child Development and Rehabilitation Center, Oregon Health and Science University)
Abstract: Parent training has been shown to be a very effective method for promoting generalization and maintenance of skills in children with autism. However, despite its well-established benefits, few public school programs include parent training as part of the early childhood special education (ECSE) curriculum. Barriers to the provision of parent training include the need for parent education models which can be easily implemented in ECSE programs and the lack of preparation for special educators in parent education strategies. This presentation will describe an evidence-based behavioral parent training model for children with autism developed for use in ECSE programs. The implementation of the program, teacher preparation, and preliminary outcomes and challenges will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #35
Verbal Behavior Training in Persons with ASDs
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT
Chair: Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
 
Exploring Applied Verbal Behavior as a Distinction Among Behavior Analytic Approaches for Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW TINCANI (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants)
 
Abstract: Skinner’s (1957) book, Verbal Behavior, provides a comprehensive account of language from a behavior analytic perspective. Recently, an approach to language training for children with autism based on Skinner’s analysis, Applied Verbal Behavior (ApVB), has emerged. In addition to Skinner’s analysis, ApVB is defined by a package of specific procedures, including natural environment training, discrete trial instruction, manipulating establishing operations, and errorless teaching. Proponents describe advantages of ApVB over “traditional” behavior analytic approaches, despite the absence of a concise definition and supporting empirical studies. The purpose of our paper is to explore the utility of ApVB as a distinction among behavior analytic approaches for teaching children with autism. Specifically, we seek to define ApVB as a professional practice, to identify potential advantages and disadvantages of ApVB as a distinct approach, and to formulate recommendations for researchers and practitioners who teach verbal behavior to children with autism.
 
Establishing Distance as the Discriminative Stimulus for Voice Volume Modulation in Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
ANNE FETHERSTON (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College, City University of New York)
 
Abstract: Individuals with autism often present with deficits in prosody that interfere with their ability to communicate effectively. In particular, inadequate or inappropriate voice volume poses a challenge to the delivery of a verbal message. Thus far, little research has been conducted in the area of voice volume in individuals with autism. In addition, there is a paucity of literature in which stimulus control with naturally occurring environmental stimuli, such as distance from the listener, is demonstrated. The purpose of this study was to use operant learning procedures to bring variations in voice volume under the discriminative control of distance from the listener. Modulation of voice volume across a variety of conversational distances was taught using modeling, time delay, and block teaching trials in a multiple-baseline-across-participants experimental design. Following the introduction of the treatment package, the percentage of scripts produced in the target decibel range increased systematically for all participants. Thus, operant teaching procedures can be used to establish distance as the discriminative stimulus for voice volume modulation in children with autism.
 
Reducing Overselective Responding during Early Language Acquisition in Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
ARIELLA NAOMI EICHENBAUM (Koegel Autism Center, University of California, Santa Barbara), Robert L. Koegel (Koegel Autism Center, University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
 
Abstract: Literature on overselective responding to the components of complex stimuli suggests that children with autism may have difficulty acquiring speech because they may overselectively respond to only some of the components of complex speech sounds. The purpose of the present study was to systematically assess whether nonverbal children with autism who have had difficulty acquiring their first words and selectively respond to individual components within words can be directed to the missing relevant components when these components are first presented alone. The results, replicated through a multiple baseline-across participants and words design, showed a decrease in overselective responding to components of target words and generalization across new words. The results are discussed in terms of their implications for further understanding the role of overselectivity and the development of intervention procedures in speech acquisition in nonverbal children with autism.
 
Use of a Token System to Increase Consistent Answering of Comprehension Questions.
Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON PALMER (Sussex Consortium, Autism Program), Marissa Wanchik (Sussex Consortium, Autism Program)
 
Abstract: Children with autism exhibit communication skill deficits. Teaching compensatory strategies often proves difficult, especially when motivational issues arise. In this case, the student, a public school attendee, was unable to answer “wh”- questions consistently, usually repeating the last word or phrase. Although visual aids were provided to augment the student’s communication needs, the skill did not improve. This led staff to believe the social approval and self-satisfaction received for a correct answer was not sufficient to reinforce the skill. Staff implemented a token economy system for consistent answers to “wh” questions. A “ten-trial” card was utilized in which the student received a token to cash in for an edible or tangible reinforcer of choice upon completion of ten trials. The staff set criteria based on the student’s current level of performance. Student’s academic level was also evaluated to assure the questions asked were not above this student’s ability to answer. Once the system was successful, this tool was able to easily be adapted to a variety of areas of need for students with autism.
 
 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
What Does an Educational System Require to be Successful?
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Discussant: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology & ABA Tech)
CE Instructor: Vicci Tucci, M.A.
Abstract:

"A common cliche is that education is a complex endeavor. We examine at least a portion of this complexity in a number of ways. In its overall operation what does an educational system require in order to be successful? It requires a proper organizational structure as well as the proper science from which successful engineering practices can be drawn. It requires as well more than just a statement of the requirement. It requires a long-term demonstration of a successful model of instruction over a sufficiently diverse set of students and schools to provide a factual basis for evaluation of that success, and as important, for evaluation as to how to move beyond current gains. It also requires an analysis of the historical background by which such a model was set in place. Each of the participantsTucci, Scutta, and Vargasaddress each of these requirements separately, and to some degree, address the considerations pertinent to one across to the others."

 
The Competent Learner Model and the Triad Model of Education.
ERNEST A. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Abstract: Most attempts to enhance student performances concentrate on instructional technology. But instructional technology is only a small piece of the large puzzle of achieving success in the educational setting. Also relevant is the proper scientific base for what should be an engineering effort, not merely a technological one. And also important, and typically overlooked, is the organizational structure which operates the engineering effort. This paper features the integration of the Competent Learner Model with the Triad Model of Education to illustrate the synergy of the two.
 
Instructional Technology Required for the Implementation of Best Practices.
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: In this aspect of the symposium, we will briefly describe the Competent Learner Model (CLM). CLM was designed to equip naïve learners with the core repertoires (e.g., Problem Solver) to act effectively in “novel” circumstances. We will illustrate the components of the CLM (i.e., Learning Solutions) and delineate its phases of implementation.
 
Dissemination of "Best Practices" in Skinner's Home State of Pennsylvania.
CATHY SCUTTA (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Abstract: In this part of the symposium, we describe the state-wide organizational structures required to implement the Competent Learner Model and also report the preliminary data of the ÇLM's effects.
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
When Foster Care Fails: Behavioral Programming in Residential Facilities for Troubled Youth
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:00 PM–2:20 PM
Edward C
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Brandon F. Greene, Ph.D.
Abstract:

N/a

 
The Design of Behavior Management and Incentive Systems in Congregate Residential Care: Past and Present.
BRANDON F. GREENE (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has been at the forefront in the design of incentive systems to develop and manage behavior in variious settings. Examples include The Token Economy (1966) in which Azrin and Allyon demonstrated the motivating power of a token system with chronically mentally ill patients. The Teaching Family model also provided an example of the benefits of a complex, but well managed point system, for developing the adaptive behavior of troubled youth. Although such systems are viable in the hands of skilled practitioners, their use in congregate care settings by less skilled direct-care staff is questionable. Indeed, in such a context, "best practice" may not be feasible. This presentation will describe essential characteristics of a motivational system that may represent the best feasible practice. Data on its impact in a residential facilty for troubled youth will be described in the symposium.
 
Issues of Implementation and Impact of a Humane Incentive Systems for Challenging Youth in a Residential Facility.
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Southern Illinois University), Courtney L. Deal (Southern Illinois University), Anne S. King (Hoyleton Youth & Family Services), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The adminstrators of a residential facility for troubled youth enlisted the assistance of behavioral consultants in the re-design of its behavior management and treatment system. A key component of the original system was a multi-tiered rating system that required youth to refrain from engaging in "behavioral incidents" -- essentially any transgression (e.g., cussing, yelling, and more serious offenses) that direct-care staff regarded worthy of documenting. The "rewards" the system offered were limited and included preferred snacks and brief periods of one-to-one contact with favored staff. The system was replaced by one which offered a broader and more age-typical array of opporunties for the youth (e.g., "dates" and other contact with the opposite sex) and limited the basis for restricting such opportunities to serious behavioral offenses (aggressions, property destruction, runnibng away). The impact of these changes are described in this presentation.
 
Video Modeling and Virtual Self-Modeling to Teach Cooking and Golfing to Challenging Youth in a Residential Facility.
BEAU LAUGHLIN (Southern Illinois University), Ashley E. Welch (Southern Illinois University), Anne S. King (Hoyleton Youth & Family Services), Chris Cox (Hoyleton Youth & Family Services), Brandon F. Greene (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: There are inherent restrictions on youth in resdiential facilities to experience age-typical opportunities. These include the "simple" opportuntities to learn basic cooking and lesiure skills. Therefore, to acquire these skills, such youth often require direct hands-on instruction by caregivers whose skills at providing such instruction may be limited. However, it may be possible to supplement or supplant such instruction by developing digital video in which instructors or peers demonstrate such skills. In fact, digital video technology affords the opportunity to make it appear as if the student him/herself is performing the skill (i.e., virtual self-modelng). This presentation will describe the development and evaluation of instructional and virtual self-modeling videos to teach cooking and leisure skills among challenging youth in a residential facility.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #38
CE Offered: BACB

The Brain behind Behavior: Etiologies of Social Dysfunction in Autism

Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Karen Pierce, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
KAREN PIERCE (University of California, San Diego)
Dr. Karen Pierce One of the most striking features of autism is the failure to develop or to understand complex social relationships. The overarching goal of Dr. Pierce’s research program is to elucidate the neural underpinnings of these social deficits in patients with autism. Her studies have utilized several approaches, including functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI), electroencephalography (EEG), and behavioral assays. Dr. Pierce has been awarded several research grants including those from National Institute of Mental Health and the Organization for Autism Research. She has also received an Autism Society of America Research Award and a University of California, San Diego Chancellors Research Award in recognition of her outstanding work. Dr. Pierce serves as an ad-hoc reviewer for well-regarded journals such as Archives of General Psychiatry and Brain. Dr. Pierce has published extensively in a wide range of areas from behavioral treatment to brain dynamics in autism. Her functional imaging work was previously highlighted in Time Magazine (May, 2002). She is an invited speaker, both nationally and internationally, as an expert on the pathogenesis of autism. Her current research interests include studies aimed at detecting autism at the earliest ages possible. Such studies will bring the field of autism research closer to finding a cure.
Abstract:

New research has shown that a baby that will eventually develop autism begins the first months of his life with seemingly normal social behavior; he smiles and coos and appears indistinguishable from other children. In fact, two new prospective studies followed infants at risk for autism (by virtue of having an older sibling with the disorder) from birth into toddlerhood and found no differences in social or language behavior from normally developing infants during the first six months of life (Zwaigenbaum, et al., 2005; Landa, et al., 2006). By the time infants were one year old, however, signs of autism that included increased passivity and abnormal attention and language development were in evidence. These findings are consistent with retrospective studies that have shown reduced responding to name and abnormal social interaction skills at the first birthday parties of infants later diagnosed as autistic. What has gone wrong in the developing brains of children with autism? Despite over 60 years of close scientific scrutiny, this essential question remains unanswered. While social behavior is complex and relies on the normal development of a host of systems relating to attention, language, and emotion processing, it also relies heavily on the normal development of face processing. Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) is a non-invasive technique that capitalizes on the fact that rates of blood flow change in the brain when humans engage in a particular task (e.g., a math problem) or activity (e.g., daydreaming). fMRI as a research tool has been used extensively to study face processing in autism. Most studies focus on the fusiform gyrus, a brain region in the temporal lobe that contains an area in the middle lateral portion that responds strongly to faces (i.e., the Fusiform Face Area, or FFA). If functional responding in the fusiform appears abnormal in autism, it would not be surprising that higher-order cognitive functions that rely on the ability to interpret a face, such as theory of mind and emotion perception, would also be impaired. It is thus essential that this first step in understanding the social mind of autistic individuals, that is, testing the ability to decode information from a face, be tested thoroughly. This presentation will discuss the following: 1. The development of social behavior, particularly face perception, in normally developing infants and children; 2. Face processing fMRI research with adults and children with auti

 
 
Invited Tutorial #39
Tutorial: Stimulus Equivalence 101: Back to Basics and Beyond
Saturday, May 26, 2007
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Presenting Authors: : CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract:

The stimulus equivalence paradigm has provided a basis for carefully controlled laboratory study of novel or emergent behavioral relations for over two decades. For better or worse, however, the current empirical literature has evolved to a level of specialization that is often impenetrable to those not immersed in its nuances. The unfortunate outcome is that much of the basis for excitement over recent developments in the field may be underappreciated by behavior analysts, not to mention the broader scientific community. This tutorial will provide a review of basic concepts and conceptualizations involving stimulus equivalence. A case will be made and illustrated that basic laboratory work on equivalence has given rise to important new scientific agendas ranging from exploration of fundamental contingency outcomes to invigorated analyses of verbal behavior to teaching technologies and treatment applications of tremendous potential. These developments represent exactly the sort of bridge between basic and applied science that is the strength of behavior analysis. They also provide a basis for increased exchange with other psychological sciences, as questions of interdisciplinary interest receive our increased attention.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

None

Learning Objectives: None
 
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Dr. Carol Pilgrim received her Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1987 with a specialization in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. She is currently Professor of Psychology and Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of North Carolina, Wilmington, where she has been honored with a Distinguished Teaching Professorship (1994-1997), the North Carolina Board of Governors Teaching Excellence Award (2003), and the Faculty Scholarship Award (2000). She received the Chancellor’s Teaching Excellence Award and the College of Arts and Sciences Excellence in Teaching Award in 1992, and the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABA) Student Committee Outstanding Mentor Award in 2006. Her research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis in human operant behavior, relational stimulus control, and the early detection of breast cancer. Dr. Pilgrim has served as Editor of The Behavior Analyst, Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst, Co-Editor of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, and as a member of the editorial boards of these and several other journals. She has served as President of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. Additionally, she has been Member-at-Large of the Executive Council of ABA and Division 25, and member of the Boards of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
 
 
Paper Session #40
Adaptations and Generalization of Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspective on the Art and Science of ABA
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:00 PM–2:20 PM
Mohsen AB
Area: TBA
Chair: David J. Hebert (ABEAR Consulting)
 
Adaptations and Generalization of Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspective on the Art and Science of ABA
Domain: Service Delivery
DAVID J. HEBERT (California State University, Fresno), Susan I. Hebert (ABEAR Consulting)
 
Abstract: Health and human service professions have extensive literature regarding the art and science of each discipline. The science of ABA is clearly defined and described in the literature. The art of ABA is not, because the term within ABA implies an absence of science. In other professions, the art is the application of the science in novel environmental conditions. Novel environments include the homes, schools, businesses, and other entities comprising communities. Cultural diversity increases the variations possible within each of these domains. Given this limitless variability there is a continuous need to adapt assessment and intervention procedures. The ability to adapt to novel environments can be systematically taught and evaluated through a combination of instructional techniques and supervised application of generalization technology. This may be insufficient due to increasing cultural variation of communities and the relative inadequacy of supervision in the field. Effective generalization to novel environments is achieved through multiple experiences, over time, under supervision. Analysis of the quantity of time under supervision and the proximity of that supervision to the environmental contexts will prove beneficial. Analysis of generalization technology in novel environments will assist in defining the art of ABA and provide opportunity to dialogue with other disciplines.
 
 
 
Special Event #41
SQAB Tutorial: The Law of Affect
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Randle AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Marc N. Branch (University of Florida)
Presenting Authors: : PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Skinner divorced the Law of Effect from Thorndike’s satisfiers, and remarried it to a change in the frequency of the response being reinforced; the Operant Canon holds that reinforcers need not be pleasurable. But why then was our ability to be pleasured selected for over our evolutionary history? Is it in fact generally to our evolutionary advantage to increase the frequency of responses that are reinforced? Thorndike operationally defined satisfiers as a state of affairs that an animal does nothing to avoid, often doing things to attain and preserve. This tutorial urges us to replace Skinner’s version of the law with Thorndike’s; it reinterprets common experimental and applied methods and analyses in Thorndike’s terms; it invites us to take pleasure in taking pleasure back into our analyses, and to savor the possibilities of this old fashioned revolution in our analyses.
 
PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Dr. Peter Killeen A confirmed hedonist, Killeen has spent his life approaching satisfiers. Satiated easily, he roams restlessly from one state of affairs to another, seeking ways to feel good about data. As an assistant professor, he had trouble choosing, and so studied choice. As an associate professor he was always aroused, and so studied adjunctive behavior and other passionate, if ill-conceived and counter-productive, behaviors. As a professor, he felt time was running out, and turned to its study. Alas, he found to his shock and dismay that time only went faster when he was having fun studying it, which brought his mood, and the speed of time, back down to earth. He now avoids that annoying state of affairs. Recognizing finally that his restlessness was symptomatic, he spent a year at the Centre for Advanced Study in Oslo, studying Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). He had a wonderful time, but it did not increase the frequency of his studying ADHD. Instead, he lashed out at others, nothing in particular, and wrote a behavioral manifesto against null-hypotheses significance testing: That sadistic practice provides no Sd’s, which is, he argued, one of the things that take much of the pleasure out of doing research. He currently is studying probability, coming to suspect that the stochastic view is yet another just-so story. Where this intellectual vagrant will go next we cannot say; but we suspect he will carry a smile with him.
 
 
Paper Session #42
The Relationship of Verbal Behavior to Anxiety and Problem Solving
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Cunningham B
Area: TPC
Chair: James Kopp (University of Texas, Arlington)
 
Verbal versus Non-Verbal Behavior as Multiple versus Tandem Schedule Control: Schedule Preferences in Laboratory Rats.
Domain: Theory
JAMES KOPP (University of Texas, Arlington), Melissa Roark (University of Texas, Arlington)
 
Abstract: In problem solving an organism comes to emit responses that have been useful in the past to manipulate its own personal contingencies to produce a response that "solves" a problem. In verbal behavior a human organism comes to emit responses that have been useful in the past to manipulate the contingencies of another human organism to produce a response that "solves a problem." It is argued here that personal problem solving resembles a tandem schedule performance, with "solutions" being more response than stimulus induced and that verbal behavior resembles a multiple schedule performance with "solutions" being more stimulus induced than response induced. Since it is generally thought that verbal behavior is a product of evolution, it should be that species not known to have verbal behavior are more likely to engage in tandem schedule performances than in multiple schedule performances when confronted with a problem. The present experiment examines this prediction using a concurrent choice procedure with laboratory rats as subjects. The results revealed a preference for the multiple schedule over the tandem schedule of reinforcement among the test animals.
 
 
 
Symposium #43
CE Offered: BACB
Effective Treatment of Students with Severe Behavior Disorders Who Failed to Respond to Traditional Positive-Only Treatment Programs
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
Randle D
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patricia Rivera (Judge Rotenberg Center)
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will address effective treatment of students with severe behavior disorders who have a history of not responding to traditional positive-only programs. The first presenter will present various case studies of specific students. A review of the students treatment histories will also be discussed and behavioral charts will be shown to document the students behavioral improvement. The second presenter will discuss the implementation of contingent skin shock as a supplement to positive behavior programming for students with significant histories of severe behavior disorders. Safeguards to ensure the proper implementation of the skin shock will also be discussed. A demonstration of the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) used at the Judge Rotenberg Center will be provided. The third presentation will include the effects of sudden fading of the contingent skin shock device. Case studies will be discussed and behavioral charts presented documenting the behavioral regressions when the GED is faded abruptly. Finally, case studies will be presented showing the successful fading of the GED.

 
Successful Treatment of Students Who Have Failed Positive-Only Programs.
RACHEL NICOLLE MATTHEWS (Judge Rotenberg Center), Christine Chiudina (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: Historically, some students have been enrolled at the Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) after other, positive-only programs, have failed to contain, manage or modify their most problematic and severe behaviors. For most students, JRC is not their first residential placement and must come out of necessity when other treatment facilities either refuse to accept them or discharge them from their program due to an inability to provide successful treatment. Students who once required multiple staff and daily emergency restraints at other programs are now engaging in consistent academic completion in a classroom with peers and require no additional staff or emergency restraint. The Judge Rotenberg Center is not only able to contain severe aggressive and self-injurious behaviors; they are able to provide a better quality of life for these students, often free of psychotropic medication.
 
Approval Process for the Use of Contingent Skin Shock and Subsequent Monitoring.
ROBERT VON HEYN (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: The process of getting approval to use contingent skin shock and the safeguards of its use will be presented. The first step is getting signed consent from the parent/guardian and approval from the funding agency. Next a detailed, individualized proposal is prepared by a doctoral level clinician and submitted to the court. The court then assigns an attorney to represent the individual who, in most cases, hires an expert to review the proposed treatment plan. An independent clinician also reviews the plan and writes their recommendations to the court. A hearing is scheduled and a judge decides whether he/she believes this proposed treatment is the most effective, least intrusive treatment available for that individual. Peer Review and Human Rights Committees must grant their approval before the plan can be implemented. All treatment is monitored across school, residence and during transportation by a digital video recording system which is also live monitored 24 hours a day. Quarterly reports are sent to the guardian, court and funding agencies and plans are reviewed yearly. A demonstration of the skin shock device used at JRC will be given.
 
Successful Fading of Contingent Skin Shock when Combined with Positive Behavioral Programming.
PATRICIA RIVERA (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: Students in residential treatment with severe behavior disorders may require some type of aversive interventions to supplement positive behavioral programming when positive programming alone has not proved to be successful in reducing the frequency of dangerous behaviors. Case studies will be presented showing the course of treatment for some of these students from the Judge Rotenberg Center including the successful fading of contingent skin shock. Case histories will be presented along with behavioral charts documenting the success of the fading program. Academic progress and transitional planning will also be addressed.
 
The Effect of Abruptly Removing an Aversive Intervention.
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: In June of 2006, JRC was forced to remove interventions that had proven extremely effective in eliminating or significantly reducing the occurrence of severe problem behaviors for over 50 students who had not responded to positive-only interventions. After a Federal court order in September of 2006, these treatments were reinstated. In this presentation, we (a) discuss the effects of the abrupt removal in comparison with our gradual fading plan (b) present charts that describe the changes and (c) discuss clinical implications of abruptly removing an effective punishment contingency.
 
 
Paper Session #44
OBM Paper Series: Leadership and Management of Performance
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:00 PM–3:20 PM
Emma AB
Area: OBM
Chair: Judy L. Agnew (Aubrey Daniels International)
 
Risk Taking and Decision Making by Executives: A Behavioral Perspective.
Domain: Applied Research
ALICE DARNELL LATTAL (Aubrey Daniels International)
 
Abstract: Executive decision making involves the rapid assessment of fluid, dynamic situations where each choice response varies in both risk and potential benefit to the organization. Many of the factors that exist in executive decision making also have been studied, albeit on a more modest scale, under more controlled conditions by both basic and applied behavior analysts. Phenomena like behavioral momentum, the sunk cost effect, behavioral economics, and choice all involve behavioral processes that bear directly on a more general understanding of risk taking and decision making. This paper critiques some of the behavioral research on these topics in terms of their implications specifically for executive behavior in business environments.
 
Job Satisfaction: The Management Tool and Responsibility Revisited, or the Case for Affective Measurement in OBM.
Domain: Applied Research
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University), Jennifer Kondash (Temple University)
 
Abstract: Job satisfaction is perhaps the most studied dependent variable in I/O Psychology, but its relevance to OBM remains an open question. In an influential JOBM paper, Mawhinney (1989) delineated the special role of job satisfaction in OBM as both a tool and responsibility. This presentation revisits Mawhinney’s arguments and offers a reappraisal of job satisfaction in OBM applications and research in light of current research on job satisfaction. After a review of the job satisfaction literature, the presentation moves to a quantitative review of job satisfaction and social validity measurement in OBM applications. Based on the quantitative review, recommendations for measuring such affective variables in OBM applications are presented with an emphasis on going beyond pecuniary reasons for measuring these variables, and instead focusing on the ethical aspects of OBM applications.
 
How to Woo Colleagues and Influence People: Likeability as an EO Manipulation in OBM.
Domain: Applied Research
JUDY L. AGNEW (Aubrey Daniels International)
 
Abstract: A good portion of the behavior change that occurs in OBM interventions is a function of social consequences. Verbal feedback paired with praise is probably the most common consequence class. The effectiveness of the praise depends on a number of variables, including timing, specificity and satiation. It also depends on the relationship between the person giving the praise and the reciever. This talk will explore the notion of "relationships" as Establishing Operations which change the reinforcing value of praise. It will also outline behavioral strategies for developing good relationships at work in order to improve the effectiveness of praise and other types of social consequences.
 
Improving Organizational Safety and Productivity: A Case Study.
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN AUSTIN (Aubrey Daniels International & Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: A behavioral approach to improving safety and various measures of productivity will be described and illustrated through use of a case study showing the application of behavioral principles and their impact on business functioning.
 
 
 
Paper Session #45
A Framework for Relational Development Across the Life Span
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–2:50 PM
Molly AB
Area: DEV
Chair: Dongxiao Qin (Western New England College)
 
A Framework for Relational Development Across the Life Span
Domain: Theory
DONGXIAO QIN (Western New England College), Tian-Jia Dong (Westfield State College), Dongxin Qin (Shandong University, School of Foreign Languages)
 
Abstract: Relational-Cultural Theory provides an alternate perspective to traditional ways of viewing the notion of human development. Many traditional theories of development value the ideals of separate self. As an alternative, Relational-Cultural Theory (RCT) emphasizes health, growth and courage, and points to a new understanding of human and individual strength in relationship, not strength in isolation. RCT focuses on achieving growth by enhancing connection and mutuality as a lifelong goal. Developing increased relational capacities as a lifelong goal requires an openness to ourselves, others and our mutual vulnerabilities. Such an openness requires a commitment to supporting each other in our vulnerabilities and to participating in ways that ultimately foster our mutual growth. Authentic relating takes a great deal of courage, and being able to use relational language helps us to more clearly express where we are in the process of transformation. The bliss and energy of our connections can serve as a source of resilience during our difficult times of being oppressed, isolated and marginalized across one’s life span. The need for individuals to feel seen, heard, understood, and valued is crucial for psychotherapy and behavioral therapy.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #46

A Formal, Predictive Theory of Ongoing Behavior

Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
ROBERT EPSTEIN (Psychology Today)
Dr. Robert Epstein is the West Coast Editor and former Editor-in-Chief of Psychology Today magazine, as well as the host of “Psyched!” on Sirius Satellite Radio. He is also a Contributing Editor for Scientific American Mind magazine, a visiting scholar at the University of California, San Diego, and the founder and Director Emeritus of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. A Ph.D. of Harvard University, Epstein has published thirteen books and more than one hundred articles. His main research interests are in creativity, stress management, adolescence, artificial intelligence, self-control, sexual orientation, and parenting. His most recent books are The Case Against Adolescence: Rediscovering the Adult in Every Teen (Jossey-Bass, 2007) and The Turing Test Sourcebook: Philosophical and Methodological Issues in the Quest for the Thinking Computer (Springer, 2007, with Gary Roberts and Grace Beber). Further information can be found at http://drrobertepstein.com.
Abstract:

Generativity Theory, first proposed in the mid 1980s, has proved helpful in both understanding and predicting ongoing behavior even novel behavior in both familiar and novel environments, as well as in both static and changing environments. The theory is formal, which means that it can be expressed as a series of equations. Instantiated in a computer model, these equations, called transformation equations, can predict ongoing novel behavior moment-to-moment in time in both animals and humans. Generativity Theory asserts that novel behavior is the result of ongoing interconnections among previously established behaviors. The theory also asserts that simple behavioral processes, such as extinction and resurgence, which are typically studied separately, actually operate simultaneously on the probabilities of many different behaviors, resulting in an ongoing dynamic interaction among such behaviors. On the practical side, the theory suggests that the behavior people often call creative can be accelerated and directed, and, perforce, that people have enormous creative potential. Generativity research has led to the development of a technique (the frequency profile) for providing a graphical display of novel performances in individual subjects in real time, of competency tests that measure skill sets that are essential for creative expression, and of games and exercises that strengthen such competencies. Most recently, training based on principles derived from Generativity Theory has been used to boost creative expression and solve practical problems in the government of a small city in California.

 
 
Paper Session #47
International Paper Session - OBM Paper Series: Research in OBM
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Emma C
Area: OBM
Chair: Hyeyeon Hwang (Western Michigan University)
 
Impact of Rules on Productivity and Communication in Organizations.
Domain: Applied Research
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Melany Denny (ReStart), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: The literature to date suggests that inaccurate rules, constituted by experienced contingencies that do not adhere to the explicitly stated contingency within the rule, create an ambiguous environment which facilitates generation of rumor. The current study examined the impact of inaccurate rules on generation of rumor and, subsequently, the effect of rumor generation on productivity (i.e., response accuracy and response latency) in an organizational setting. Each experimental session consisted of two subjects working cooperatively on a computerized mathematics and memory tasks toward an incentive bonus. The subjects were given an explicit rule which described the contingency they would experience (number of points earned for correct responding) throughout completion of the tasks, toward their goal. Using Alternating Treatment design, session conditions randomly alternated such that subjects were either exposed to the rule-stated contingency (accurate condition) or a variation of the contingency that was stated in the rule (inaccurate condition). Throughout these conditions the computer program recorded latency and accuracy of responses. The data showed that inaccurate conditions increased generation and duration of rumor. Inaccurate conditions were also found to negatively impact productivity by means of increased latency and lower accuracy of responses.
 
The Relative Effects of Individual and Social Comparison Feedback when Individuals Earn Individual Monetary Incentives.
Domain: Applied Research
HYEYEON HWANG (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: This study examined the relative effects of individual and social comparison feedback when individuals were paid monetary incentives. The experimental design was an ABA reversal design in which A = individual incentives with individual feedback and B = individual incentives with social comparison feedback. During the social comparison feedback phase (B), participants were given a graph that categorized their performance, based on the performance of peers, as: (a) extra high, (b) high, (c) medium, (d) low, or (e) extra low. Participants were 8 college students. Participants entered the numeric value of simulated bank checks on a computer screen. The main dependent variable was the number of checks correctly entered per 45-minute session. Other dependent variables were the percentage of checks completed correctly, the rate of check completion (the number of checks completed per minute), and the number of minutes spent performing the experimental task during the session.
 
Functional Analysis of Athletic Performance.
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN STOKES (Simmons College), Chris Burns (Billerica Highschool)
 
Abstract: Using a multi-element design, this study investigated the effects that environmental stimuli on the athletic performance of high school football players. Three conditionswere used to determine enviornmental control: escape, coach attention and peer attention. The dependent variables were tackling behavior, which was task-analyzed and broken down into 5 separate behaviors. All sessions were video taped and coaches were trained in data collection and in providing consequences. The results indicated that the methodology was effective in distinguishing specific environmental variables that were controlling behavior. Results were used to prescribe reinforcement schedules which were successful in increasing tackling performance in all athletes. Inter-observer agreement was collected for 100% of trial with a mean of 89.34%. Results are displayed graphically.
 
 
 
Paper Session #48
Surveys of JABA: Research Themes and Ethnic Diversity
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Cunningham A
Area: TPC
Chair: Eleazar Vasquez, III (Utah State University)
 
An Analysis of JABA Research: Beneficiaries, Content, and Context.
Domain: Theory
SHAWNEE D. COLLINS (Utah State University), Charles L. Salzberg (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: Applied behavioral research discipline is defined in part by the population it studies, the settings that population is studied in, and the behaviors that are targeted for intervention. Thus, it is important for applied behavior analysts to understand the who, what, and where of our research. The authors reviewed two years of JABA articles and ABA conference proceedings to identify participant characteristics, research settings, and dependant variables. This paper briefly discusses the findings of this analysis and its implications for the advancement of the discipline of behavior analysis.
 
Research on Ethnic Minority Students: An Analysis of 10 years of Studies Published in JABA.
Domain: Theory
ELEAZAR VASQUEZ, III (Utah State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (University of Kentucky)
 
Abstract: We analyzed the empirical literature on ethnic minority sutdents published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Specifically, we examined (1) to what extent does research focused on identifiable ethnic/racial culture groups and linguistically diverse students, (2) Given that researchers focused on culture and linguistically diverse issues, to what extent do they disaggregate the data and report on individual ethnic groups in their results, and (3) to what extent has there been a change in reporting culture and linguistic diversity in the last ten years?
 
 
 
Paper Session #49
Teaching Critical Social Skills to Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT
Chair: Lisa J. Stoddard (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
 
Promoting Varied Pretend Play Repertoires in Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
LISA J. STODDARD (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Rosi deDomenico (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Jennifer L. Harris (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
 
Abstract: While a breadth of research has documented the efficacy of behavioral approaches in expanding language and communication skills in children with autism, comprehensive treatment for social deficits appears more elusive. Numerous studies have described the use of applied behavior analysis technology and procedures to increase social behavior, with focus on participants’ responses to peers’ initiations and the use of independent play initiations, such as, “Let’s play blocks.” However, relatively little behavioral research has looked at the development of the actual play content that may be used once play with peers has been initiated. The purpose of the present investigation was to assess the utility of a sequential curriculum of varied pretend play targets, and to investigate the effects of utilizing common instructional techniques in teaching varied pretend play skills to children with autism. Based on the development of pretend play skills in typically developing children, a play skills curriculum including targets and procedures for teaching functional, symbolic, and imaginary plays skills is presented, as well as data supporting the efficacy of this approach as part of a comprehensive treatment package. This sequential approach may serve to expand the current body of play and social skills training programs, and BCBAs who work with children with autism will benefit from the detailed description of play skills targets as well as methods for improving the quality of social play behavior between children with autism and their typically developing peers.
 
The Effects of Video Modeling on Social Responses.
Domain: Applied Research
LAURA BUTLER (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
 
Abstract: The present study was designed to test the effects of a video model on both the increase of appropriate social responses and the decrease of problem behavior. The extension of the application of video modeling may demonstrate an increase in its range of utility from deficit social and play behavior to inappropriate social responding and the problem behaviors that may result. A multiple baseline design across three participants was used. Multiple scripts were designed for each child based on current English Language Arts goals on the child's Individualized Education Program. Video modeling consisted of each child watching a videotape of models engaging in reciprocal conversation. The results of the present study suggest that video modeling is not only an effective intervention for increasing appropriate social responses but is also an effective means for decreasing high rates of problem behavior during social initiations. Importantly, all three participants generalized these skills across different persons and settings.
 
The Effects of Video Feedback and Self-Monitoring of Teacher Behavior on Teacher/Student Responding.
Domain: Applied Research
LINA SLIM-TOPDJIAN (A Step Ahead Program, LLC (ASAP)), Sudha Ramaswamy (Mercy College/A Step Ahead Program, LLC)
 
Abstract: This study tests the effects of a treatment package consisting of a video-feedback/self-monitoring procedure on student and teacher responding. The independent variable, the video feedback and self-monitoring procedure, consisted of teachers observing their own behaviors and recording the occurrences and non-occurrences of components of the interlocking three-term contingency and the emission of aberrant behaviors. Three dependent variables were measured: the total number of instructional trials delivered, teacher instructional accuracy, and the number of student aberrant behaviors emitted. The study implemented a multiple baseline design across teachers, wherein four teachers from the classroom were participants. The findings show a functional relationship between the video-feedback/self-monitoring procedure and student as well as teacher responding.
 
 
 
Symposium #50
International Symposium - Teaching Spelling and Handwriting to Children with Developmental Disabilities Using Constructed-Response Matching to Sample
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Maggie
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Harry A. Mackay (Praxis, Inc., Northeastern University)
Discussant: Harry A. Mackay (Praxis, Inc., Northeastern University)
Abstract: This symposium examines recent research conducted in Japan and the USA showing constructed-response matching-to-sample procedures (Mackay, 1985; Dube et al., 1991) to be effective in teaching spelling, handwriting, and word-processing skills to children with mental retardation, cerebral palsy, autism, and ADHD as well as typically developing children. Both tabletop and computer based methods have been developed. The procedures require students to construct printed words (letter by letter), Kanji characters and compound Japanese syllables to the same words and characters (copying) and to dictation and pictures. Data suggest that computer-based training provides good support for the teaching of handwriting, which then is well maintained. In addition, occurrence of extensive transfer (e.g., emergence of spelling to pictures after training of spelling to the dictated picture names) is consistent with results of research on equivalence classes. The work presented has important implications for instructional practices used in teaching spelling and writing and points to needed analyses of the prerequisite skills that underlie more complex spelling and writing performances. New directions for research and application, (e.g., use of differential outcomes and matrix training techniques), will be discussed.
 
Constructed Response Spelling: A Classroom Application.
SHARI DAISY (Simmons College), Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of constructed-response spelling procedures with school-age children. Four students with developmental disabilities participated in the study as part of a classroom-based implementation of constructed-response procedures. An alternating treatment design was used to assess the effectiveness of the constructed-response strategy versus traditional spelling instruction. The dependent variable was the percent of words spelled correctly on weekly spelling tests. Results indicated that mean spelling scores were higher during the constructed-response condition than during traditional instruction for all children. The relationship between spelling proficiency and literacy development is discussed.
 
Reading and Writing Instruction Based on Constructed Matching-to-Sample.
HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Keio University, Japan), Jun'ichi Yamamoto (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract: The students with developmental disabilities often showed some difficulties for acquiring reading and/or writing skills that consist of the systematic relations between spoken syllables (auditory stimuli) and printed characters (visual stimuli). We examined whether these students could read and write Japanese Hiragana characters after training of constructed response matching to sample (CRMTS) with the differential outcome (DO) procedure by computer-based teaching. The CRMTS procedure was to teach character by character, word-construction responses to each sample stimulus. The DO procedure was to provide the spoken (by the computer) syllable as the particular differential stimulus that followed selection responses on each trial. The results showed that the students acquired appropriate word-construction responses, and could read and write Hiragana characters without direct training. These results were discussed in terms of the effect of the constructed matching to sample with the DO on the acquisition and transfer of reading and writing skills and applicability to the computer-based home teaching.
 
Teaching Handwriting of Chinese Characters to Children with ADHD.
MASAKO TSURUMAKI (Fukushima University, Japan)
Abstract: This presentation will show that exposure to an arbitrary constructed-response matching-to-sample procedure improved the acquisition of handwriting behavior for Chinese characters in children with Attention-Deficit/ Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). The children had learned to write Hiragana to Chinese characters, a form of transcription, but made errors. However, they disliked handwriting drill that aimed to provide practice in writing Chinese characters. This research tried to facilitate the performance by using computer-based constructed-response matching-to-sample training. Sample stimuli were Hiragana (Japanese cursive syllabary), and comparison stimuli were components of Chinese characters in this procedure. The children were given two tests before construction training. They made many errors in handwriting Chinese characters to Hiragana and but were more accurate in handwriting Hiragana to Chinese characters. After construction training both performances improved and were maintained well for three months after training. The results show that computer training in construction of Chinese characters (from their components) to Hiragani samples may improve transcription from Hiragani by hand. The relations between constructed-response matching-to-sample tasks, transcription and reading will be discussed. Additional data are being collected and the training procedure is being enhanced to make errors less likely for some children.
 
 
Paper Session #51
International Paper Session - Theory of Mind and Executive Function
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT
Chair: Dawn Ann Holman (Autism Spectrum Consultants, Inc.)
 
Replication of Theory of Mind Assessments: Implications for Reading Comprehension.
Domain: Applied Research
DAWN ANN HOLMAN (Autism Spectrum Consultants, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Evidence of deficits in Theory of Mind (TOM), or understanding mental states, has been documented by autism researchers since the 1980's. In clinical practice, many Applied Behavioral Analysis practitioners have incorporated teaching TOM programs as radical behaviorism for higher functioning children on the autism spectrum. There have been few replications of the original research by Baron Cohen (1989) and Happe (1993), and fewer studies attempting to validate the teaching procedures or protocols for such interventions. A replication study already completed and pending publication, which documents the TOM deficits of a group of high functioning children with autism, as compared to a typical, age and IQ matched control group will be reviewed. Specifically, the presenter assessed a group of HFA elementary students on a variety of TOM assessments, including the Sally-Anne False Belief task, as well as the Communicative Intent or "Strange Stories" tasks. Implications for replicated deficits will be addressed, specifically in relation to reading comprehension, an area of difficulty frequently encountered by HFA students in mainstream educational placements. An argument for viewing reading comprehension as a manifestation of deficits in TOM will be made, in addition to recommendations for addressing these deficits through instruction utilizing a systematic, behavioral paradigm.
 
Expanding Our Focus to Include Executive Functioning Skill Training: ASD Children Learn to Plan, Problem Solve, and Self-Monitor.
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER L. HARRIS (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Rosi deDomenico (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Lisa Brownfield (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Numerous studies have found that autistic individuals repeatedly demonstrate deficits in planning, problem solving, working memory, transitions, flexibility, and self-regulation. This cluster of deficits is often referred to as executive dysfunction or a deficit in higher-order, goal directed behavior. As a result of these deficits, autistic children may be unable to function adequately in mainstream educational settings despite average intelligence and vocal abilities. They often are unable to follow complex instructions, wander when uncertain of the next step of a task, become obsessed or hyper-focused on individual details without acknowledging the goal, and have difficulty self-monitoring both their academic and social behavior. While ABA methods have been successful in improving verbal and social behavior, executive skill training has not typically been included in ABA curriculum for young autistic children. The purpose of this symposium is to outline an Executive Functions Skill Training protocol in which specific strategies and curriculum are presented to improve planning, problem solving, working memory, flexibility, and self-regulatory behaviors in young students with autism receiving intensive ABA intervention.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #52
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: The Evolution of Skinner's Thinking about Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Julie S. Vargas, Ph.D.
Chair: Matthew P. Normand (Florida Institute of Technology)
Presenting Authors: : JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation), Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner took over 20 years to complete his book Verbal Behavior. In this talk, we address the development of his analysis. Our sources include major life events, publications, and notes Skinner wrote over the years, especially those written for his 1947 William James Lectures. We discuss the notes he made after the books publication in 1957. As with any evolutionary development, we also point to the effect of his analysis and to some of the directions in which it is now going.

 
JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation), Ernest A. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Dr. Julie S. Vargas is currently president of the B. F. Skinner Foundation and a former president of the Association for Behavior Analysis. She has taught at all levels from third grade to university graduate courses. Dr. Vargas is author of three books as well as articles, chapters, and encyclopedia entries. Her interests include instructional design, the life and work of B. F. Skinner, and verbal behavior.
 
 
Symposium #53
International Symposium - Applications of Relational Frame Theory (RFT): Theory, Research, and Practice (Part II)
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Cunningham C
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Carol C. Murphy (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Discussant: Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: As the title implies, this two-part symposium will bring together current theory, research, and practice revolving around the application of RFT. Theoretical commentary will focus on the issues of derived relational responding as generalized operant classes, potential applications that are implicit in RFT, and strategies for assessing deficits and excesses in derived relational responding. Research presented herein will focus on the continuing bridge between Skinner’s system of verbal behavior and RFT, as well as, the refinement of procedures used to establish types of derived relational responding associated with higher cognitive functioning. Finally, descriptions and examples of real world applications of RFT from language training and educational settings will be provided. The goal of the two-part symposium is to provide a forum for practitioners and researchers to contact the current status of the technological developments applying RFT to real world problems.
 
The Assessment of Relational Precursors and Abilities (ARPA).
JOHN D. MCELWEE (HASD), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory is a recent behavior analytic account of human language and cognition. A central tenet of the theory is that learning to relate arbitrary stimuli is the basic foundation for higher-level cognitive abilities. The ARPA is a computer program to assess the basic behavior processes needed to accomplish this. The ARPA assesses a hierarchical sequence of skills from simple to arbitrary conditional discriminations with a focus on those skills considered to be precursors to derived relational responding. The educational implications for the remediation of discrimination deficits will conclude the presentation.
 
Complex Derived More/Less Manding with Children with and without a Diagnosis of Autism: A Synthesis of Skinner’s Verbal Behavior and Relational Frame Theory IV.
CAROL C. MURPHY (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Participants were three 14-year-old adolescent boys diagnosed with autism and 2 normally-developing children aged 8-9. All participants underwent training to establish more/less relational functions with two arbitrary stimuli, X and Y, respectively. This was followed by match-to-sample training in conditional discriminations involving the two stimuli and five other arbitrary stimuli (A, B, C, D, and E). A conditioned motivating operation was then used to test for derived more/less manding based on the trained conditional discriminations. Test I required derived manding showing the following stimulus relations. Stimulus A is more than B (and B is less than A), B is more than C, C is more than D, and D is more than E. Successful completion of Test I was followed by training to change conditional discriminations, and Test II subsequently probed for changed derived more/less manding. Baseline conditional discriminations were then retrained, and Test III probed for a return to baseline derived more/less manding. Findings are discussed with regard to the behavioral literature on derived manding.
 
Combining RFT, Precision Teaching, Fluency Based Instruction, and LiPS to Teach Early Reading Skills.
NICHOLAS M. BERENS (University of Nevada, Reno & Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.), Kimberly Nix Berens (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: Hearing a word and understanding that it can be broken down into parts is so engrained in our behavior that it is often taken for granted when working with children who struggling to learn to read. While simple and commonplace, this task is richly relational. It requires being to be able respond to the sounds in the words as letters (a frame of coordination), as well as, being able to respond to the temporal and spatial relations among the sounds. These relations, until directly established in the individual’s history, are completely arbitrary. By arbitrary, we mean there is no physical correlate in the “real” world. That is, that the word “cat” is made up of the sounds c-a-t, that those sounds are for the letters C-A-T, and that those sounds have to occur in a specific order to make the word “cat” have no physical properties until they are explicitly taught. The current paper will provide an example of how a combination of the use of non-arbitrary (tangible) stimuli in a fluency building procedure can clarify these relational properties of blending and segmenting words.
 
 
Paper Session #54
Behavior Analysis in Treating Problem Behaviors Resulting from TBI
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM
Chair: Russell H. Reeves (Special Tree Rehabilitation)
 
Physical Aggression, Sexual Disinhibitation, and Social Skills: Behavioral Interventions for Persons with TBI.
Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Timber Ridge NeuroRestorative Centers Inc.)
 
Abstract: This paper presents data on 3 individuals with traumatic brain injuries who exhibited physical aggression and sexual disinhibitation. One study involved the use of a priviledge level system to reduce aggression within an ABA reversal design. The other two studies involved a combination of social skills training using facial recognition of emotion and sensitivity to the listiner to reduce inappropriate verbal sexual behaviors.
 
Effects of Temporal Placement of Concurrent Activity Requirements within Self-Control Training: Examples in Brain Injury.
Domain: Applied Research
MOLLIE HORNER KING (Southern Illinois University), James W. Jackson (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
 
Abstract: Experimenters compared the relative effects of self-control training with embedded concurrent activities in two experiments. In each experiment, once participants met the initial impulsivity criteria, they were asked to choose between a small immediate reinforcer with no response requirement and a large fixed delayed reinforcer, contingent upon engaging in a concurrent activity at greater than baseline rates. In experiment one; participants were required to engage in the concurrent activity at the beginning of the delay to reinforcement. In experiment two, participants were required to engage in the concurrent activity at the end of the delay to reinforcement, just before delivery of the reinforcer. In both experiments, response requirements were gradually increased until ultimately participants engaged in the concurrent activity for the entire delay. Self-control choice was probed in each phase of each experiment. Results and implications are discussed.
 
Contextual Approaches to Treatment for Individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury.
Domain: Applied Research
RUSSELL H. REEVES (Special Tree Rehabilitation), Kim Killu (University of Michigan, Dearborn)
 
Abstract: The rehabilitation needs of individuals with traumatic brain injury (TBI) are complex, as the resulting sequelae from an injury may have lasting effects in the physical, sensory, cognitive, academic, social, behavioral and emotional domains. In order to better understand how the behaviors of those with rehabilitation needs can emerge and be maintained, it is important to examine the impact of the injury within the context of the aforementioned domains, and the results on adaptive functioning. This presentation will discuss common variables and contributing factors involved in the assessment and treatment of maladaptive behaviors in individuals with TBI. The implications for these variables and factors on the completion of a functional behavior assessment and functional analysis will also be addressed.
 
 
 
Symposium #55
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Parent Training in Child Welfare: Program Evaluation, Replications, and Methodological Issues
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Edward C
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Han-Leong Goh (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Han-Leong Goh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

These four presentations focus on behavioral training with parents of children in the child welfare system. Two presentations focus on the SafeCare model parenting program. The first presentation discusses the efficacy of the model in preventing child maltreatment, replications of the model in other areas of the country, and implications on staff training. The second presentation focuses on replication of the SafeCare model for assessment and training in home-based and clinic-based settings. The final 2 presentations focus on a parent training curriculum designed to increase parenting skills. One presentation focuses on evaluating potential effects of the curriculum on skill acquisition; repeated administration of quizzes showed systematic acquisition as a function of specific skills taught. The other presentation discusses methods to evaluate placement stability, such as duration and rate of placement changes, and the implications of these measures on evaluating potential effectiveness of the training curriculum. In general, all presentations discuss models of extending applied behavior analysis in parent training; specifically in child welfare. Furthermore, all presentations show therapeutic effects of training with this unique population, with discussions on methodological issues, outcomes, and future directions for research.

 
Multimodal Replications of the SafeCare Model.
ANNA EDWARDS (The Marcus Institute), John R. Lutzker (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Recently, there have been a number of replications of the SafeCare model parenting program (Lutzker & Bigelow, 2002) which has been greatly expanded to reach a variety of settings and professionals. Currently, the Marcus Center for Child Well-Treatment in Atlanta, GA is providing the SafeCare model parenting services program for the secondary prevention of child maltreatment in two urban Georgia counties through federal grant funds. These services are being implemented by Bachelors-level home visitors, all whom have social service experience. Additionally, the Marcus Center for Child Well-Treatment holds a contract with the Georgia Department of Public Health to train Nurse Home Visitors to implement primary prevention. Also, training will occur for caseworkers in California. Other locations have recently received grant funding to examine aspects of SafeCare, including an NIH funded statewide trial in Oklahoma and CDC grants designed to examine SafeCare with technology enhancements (e.g., cell phones, computer training). These multimodal replications will be discussed, including the primary and secondary prevention populations that are being served by them, the variety of professionals who are providing these services, and the implications for staff training and implementation of the model.
 
Behavioral Parent Training for Parents with Intellectual Disabilities.
JENNIFER L. CROCKETT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan A. Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cathy Small (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Olivia Hird (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Children of parents with Intellectual Disabilities are at risk of behavior problems and placement disruption. Parents with Intellectual Disabilities are often assumed to have insufficient parenting skills, frequently leading to the removal of their children based on their intellectual functioning rather than their parenting. We evaluated the effectiveness of Behavioral Skills Training for four parents with Intellectual Disabilities. The behavioral skills training included both clinic-based and home-based assessment and training. We used a modification of Parent Child Interaction Therapy for the clinic-based training and the Home Accident Prevention Inventory-Revised (HAPI-R) and Checklist for Living Environments to Assess Neglect (CLEAN) from Project SafeCare for the home-based training. We will present data on the successes and challenges with working with this unique population of parents and children. We will provide additional information on attrition, Child-Protective Services involvement, and social supports necessary for maintenance of treatment gains. Data indicate that some of the parents with intellectual disabilities made great improvements in their parent-child interaction, effective behavior management skills, and the safety of their homes. Data further show that parents with intellectual disabilities maintain higher ‘show rates’ than typical for outpatient behavioral services.
 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Positive Parenting Curriculum: A Multiple Probe Analysis of Acquisition of Key Skills.
KERRI P. BERARD (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Donnie M. Staff (University of North Texas), Allison Jones (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The effectiveness of a program designed to teach parents who exhibit risk factors for child maltreatment to use a set of positive parenting skills was evaluated. Seven skills were taught to parents over a five-week series of three hour classes. A written quiz was administered to participants before the series of classes, immediately following each class, and after completion of all classes. The quiz contained questions corresponding to component skills taught in each class; therefore, repeated administration of the quiz permitted an analysis of component skill acquisition as those skills entered the repertoire. The results indicated that the participants showed improvements in test components as the curriculum components were introduced. There was also a relationship seen between curriculum components which permitted systematic and targeted evaluation of course materials and procedures.
 
Evaluating Placement Stability in Foster Care: Methodological Issues and Implications for Program Evaluation.
CAROLE M. VAN CAMP (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Stabilizing children's placements in foster homes is a primary goal of foster care agencies for children who have not been reunified with their parents or have not been adopted. In this presentation, we will discuss several methods of measuring placement stability, including calculating duration of placements and rate of placement changes. Placement data from over 300 foster parents calculated using several methods will be presented. Results indicate that factors such as the capacity of a foster home (i.e., how many foster children reside there at any given time) may also impact calculations of placement change rate. In addition, implications of these measurement issues on evaluating the effectiveness of a state-wide program to increase placement stability will be discussed. Placement data from over 200 foster caregivers who received behavioral parent training will be presented, with an emphasis on how each calculation method impacted the results of the program evaluation.
 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Decreasing the Intrusiveness of Protective Physical Holds and Confinement Time-Out
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Ford AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Allen J. Karsina, M.S.
Abstract:

Physically holding an individual and using confinement timeout are common procedures used with individuals who exhibit severe aggression and self injury to ensure that they do not hurt themselves or others. It is incumbent upon clinicians to make sure the intrusiveness of these procedures is minimized without compromizing safety. The presentations in this symposium involve emprical evaluations of decreasing the intrusiveness of protective procedures while taking into account the behavioral effects of these procedures.

 
Reducing the Duration of Protective Hold Procedures.
NANCY A. PERHOT (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the intrusiveness of a physical restraint procedure with a 10 year-old participant diagnosed with autism were examined. A functional analysis of the participant’s aggressions indicated that escape from demands maintained the participant’s aggressions. An extinction treatment package was implemented for the aggression; physical restraints were used to safely manage dangerous aggressions. Physical restraints were initially implemented for 5 minutes duration, then systematically reduced to 3 minutes in duration, and finally 2 minutes. The frequency of holds did not increase, nor did the frequency of aggressions.
 
The Effects of Decreasing the Intrusiveness of Physical Interventions on the Rate of Intervention.
SHAWN E. KENYON (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the intrusiveness of a physical restraint procedure with a 14 year-old participant with developmental disabilities were examined. A functional analysis of the participant’s self-injury indicated that the behavior was maintained by non-social variables. A multi-element treatment package was implemented for the self-injury; physical restraints were used to safely manage dangerous self-injury. Physical restraints were done on the floor and required multiple trained personnel to implement safely, and lasted between 2 to 4 minutes each. The intrusiveness of the restraint procedure was reduced by replacing the procedure with a sitting or standing hands-held procedure implemented by one person holding the hands and a second person protecting against bite attempts. The duration of the hands held procedure was 15 seconds. Frequency of holds decreased significantly immediately, and frequency of self-injury did not increase.
 
Reducing Intrusiveness of Time-Out Procedures Used to Manage Dangerous Behavior.
MAGDA M. STROPNIK (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Jody M. Steinhilber (New England Center for Children), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the intrusiveness of a confinement time-out procedure with a 15 year-old participant diagnosed with autism were examined. A functional analysis of the participant’s aggressions yielded undifferentiated results, and confinement time-out was used to safely manage dangerous behavior while a multi-component treatment package was implemented. A ‘break’ area, similar in size to the confinement time-out room but without a door, was used in place of a confinement time-out sequentially across two settings. Frequency of aggression did not increase with implementation of the break area, and use of the confinement time-out room was decreased.
 
Reducing the Frequency of Physically Guiding a Client to a Time-Out Room.
SARAH BUCKINGHAM (New England Center for Children), Britta Wehmann-Bell (New England Center for Children), Kimberly Keogh (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The effects of reducing the frequency of physically guiding a 14 year old participant with developmental disabilities to a timeout room were examined. For this participant, physical restraint was often required to ensure his and staff safety during movement to timeout. Descriptive analysis data suggested that escape from demands and denied access to tangibles were related to the participant’s aggression and environmental destruction. A systematic treatment package was successful in increasing independent walking to timeout thus producing a decrease in manual guidance and physical restraint.
 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Effects of Treatment Integrity on Behavioral Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Claire C St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Claire C St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Mistakes made during the implementation of treatments (frequently called "treatment integrity failures") can lead to decreases in treatment efficacy. The research presented in this symposium examines the impact of treatment integrity failures on common components of behavioral interventions for persons with disabilities. These interventions include both response-acquisition and response-reduction procedures. Weiss, Libby, and Paquette examine the effects of degradations in procedural integrity on acquisition of a novel, arbitrary response with 3 participants with autism. Two papers examine the effects of integrity failures on response-reduction procedures. Pabico, Roane, and Kelley examine the effects of a particular type of integrity failure, delay, in a punishment procedure. Finally, St. Peter Pipkin and Vollmer used a non-clinical population (college students) to determine possible effects of treatment integrity failures on DRA treatments. All three papers showed some detrimental impact of treatment integrity failures on intervention outcome. Results will be discussed in terms of the potential effects of treatment integrity failures on treatment outcome.

 
Variations of Procedural Integrity and its Effects on Task Acquisition within Chains.
JULIE S. WEISS (New England Center for Children), Myrna E. Libby (New England Center for Children), Gregory Paquette (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of variations of procedural integrity in delivering prompts on task acquisition within chains. Three participants diagnosed with autism learned to put together two 8-step arbitrary Lego figures in a forward chaining sequence with most-to-least prompting. An alternating treatments design was used to compare the effects of two prompting conditions, 100% procedural integrity with no programmed errors and 70% procedural integrity with errors programmed on 30% of trials. After acquisition, generalization probes were implemented with novel teachers and in a different environment. All sessions were videotaped. IOA was collected during 40% of sessions and averaged over 90%. All participants achieved independence in building the figures in the 100% procedural integrity condition. Participants either did not acquire in the 70% procedural integrity condition or acquired in the 70% condition but at a slower rate than the 100% condition Thus, degradations in procedural integrity interfered with skill acquisition. All participants generalized performance across teachers and environments.
 
An Evaluation of a Delayed Time-Out Procedure in the Treatment of Problem Behavior.
ROBERT-RYAN S. PABICO (The Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: The use of reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., functional communication training) alone may not be always effective in decreasing levels of problem behavior (e.g., aggression, SIB, and pica) to clinically acceptable levels. Thus, the use of punishment-based procedures may be warranted. Previous literature on the use of punishment indicates that in order for punishment to be effective the procedure must be delivered following every occurrence of the response. Given this, in a child’s natural environment the delivery of a punishment procedure may not be practical to implement following every occurrence of problem behavior. For example, the parent may provide multiple warnings prior to placing the child in time-out or the child may attempt to avoid application of the punishment procedure. Thus, there are conditions in a child’s natural environment that may lead to delivery of the punisher on an intermittent or delayed schedule. In the current investigation, we evaluated the use of a delayed time-out procedure to decrease levels of problem behavior. Throughout all analyses, reliability data were collected on at least 25% of sessions. These results will be discussed in terms of examining the use of delayed time-out interventions that can be transferred to naturalistic settings.
 
Effects of Treatment Integrity Failures on DRA: A Laboratory Study.
CLAIRE C ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is commonly used as a treatment for problem behavior. Although DRA procedures are typically straightforward, they may not be consistently implemented as designed. We assessed the effects of failures to deliver earned reinforcers (omission errors), inappropriate reinforcer delivery (commission errors), and blended omission and commission errors on DRA, using a controlled laboratory preparation with non-clinical participants. Seventeen undergraduates participated. Treatment integrity levels varied from 100% to 20% integrity. Results showed that omission errors did not result in increases in analog problem behavior, while commission errors and blended errors resulted in increases in analog problem behavior and decreases in analog appropriate behavior at 40% and 20% integrity. These outcomes demonstrate that certain types or levels of integrity failure are more detrimental than others. Additionally, results suggest that DRA is relatively robust during integrity failures, but that those failures can still lead to loss of treatment effects when they occur frequently.
 
 
Paper Session #58
International Paper Session - Eye Contact, Facial Expression, and Emotion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Elizabeth H
Area: AUT
Chair: Daniel Almeida (Melmark New England)
 
Identifying Happiness Indicators for Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Melmark New England), Brian C. Liu-Constant (Melmark New England), Katherine A. Johnson (Advances Learning Center), Shelagh K. Conway (Private Practice)
 
Abstract: Improving the quality of life of individuals with severe disabilities is an important goal in our field. One quality of life indicator, happiness, has been studied as it relates to individuals with profound disabilities. Findings have shown that behavioral indicators of happiness and unhappiness typically associated with typical individuals apply to those with profound disabilities and these indicators occur more often in the presence of preferred items. However, no investigations have been conducted to determine if these happiness indicators apply to children with autism. In this study, 6 children with autism were videotaped during interaction with systematically identified preferred and nonpreferred items to assess their levels of previously established happiness indicators (Green & Reid, 1996). Also, the data will be also assessed for the presence of idiosyncratic behaviors within and across subjects that correlate interaction with preferred and nonpreferred items. How the findings relate to identifying indicators of happiness in children with autism will be discussed.
 
Using Percentile Schedules to Increase Eye Contact in Children with Fragile X Syndrome.
Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT S. HALL (Stanford University)
 
Abstract: Eye contact aversion is a common behavioral feature of individuals diagnosed with fragile X syndrome (FXS), particularly in males. To date, no studies have attempted to increase eye contact duration in individuals with this disorder. In this study, we employed a percentile reinforcement schedule to shape eye contact duration in six boys with FXS aged 8 to 17 years. Three of the children also received an overcorrection procedure in addition to the percentile schedule. Results showed that even in time-limited, one-hour sessions, eye contact duration improved significantly in four of the six boys. These data suggest that eye contact aversion, while often thought to be unamenable to change in this genetic disorder, can be improved using basic behavioral shaping techniques.
 
Study of Facial Expressions Discrimination in Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
VINCA RIVIERE (Development - Autism), Jean-Claude Darcheville (University of Lille, France), Alan Chauvin (University of Lille, France), Stephanie Cousin (University of Lille, France)
 
Abstract: We know that facial expression perception is being developed during the first year. Exploring this sensitive period can help us find explanations on the way these behaviors settle in and on the appearance of developmental disorders. Indeed, if this period is essential in the setting up of children's social cognition, it is understandable that during disruptions, these behaviors dissapear through the development process. We would like to study the way children with autism analyse information when they are confronted with social stimuli like facial expressions. 5 Children with autism (diagnosed with international assessment) and 5 normal children took part to this experiment.We are using matching to sample procedure. Sample stimuli are shown to children in tactile screen. If children touch the screen, comparison stimuli appaer. Reinforcement are triggering agents (mothers'voice, cartoon, etc.). Differents learning phases are developped. A last phase, test phase, is given at the end to obtain which information is used by children. We used bubbles methods to construct stimuli.Results showed that children with autism and normal children used the same region of the facial stimulus to discriminate happy face. A second experiment is running using fear emotion on face stimuli.
 
 
 
Symposium #59
Higher Order Behaviors and Instructional Design
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.; Rollins College)
Abstract: Aside from research on relational frames, behavioral researchers have paid relatively little attention to "higher-order classes of behavior." Perhaps best known in the early literature is Harlow’s learning set phenomenon, which he described as learning how to learn. Catania describes other classes as well, including identity matching, learned helplessness, and Estes’ rules, principles, and strategies. Catania includes some types of attention-getting behaviors, novel behaviors, observational learning, generalized imitation, instruction-following, as well as some forms of manding and remembering behaviors. But Catania deals only in passing with such abstract classes as those often considered by cognitive psychologists as "meta-skills." Especially ignored are those meta-skills typically targeted by advanced educational curricula, such as quantitative reasoning, critical thinking and evaluation, and reading or even audio-visual comprehension. This symposium brings together various authors working at this instructional design frontier from a behavioral perspective.
 
Fluent Thinking Skills: Creating Question Generating Repertoires in Elementary-Aged Learners in the U.S. and South Africa.
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy), T. V. Joe Layng (Headsprout)
Abstract: The use of questions in teaching and learning has a rich history in the literature on thinking (and reading comprehension). Most questioning strategies have emphasized the value of teachers or others asking the right questions in order to increase learners’ abilities to focus, observe, recall, compare, group, label, classify, sequence, predict, and infer. Attempts to provide learners to question independently, that is, without a teacher or adult offering questions, can be found in certain study techniques. Examples can be found in SQ3R and Learning–to–Learn study skills programs. This presentation describes a Fluent Thinking Skills (FTS) program for elementary–aged learners. With FTS students learn to think analytically through a program that initially teaches a version of Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS) designed for young learners. Next, they learn to make predictive questions concerning text to be learned or a problem situation, then, using TAPS, they make a best–guess attempt at answering the question, and most importantly, they find the discrepancy between the best guess and the information presented.
 
A Behavioral Systems Approach to Quantitative Problem Solving Behaviors: A Tentative Taxonomy to Guide Research.
JESSICA M. RAY (University of Central Florida), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.; Rollins College), Jennifer S. Queen (Rollins College)
Abstract: Quantitative Problem Solving (QPS) is an educational arena often left to cognitive and constructionistic approaches to instructional design--especially at the advanced curricular levels where the crises of prior ineffective educational strategy becomes most apparent: in secondary and post-secondary educational environments. While QPS is an issue educators can little afford to ignore, mentalistic explanations and approaches often lack the operational qualities necessary to direct structured research and teaching strategies at these advanced educational levels. It is our belief that direct behavioral instructional methods need to rise to meet the challenges of such advanced "higher-order" behavioral development. In this spirit, we present a naturalistic behavioral taxonomy that defines some critical QPS behaviors through structural, functional, and operational analyses of QPS as an integrated behavioral system. Our taxonomy begins by emphasizing four global and functional behavioral product domains that include the production of linguistic, graphic, symbolic, and modeled/constructed outcomes. Various classes of higher-order behaviors that are expressed through such domains include, but are not limited to, representing, translating, associating, abstracting, transforming, generating, applying, and evaluating. Instructional designs that intend to apply any or all of our taxonomy in application give rise to unique and complex assessment issues.
 
Designing Adaptive Instruction to Teach Content-Specific and Generalized Audio-Visual Comprehension Behaviors.
ROGER D. RAY ((AI)2, Inc.; Rollins College), Jennifer S. Queen (Rollins College), Brittany L. Lee (Rollins College), Melanie A. Tumlin (Rollins College)
Abstract: A behavioral model for adaptive intelligent tutoring via computer has been described in numerous publications. The software system incorporating this model, called MediaMatrix, to date presents conceptual content via text only, with minor exceptions involving occasional still-graphic figures and illustrations,. In other words, the content per se is much like printed textbooks. Ray and Belden (2007) present preliminary evidence on the efficacy of this system for teaching introductory psychology content and, simultaneously, improving SAT/GRE type reading comprehension assessment scores in college students. In the present symposium presentation we review developmental and assessment progress concerning a parallel adaptive instructional design strategy for teaching content and higher-order comprehension behaviors relying upon video-based content presentations rather than text. We have been impressed with the lack of research attention to this educational medium vis-a-vis assessment of its behavioral impact. We discuss a set of design goals and mechanics which target concurrent development of content-specific verbal and graphic associate accuracy and fluency as well as more generalized higher-order behaviors with respect to audio/visual comprehension behaviors.
 
Teaching Functional Assessment: Does Order of Client Cases Make a Difference?
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Delta State University)
Abstract: The explosion of instructional software using computer-based media has led to a renewed interest in the technology of teaching. An application used to teach functional assessment is the Simulation in Developmental Disabilities (SIDD) program. Using SIDD, students are placed in the role of a behavior analyst, are presented with a client who engages in a problem behavior, and must use functional assessment to identify the functional hypothesis and design effective treatments. Feedback on clinical decision-making including pre- and post-treatment video and graphed data is provided to the student. Previous correlational research suggested that sequencing the difficulty level of the cases may be important for developing the software to be maximally effective in teaching these concepts. In the current study, order of client case difficulty will be experimentally manipulated. Students in Applied Behavior Analysis courses will be exposed to either increasing versus decreasing order of difficulty. Students' performance during the simulation and during a test client case will be examined to determine the effect of order of difficulty of instructional material. The analyses are expected to reveal that the order of difficulty is an important consideration.
 
 
Symposium #60
Political Strategies and Behavioral Analysis: How Does a Voter Make His Choice?
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Gregory AB
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leopold O. Walder (Behavior Service Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: The potential impact of behavior analysis on the field of politics has not been assessed nor have thoughtful applications been widespread. Recent elections show how important a small difference in votes can be. An influence that changes one percent of voter choices can alter future years of national spending, safety and war strategies. What variables are active in these vital numbers? What behavioral strategies are at work in these numbers and what aspects of these strategies would be useful to a candidate? This symposium presents four answers to these crucial questions that could make the margin of difference. The first presentation reviews past and possible successful manipulations of voter individual behavior from the behavioral viewpoint. The second paper reviews the role of peer and small group pressures that are likely to influence voter choices. The relatively new impact of radio talk-shows on the political scene is the subject of the third presentation. The last presentation illustrates four specific campaign activities that can engage the voter in behaviors related to voting and to voting for the candidate providing the event.
 
A Behavioral View of Manipulations of Voting Behavior.
LEOPOLD O. WALDER (Behavior Service Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: The individual vote leaves a record to be tabulated with the votes of other citizens. A behavioral analysis studies the individual vote itself and the context of that behavior. The context includes relevant preceding events leading up to that vote (including the campaign itself and getting the voter to the polling place) and contemporaneous events at the moment of that vote (including the voter reading a printed slate of candidates provided by one of the contesting parties). The analysis of the outcome of the election would also include events subsequent to the vote (such as the quality of the tabulation of the vote and other events such as legal contests about the election and its tabulations). Manipulators of the outcome of the election would need to influence relevant aspects of the contexts of the vote and of the tabulations. We cite examples of manipulations of events relevant both to the voter’s behavior and also to the officially accepted outcome of the election. Elections in this country and in others have shown that manipulation is probably ever present in all elections. We shall present examples of manipulations from the high of quality campaigning to the low of falsifying the tabulations.
 
A Candidate’s Behavioral Analysis.
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland)
Abstract: Engaging the voter in comment and “voting” on issues during the campaign can influence future behaviors such as the likelihood of advocating the candidate’s positions and voting on election day. On that premise, the following strategies will be demonstrated and illustrated in the handouts. 1. The candidate’s mailings could include a reply-comment post card concerning the issue presented in the mailing. The pre-paid post card would allow the prospective voter to comment, “vote,” on the issue and retain a tear-off lapel “I-will-vote” sticker for himself. 2. Petitions for a candidate’s on-line proposal could, for example, ask voters to mail their signature in support of a global warming initiative proposed by the candidate. Voters would receive a bumper or lapel sticker by a return mailing. 3. The candidate’s web-site could suggest, for example, useful energy-saving practices and ask for comment. Responders would be entered in a lottery for a brief one-on-one conversation with the candidate on an upcoming internet Town Meeting or call-in show. 4. Candidate Jeopardy could invite questions the candidate might answer on the internet. Each question would enter the sender in a lottery for “An on-the-air minute” with the candidate. Selected questions would guarantee brief interview time.
 
Peer Pressure and Small Groups.
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Peer influence and group pressures influence behavior, more so if consequences for not exhibiting the "right" behavior are clear and immediate. Therefore, the behavior of not voting, or voting, and for whom, can be predicted in part if one or more variables of an individual are known. These variables are: age, gender, location, and activity level. For example, the active aging population is more likely to cast votes than young adults. One reason for this is that seniors consistently reinforce each other's behaviors in support of political agendas pertaining to their well being (a major criterion in today's state of the union). In small towns familiarity may be high -- thus pressure to conform to community norms is strong and the likelihood of a large turnout in a local election is good. However, the likelihood of small town residents voting for national candidates is not so good, if consequences to their no vote are not clear. Therefore, candidates must do a behavior analysis of groups and communities (1) to determine where their votes are needed, (2) to determine how to increase the number of those voting, and (3) to influence these individuals to cast the "right" vote.
 
The Influence on the Voter of the Radio Talk Shows.
DONALD K. PUMROY (University of Maryland)
Abstract: Radio talk shows are a relatively new entry in the political world. This phenomenon allows ones message to be broadcast for a long period of time, something not available in the past. For example, in the Washington DC area one radio station broadcasts the Conservative Republican position for approximately nine hours a day, Monday through Friday. This paper defines the techniques used by talk-show hosts and cites the possible impact on the behavior of the listeners. The radio programs focused on will be those hosted by Rush Limbaugh and Sean Hannity. Excerpts from these programs will be used to provide examples of the techniques used designed to influence the behavior of the listeners. While the content of the program may focus on other news, much of the program is concerned with politics. During these political segments the over all aim is to discredit the view of the opposition in any way possible while keeping the guest's position in a favorable light. The impact of the interview is not likely to be reduced unless the accuracy of the material presented is challenged in a thoughtful way. The results of these programs on the public and voters will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #61
International Symposium - Processes Involved in Equivalence Class Formation
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Del Mar AB
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Louise A. Mchugh (University of Wales, Swansea)
Discussant: Philip N. Chase (West Virginia University)
Abstract: In the equivalence literature much debate has surrounded the issue of how new stimuli join equivalence classes. Two opposing arguments have been put forward. One argument suggests that new members become equivalent to old ones due to their common history of reinforcement that was established during training. While others propose that the structural network of connections among class members may reflect performances that indicate differing degrees of relatedness among stimuli. The three papers in the current symposium will present theoretical and empirical papers on the emergence of nodal distance in equivalence class formation. Paper 1 will provide an overview of the nodal distance literature. Paper 2 presents empirical evidence on the effect of equal numbers of training and testing trial types on equivalence class formation. Results indicate that nodal distance among class members may be due to training structure. Finally, paper 3 presents a study that compares the effects of three processes, word frequency, time of acquisition and reinforcement in the formation of equivalence classes. Findings implicate level of reinforcement as critical in their formation. Together these papers will help inform our understanding of equivalence class formation.
 
Stimulus Interchangeability and Nodal Distance Effects in Equivalence Classes: An Integrated Account.
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: By definition, stimuli in equivalence classes are interchangeable or substitutable for each other. By implication, they should be equally related to each other. Under certain testing conditions, however, responding occasioned by the stimuli or the stimulus relations are inverse functions of the nodal distance that separates the stimuli in the class. In these cases, the stimuli are not interchangeable, substitutable or equally related to each other. After reviewing the data that support both positions, an account will be proposed that integrates both sets of findings.
 
The Effect of Equal Numbers of Training and Testing Trial Types on the Formation of Equivalence Class Formation.
TING WANG (University of Wales, Swansea), Robert Whelan (University College Dublin), Louise A. Mchugh (University of Wales, Swansea)
Abstract: Saunders and Green (1999) suggested that the gradual acquisition of a simple discrimination might be a function of frequency of stimulus presentation during testing of equivalence classes. The current study aimed to test this hypothesis, by comparing performance on a series of conditional discrimination tasks with equal numbers of training and testing trial types. Twelve healthy adults participated in this study. Each of the participants were trained and tested on two five-member equivalence classes. Findings indicated that there was no significant difference amongst the response time in each derived trial type across testing. The results of this experiment indicate that differential acquisition of simple discriminations may be due to training structure. The suggestion that nodal distance effects may be a by-product of the experimental procedures employed is discussed.
 
The Effects of Word Frequency, Time of Acquisition and Reinforcement on Equivalence Class Formation.
LOUISE A. MCHUGH (University of Wales, Swansea), Robert Whelan (University College Dublin), Ting Wang (University of Wales, Swansea)
Abstract: Three processes have been implicated in the formation of equivalence classes; reinforcement, word frequency and time-of-acquisition. 128 participants were trained using a match-to-sample procedure to relate two equivalence classes, while level if reinforcement, word frequency and time-of-acquisition were systematically manipulated. Subsequently, these participants were exposed to a lexical decision task involving these equivalence classes while reaction times were recorded. Typically faster reaction times emerge when semantically related pairs are presented. Findings indicated that the fastest reaction times between members of equivalence classes emerged in high reinforcement conditions. The importance of history of reinforcement for equivalence class formation is discussed.
 
 
Symposium #62
Prove It! Contributing to the Precision Teaching Research Base
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Precision teaching, the instructional decision-making methodology using Lindsley’s standard celeration chart, has produced advances in instructional design and teaching, discoveries about human behavior frequencies, and decades of well-documented achievement gains in both public and private sector programs. Relying on an inductive discovery methodology exemplified famously by the work of Ferster and Skinner on schedules of reinforcement, precision teaching has produced little hypothesis-testing research or studies intended to exclude alternative explanations. Instead, its community of practice has evolved through sharing of many thousands of charted data sets since the late mid-1960s. Measuring behavior frequency, not only percent correct, precision teaching has revealed relationships between behavior frequency, rate of change in frequency (celeration), variability (“bounce”), performance duration, and remote learning outcomes such as retention, sustainability of continuous performance over time, and application of behavior components through combination with other behavior components in explicitly programmed or non-programmed learning sequences. However, Precision Teaching has received criticism for its lack of a peer-reviewed research reports. This symposium presents an overall strategy for responding to that criticism, and presents a spectrum of data sets from different environments illustrating how precision teaching research, development and practice can, and does evolve.
 
Precision Teaching Research Legacy and a Strategy for Moving Forward.
CARL V. BINDER (Binder Riha Associates)
Abstract: This presentation overviews the legacy of precision teaching discovery, emphasizing ties to the purely inductive research methodology of Skinner, Ferster, Lindsley, and other laboratory operant conditioning pioneers. It compares and contrasts this path of discovery with the proof-oriented, hypothesis-testing approach introduced to Applied Behavior Analysis by researchers from child development and traditional learning theory. Finally, it presents a four-part strategy for addressing research concerns with a broad, integrated approach combining inductive discovery in clinical settings, more focused investigation across subjects, and controlled, parametric experimentation and hypothesis-testing of the sort that graduate students and university faculty are likely to conduct. The goal of this session is to lay out a framework within which precision teachers can participate in various ways to contribute to the research base; and to communicate to non-precision teachers about the challenges and opportunities available in the relatively wide open field for controlled research, as long as our research designs take into account the quirks of studying frequencies of skilled behavior during the learning process (such as ceiling effects, impact of celeration measures, and so on).
 
Integrating Science with Practice: Discoveries, Rules, and Other Research Findings from a Precision Teaching Learning Center.
KIMBERLY NIX BERENS (Center for Advanced Learning, Inc.)
Abstract: At the Center for Advanced Learning (CAL) we deliver service to students, provide teacher training and consultation, and discover what enables each individual student to learn most rapidly. We build our instruction on a powerful, sensitive measurement and decision-making technology –standard celeration charting. This presentation outlines some of our strongly held views about the relationship between scholarly university-based research and data-based practice; describes a range of different projects and discoveries from CAL, including studies conducted at CAL by students in the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Nevada/Reno; and presents data produced methodologically along the spectrum described earlier by Binder, from purely inductive investigation conducted student-by-student as part of a service delivery program to more controlled studies designed to meet standards for peer review by academic researchers and scholars.
 
Laboratory Contributions to Precision Teaching Research and Research Design.
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract: This session presents a conceptual and historical context and practical implications for precision teaching research and development emerging from experimental analysis of behavior in the laboratory and from conventional applied single-subject research. On the one hand, precision teachers can benefit from more thorough understanding and application of research design. On the other hand, behavior analysts unaccustomed to conducting research concerning frequencies of skilled behavior and frequency-building procedures, are often unaware of specific design features that must be included to avoid artifacts or misleading results in precision teaching research. Among other things, this presentation will describe the improved sensitivity and power offered to researchers by the standard celeration chart and the analytical methods and forms of data summary that have emerged over the course of its 40+ year history. This presentation will provide for both experienced and aspiring PT researchers some guidelines, hints, and suggestions for contributing to a more robust precision teaching research base.
 
 
Paper Session #63
International Paper Session - Systems Level Interventions in Schools
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
America's Cup D
Area: EDC
Chair: Donald A. Jackson Jackson (Nevada Mental Health & Developmental Services)
 
Impacting Behavior Problems Through School-Community-Home Collaboration.
Domain: Applied Research
DONALD A. JACKSON JACKSON (Nevada Mental Health & Developmental Services), Cristin D. Johnston (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: The behaviors of children and adolescents that raise concern and cause problems are most often observed in multiple settings. Accordingly, coordinated analysis and interventions strategies involving all settings (e.g., educators, parents, service coordinators, etc.) are more likely to lead to positive change. To address problem behaviors, collaborating support teams for children and adolescents with problem behaviors were trained as a group in positive behavior support. Teams were guided in assessing the nature of the problem behaviors through the eyes of broad personal or family goals and functional behavioral assessment. They were assisted in the creation of a contextually acceptable support plan implemented in multiple settings. Developed from an understanding of behavioral functions, support plans emphasized preventive interventions put in place by teachers and others in various school settings and parents and others in home and community settings. Data-based decisions guided plan development and modification as necessary. This presentation will present data on the team process, behavior change, replacement behaviors, and impact on quality of life. The implications for administrative or system-level participation are discussed with an emphasis on how sustainable improvement in school and home behavior can be achieved.
 
Behavior Analysis in the General Education: School-Wide Bullying Intervention.
Domain: Applied Research
AMOS E. ROLIDER (Emek Yezreel College, Israel)
 
Abstract: Over the last decade bullying in schools has become a topic of mounting international significance. Bullying is a form of antisocial behavior among students that is usually hurtful and deliberate. It is often persistent, sometimes continuing for weeks, months or even years and it is difficult for those being bullied to defend themselves. The operational definition of bullying usually includes physical, verbal, and indirect forms. This paper will focus on current behavioral approaches for reducing bullying in schools. In addition, a step-by-step ABA comprehensive school-wide anti-bullying program, which has been successfully implemented in several schools in Israel, will be described and data on its effectiveness will be presented.
 
 
 
Symposium #64
Token Research: Basic to Applied
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Madeleine CD
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: Token economies can be conceptualized as second-order schedules of reinforcement in which there are token production schedules and higher order token-exchange schedules. Token economies have been the subject of both basic and applied research. The studies presented in this symposium represent examples of each and a blend of the two.
 
A Brief Assessment of the Reinforcing Efficacy of Tokens.
CATHERINE MCSWEENEY (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Token reinforcement systems are common in the clinical application of behavior analysis. In the present study, a brief assessment method is presented for evaluating the reinforcing efficacy of tokens currently in clinical use. The assessment was found to be effective in identifying cases in which tokens did and did not function as reinforcers. For participants for whome tokens did not function as reinforcers, a method of establishing their reinforcing efficacy was examined.
 
A Web-Based Therapeutic Workplace for the Study of Token Reinforcement in Humans.
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University), Michael Grabinski (Red 5 Group, LLC)
Abstract: This presentation will describe a technical innovation, a web-based therapeutic workplace application program, which can be used to implement and evaluate token reinforcement systems in humans. Originally developed for the treatment of drug addiction and chronic unemployment, the web-based therapeutic workplace is a model classroom or workplace that provides computer-based training programs to teach skills; arranges computerize work tasks (i.e., data entry); and electronically monitors and arranges reinforcement for a range of critical target behaviors. Participants work at individualized computer workstations where they can earn vouchers, which can be accumulated over time. The vouchers have monetary values and are exchangeable for goods and services. Voucher reinforcement can be arranged for punctuality, work hours, consistency of attendance, productivity, accuracy, and drug abstinence. The application program includes a checking account system and credit card system that allows staff to make purchases for participants in exchange for accumulated voucher earnings. Each participant’s earnings, expenditures, and account balances are continuously recorded and updated automatically and displayed to the participant and to staff. Data are stored in a central database, and are readily available for review in graphical or tabular format and for analysis. Many of the reinforcement contingency parameters can be manipulated easily by changing values in program fields. Data obtained on the use of voucher reinforcement within the web-based application program to promote drug abstinence, consistent attendance, punctuality, skill development, and work productivity will be described. Beyond its current application in the treatment of drug addiction, the web-based therapeutic workplace is available to researchers and clinicians and could be used to investigate basic issues in token or voucher reinforcement, as well as other issues in education and employment in a range of populations.
 
Will Work for Food (or Water): Generalized Reinforcement in a Token Economy with Pigeons.
ANTHONY DEFULIO (University of Florida), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: Token-accumulation procedures allow for manipulation of three critical components of a token economy: token production, exchange production, and exchange schedules. Such procedures allow for precise specifications of the conditions under which organisms will accumulate tokens (conditioned reinforcers) rather than immediately exchanging them for backup (primary) reinforcers. The present investigation builds upon previous token-accumulation experiments by arranging a token economy in which three types of tokens can be produced. Two of these are exchangeable for only one kind of backup reinforcer (food or water), and one type of token (the generalized reinforcer) is exchangeable for either food or water. With the original token-accumulation procedure as a starting point, experimental contingencies were altered in a series of steps toward the generalized token accumulation procedure. Once the training regimen was completed the token production schedule, exchange production schedule, and establishing operations were manipulated. Results indicate that the pigeons’ choices with respect to the type of token earned are a function of the price of the token and the establishing operations used with respect to the backup reinforcers. The extent to which pigeons accumulate tokens is predominantly controlled by the exchange-production schedule.
 
Establishing and Validating Generalized Conditioned Reinforcers.
AMANDA M. MAHONEY (New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcers are often used in applied settings, yet little systematic applied research on establishing conditioned reinforcers has been conducted. The purpose of the current study was to determine the number of primary reinforcers with which a token must be paired to establish the token as a generalized conditioned reinforcer. Three individuals with autism participated. Following reinforcer assessments with primary reinforcers, a token was repeatedly paired with a single primary reinforcer. A reinforcer assessment with the token was then conducted during conditions of controlled access versus satiation, in order to determine the token’s sensitivity to satiation with the backup reinforcer. Subsequently, the token was paired with a second primary reinforcer and reinforcer assessments were again conducted under conditions of controlled access versus satiation with one of the primary reinforcers. For two of three participants, tokens became insensitive to satiation with the backup reinforcer after the token had been paired with only two backup reinforcers. The third participant required token pairing with three primary reinforcers before insensitivity to satiation occurred. These results show that generalized conditioned reinforcers may be established with as few as two primary reinforcers.
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Training Parents to Implement Academic Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Keith D. Allen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

When children are struggling academically, it is not uncommon for their parents to be involved with assisting homework or providing extra tutoring. Effective tutoring requires time, resources, knowledge and skill in instructional techniques that many parents may not posses. In such cases, parents may benefit from training in individualized instructional strategies developed to improve their childs academic progress. This symposium presents information and research regarding training parents to implement academic interventions to improve childrens academic progress. Clinical and school-based cases will be presented detailing procedures for training parents to implement academic interventions. Data will be presented regarding the identification of effective instructional strategies for individual children using brief experimental analysis procedures. Data on parents implementation of academic interventions and childrens academic progress will be presented. Information in this symposium will link directly with research literature on parent training, brief experimental analysis of academic interventions, and effective instruction. Participants will acquire practical knowledge and ideas for future research on training parents to implement academic interventions and innovative strategies for using brief experimental analysis to identify effective academic interventions.

 
Training Parents of Children with Disabilities to Implement Academic Interventions.
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Parents of children with disabilities are often at a loss as to how to work with their children to improve academic functioning. Most tutoring agencies are not skilled at working with children with disabilities such as mental retardation, autism, neurological injury and other types of neurodevelopmental disabilities. Most special educators are not trained to teach parents how to implement academic interventions at home. This presentation provides an overview of a clinic developed to train parents of children with disabilities to implement academic interventions at home. Individualized assessments, including brief experimental analysis of academic interventions, are conducted to identify and develop effective interventions. Behavioral skills training utilizing instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and immediate feedback is utilized to teach parents how to implement academic interventions. Parents are taught how to monitor progress and are assisted in making data-based decisions regarding changes in academic interventions. Issues regarding training parents to implement academic interventions at home will be discussed. Data gathered from children and families seen in the clinic will be provided. Data from individual cases will be presented to illustrate specific points. Research derived from clinic cases will be presented.
 
Improving Reading Outcomes Using Brief Experimental Analysis to Develop Parent Training Interventions.
VALERIE J. GORTMAKER (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Learning to read is critical for a child’s current and future well-being. Yet approximately one-fifth of the population suffers from a reading disability. This problem is compounded by the summer in which children with disabilities are subject to even greater declines in academic performance. The present study assessed the effects of summer parent tutoring on three children with learning disabilities using empirically derived reading interventions. Brief experimental analysis methods were used to identify customized reading fluency interventions. Parents were trained to use the intervention strategies with their children. Parents implemented the procedures during parent-tutoring sessions at home and results were measured continuously in high word overlap and low word overlap passages in order to determine whether generalization of effects occurred. Parent and child satisfaction with the procedures was assessed. Results demonstrated generalized increases in reading fluency in both high word overlap and low word overlap passages as a function of parent tutoring. Also, acceptability ratings by children and their parents indicated that they viewed the interventions as acceptable and effective. Results are discussed in terms of structuring reading fluency interventions that promote generalization and maintenance of treatment effects.
 
Training Parents to Match Student Needs with Effective Academic Intervention.
GARY L. CATES (Illinois State University)
Abstract: This presentation describes parent training in academic interventions across three students. The three students were demonstrating skills deficits in mathematics, reading, and early literacy respectively. Specifically, student one exhibited low math accuracy in subtraction. Student one’s parents were instructed how to utilize an intervention and develop new intervention materials as the student’s skills progressed. Student two was a home-schooled teen age student who exhibited low reading fluency. Student two’s parents were instructed on how to complete a brief experimental analysis of reading fluency interventions in an attempt to replicate clinic analyses. Finally student three demonstrated low letter identification accuracy. Due to slow weekly progress in the clinic setting, student three’s parents were instructed on how to perform discrete trial training in the home. Results are discussed with regard to potential variables affecting intervention integrity including stage of skill development, intervention complexity, and intervention acceptability. Discussion will also focus on potential directions for future research.
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Using the Science of Applied Behavior Analysis to Develop Methodologies to Improve Language and Social Skills in Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Elizabeth F
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Jane S. Howard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present four studies involving attending, social responsiveness, and/or advanced language skills in children with autism. Methods for assessing and then addressing difficulties in acquiring advanced language response forms, responding to sophisticated mands by the speaker, as well as improving responsiveness to common environmental stimuli are discussed. Implications of these deficits and a rationale for these treatment protocols as they relate to improving the functioning for children with autism will be presented. This information may suggest methods which should assist BCBAs who are working with children and young adults in these skill areas.

 
Developing Complex Language: Teaching Syntax to Children with Autism.
JENNY FISCHER (The Kendall School), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Coleen Sparkman (Therapeutic PATHWAYS, Inc.)
Abstract: Behavior analytic research and early intensive behavioral treatment programs have identified methods to improve language skills in individuals with autism. However, research to increase length of utterance and bring verbalizations under the subtle stimulus control which correspond to syntax is limited. The Fokes Sentence Builder is a program designed for use by speech and language pathologists to teach sentence structure to language delayed children. The effectiveness of the Fokes Sentence Builder, with modifications to enhance stimulus discrimination and generalization, was studied. Preschool-aged children with autism in an intensive behavioral treatment program were taught two target sentence structures. The children were successfully trained to produce the target sentences using the Fokes cards, and generalization of the target sentence structures to novel pictures was demonstrated.
 
Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to "Hidden Mands" during Conversation.
BRIDGET DENEAU (The Kendall School), Christina Sutyak (The Kendall School), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Even those individuals with autism who acquire age appropriate vocabulary may not become effective listeners or communicative partners. While research has indicated the potential utility of Skinner's elementary operants to improve language skills in children with autism, there is an absence of research on more complex forms such as “hidden mands" or "impure tacts". A behavior skills training program was designed to teach young children with autism to make responses to “hidden mands" during conversations. Results from suggest that Skinner’s proposed "hidden mands" may be distinct type of functional communication that can be taught to children with autism.
 
Measurement of Responses to Auditory Environmental Events of Children with Autism and Those without Developmental Delay.
CYNTHIA L. ROSS-OWENS (The Kendall School), Devon M. Cavagnaro (The Kendall School), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Brittany Leah Sheets (The Kendall School)
Abstract: Clinicians and researchers have noted that children with autism exhibit lower levels of attending to auditory social stimuli and other stimuli which often evoke joint attention in children without disability (e.g., MacDonald et al, 2006). A protocol designed to measure attention by children to common environmental noises was developed in order to generate a comparison of response profiles to such stimuli by children diagnosed with autism as well as those without developmental delay. Implications of these differences will be discussed.
 
Improving the Responsiveness of Children with Autism to Auditory Environmental Sounds
JANE S. HOWARD (California State University, Stanislaus), Mette Madsen (The Kendall School), Coleen Sparkman (Therapeutic PATHWAYS, Inc.)
Abstract: Both clinicians and researchers have noted that children with autism exhibit lower patterns of attending to social stimuli (e.g., Dawson et al, 1998). This lack of responsiveness likely limits a child’s interactions with others, as well as precluding other types of learning opportunities. A preliminary treatment protocol designed to improve attending to such events will be desribed in the context of a single subject nonconcurrent multiple baseline across with preschool- and kindergarten aged children. Preimlinary data indicate maintenance and generalization of these responses to untrained situations and stimuli.
 
 
Paper Session #67
Fostering Activities of Daily Living by Intact Nursing Home Residents
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
Molly AB
Area: DEV
Chair: Charles E. Blair (University of Texas Health Center, Tyler)
 
Fostering Activities of Daily Living by Intact Nursing Home Residents
Domain: Service Delivery
CHARLES E. BLAIR (University of Texas Health Center, Tyler)
 
Abstract: In nursing homes, residents who are intact enough to practice self-care in activities of daily living (ADLs) are not being allowed to do so by nursing assistants (NAs) with potential consequences of mental and physical deterioration. We assessed the effectiveness of four education programs: (1) a combination of Orem’s Systems of Nursing Care and Skinner’s Applied Behavioral Analysis; (2) Applied Behavioral Analysis; (3) Orem’s Systems of Nursing Care; and (4) regular in-service education, in providing NAs of four nursing homes with ability to produce a therapeutic milieu supportive of residents’ ADLs, positive self-esteem, and mood. We hypothesized that the combination program would be most effective. A quasi-experimental, repeated measures, four-comparison group design was used. We randomly assigned each nursing home to an education program. Fifty-one NAs and 80 residents participated in the 26-week study. Analysis of data collected on the 43 residents who completed the study indicated that the “Orem’s only” program was most effective. But, staff in that program may have benefited from a more robustly supportive administrative and supervisory environment than staff in the others. Educating staff to foster self-care by intact residents alone may not be sufficient for success. Administrative and supervisory personnel’s support is crucial.
 
 
 
Paper Session #68
Teaching Basic Behavior Analysis with Video Demonstrations of Basic Behavioral Processes
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
Mohsen AB
Area: TBA
Chair: Brady J. Phelps (South Dakota State University)
 
Teaching Basic Behavior Analysis with Video Demonstrations of Basic Behavioral Processes
Domain: Basic Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Lindsay Doyle (South Dakota State University), Amanda Harsin (South Dakota State University), Nicole Hofman (South Dakota State University), Lacy Knutson (South Dakota State University)
 
Abstract: Video-taped demonstrations of the processes of habituation and some conditioning processes in different species will be presented and discussed for use in teaching basic behavior behavior analysis.
 
 
 
Special Event #69
SQAB Tutorial: Stimulus Control
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Randle AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky)
Presenting Authors: : ROBERT COOK (Tufts University)
Abstract: Stimulus control is one of the essential features of behavior, as animals learn to differentially behave to specific stimuli in a remarkably wide variety of settings. This important capacity allows animals to adaptively organize their behavior to both present and future situations. This tutorial will provide an overview of this topic, its fundamental methods, established principles and mechanisms, and outstanding problems and issues. These themes will be illustrated in part by new advances in the study of object perception, the relationship between stimulus-specific and relationally-controlled modes of behavior, and the organization of behavior over time.
 
ROBERT COOK (Tufts University)
Dr. Robert Cook has studied animal cognition and behavior for over twenty-five years. His National Science Foundation-supported comparative research has focused extensively on stimulus control, discrimination learning, and memory in animals. He has made important advances in our understanding of the specific mechanisms of object perception, selective attention, long-term memory, and relational learning in birds. He is chair of and a Full Professor in the Psychology Department at Tufts University. He received his B.S. in Psychology from The Ohio State University and his Ph.D. in Biopsychology from the University of California, Berkeley. He was also a National Research Service Award postdoctoral fellow at the University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston before his position at Tufts. He is currently the co-editor of Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews and has been on the editorial broad of the top journals in animal cognition. He has also been very active in broadening the impact and public visibility of the area's scientific work by use of the Internet with the publication of the multimedia cyberbooks, Avian Visual Cognition, and the upcoming volume, Animal Spatial Cognition.
 
 
Paper Session #70
International Paper Session - The Role of Private Events in a Natural Science
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Cunningham B
Area: TPC
Chair: Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para)
 
Private Events, Behavioral Relations, and Individualism.
Domain: Theory
EMMANUEL Z. TOURINHO (Universidade Federal do Para)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysts have addressed some traditional issues in the field of psychology, such as cognitions and emotions, with the concept of private events. Cognitive and emotional phenomena may be properly approached as behavioral relations, with varying degrees of complexity, in which covert responses and/or private stimuli may take part. A relational view of cognitions and emotions conflicts with the prevailing mentalist conceptions of man in modern societies. In the present work, it is suggested that conditions that are typical of the individualization process in modern societies explain the emission of responses in the covert form and the emission of verbal responses under the control of private stimuli (as well as the acceptance of mentalism). Among others, such conditions include: a) the dissociation of contingencies of reinforcement that maintain the behavior of individuals in daily life; b) the exposure to concurrent contingencies that increase in number exponentially (the increasing need for choice behavior); c) conflicts between immediate and delayed consequences; d) conflicts between consequences for the individual, and consequences for the group. The analysis then suggests that a better understanding of privacy may profit from a behavior-analytic interpretation for “self-control” and “autonomy”.
 
A Discussion of Research Topics in Private Events.
Domain: Theory
CHARLES P. BUTLER (Behavior Analysis and Autism Therapies), Kendra Ortega (South Florida Family Centers, Inc.)
 
Abstract: The amount of research into private events in radical behaviorism has been limited to date due to the fact that private events do not seem to be observable in any objective way. This paper will provide various definitions of private events from B. F. Skinner, Willard Day and others, a comparison of radical versus methodological behaviorism, methodological issues in research including public accessibility, accessibility through the verbal behavior of the subject, variables controlling the verbal behavior of reports of private events including cultural variables, demonstrating a functional relation between private events and target behaviors, and possible topics for future research.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #71
CE Offered: BACB

A Funny Thing Happened on the Way to the Fortune.

Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Henry S. Pennypacker, Ph.D.
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida)
Dr. Henry S. Pennypacker, Professor Emeritus at the University of Florida, received his Ph.D. in Psychology from Duke University in 1962. He is the author or co-author of six books, 21 book chapters, and over 60 scholarly publications, including the seminal Strategies and Tactics of Behavioral Research with James M. Johnston. The focus of Dr. Pennypacker’s career has been the development and dissemination of behavioral technologies that offer measurably superior benefits when compared to traditional practices. In particular, his work in the area of manual detection of breast cancer serves as an excellent example of behavior analysis providing a novel procedure that has been successfully transferred to medical practice around the world. From 1977 to 1981, he served as Principal Investigator on a National Cancer Institute grant that supported the basic research. In 1981, Dr. Pennypacker became President of the Mammatech Corporation, which has since managed the dissemination of MammaCare, the resulting technology. Dr. Pennypacker has also served as President of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis and the Association for Behavior Analysis. Since 2001, Dr. Pennypacker has been Chairman of the Board of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies.
Abstract:

In 1974, it occurred to us that if fingers could be taught to read Braille, they could be taught to detect breast lumps smaller than golf balls. For the next seven years, we conducted basic research that was a mixture of classical psychophysics and operant conditioning as we learned about the sensory system involved in pressure sensation and put that knowledge to use in building a more sensitive procedure for palpating breast tissue. In 1981, we formed the Mammatech Corporation for the purpose of disseminating the resulting technology with as little degradation as possible. The ensuing 25 years have taught us more than we really wanted to know about running a public company, interacting with large organizations like the American Cancer Society, and surviving in the hostile world of the medical marketplace. We have also learned that there is no substitute for precise measurement to maintain the integrity of any technology and that financial contingencies can be arranged to insure this outcome. Some highlights of this journey will be presented along with advice to budding behavioral entrepreneurs.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #72
CE Offered: BACB
Tutorial: Separating the Wheat from the Chaff: Autism and Feeding.
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Douglas B
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D.
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Feeding problems are common among children diagnosed with autism and developmental disabilities. The feeding difficulties of these children potentially stem from and are maintained by numerous biological and environmental factors. This presentation will begin by providing an overview of factors that may trigger feeding difficulties with a particular focus on common problems encountered in children with autism. The presentation will also address empirical evidence for the gut theory of autism and the potentially harmful implications of arranging dietary restrictions as treatment for autism. Feeding assessments for classifying feeding difficulties will be discussed and evidence will be presented suggesting that the most common feeding problem for children with autism is food selectivity. Behavioral interventions for selective intake will then be reviewed. Systematically presenting previously rejected and/or novel foods will be illustrated as an initial step in the treatment process. Then an antecedent manipulation, the simultaneous presentation of rejected/novel and preferred foods exposure, will be described. Two effective differential consequence procedures, reinforcing acceptance/ignoring refusal-related responses and escape prevention, will be reviewed.

 
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children)
Dr. William H. Ahearn is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst who serves as the Director of Research at the New England Center for Children and a Clinical Assistant Professor in the Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis (MABA) Program at Northeastern University. He is also Past-President of the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy (BABAT). Bill received his doctorate at Temple University in 1992 and subsequently completed a post-doctoral fellowship in the Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Dr. Ahearn then served as program manager for the Inpatient Pediatric Feeding Program at the Children’s Seashore House in Philadelphia before moving to the New England Center for Children in 1996. Bill has written a book chapter on managing feeding problems in children with autism and has published studies that have appeared in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, Behavior Modification, Animal Learning and Behavior, The Lancet, Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, The Behavior Analyst, and Behavioral Interventions. Dr. Ahearn currently serves on the Board of Editors for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and provides service to ABA, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies.
 
 
Paper Session #73
Addressing Communicative Impairment in Persons with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth G
Area: AUT
Chair: Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University)
 
A Systematic Replication Examining Choice of Augmentative and Alternative Communication Devices Among Individuals with Developmental Disabilities.
Domain: Applied Research
RUTH M. DEBAR (The Ohio State University), Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University), Jennie Elise Merna (COSERRC)
 
Abstract: The purpose of the present investigation was to replicate and extend previous research examining preference among augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices with individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Using a multiple baseline design across (AAC) devices, the present investigation sought to replicate previous research by examining whether individuals could acquire the use of multiple AAC devices (e.g., picture communication board, mini-Message Mate, Cyrano) and whether participants demonstrated preference among these devices. The investigation extended the literature by examining response allocation between low and high preference communication devices, whether individuals could acquire functional use of the device (i.e., turning on and retrieval of device), and maintenance and generalization of use of communication devices. Findings indicated that all participants were able to acquire functional use of all devices and that each showed an individual preference for a particular device. Limitations and future research will be discussed.
 
A Bridging Procedure: Teaching Receptive and Expressive Language Skills when Trial-and-Error Teaching has Failed.
Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN MILLER (F.A.C.E.S.)
 
Abstract: The errorless teaching literature describes teaching techniques useful for learners who show difficulty learning through traditional trial-and-error methods, in which stimuli are presented at the criterion discrimination level, and responses to the discriminative stimuli are reinforced while responses to the stimulus delta are not. An experiment was conducted in which an errorless teaching procedure involving the pairing of stimuli and the fading of a prompt taught two children with autism a number of receptive and expressive language skills they did not acquire through traditional trial-and-error training. Data were collected indicating responses at each the level in the shaping program and whether the responses were correct or incorrect. Probes for generalization and maintenance were also collected. Conclusions regarding implications for further research will be presented.
 
How to Teach Learners to Answer "Or" Questions.
Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting), Teresa A. Grimes (Whole Child Consulting)
 
Abstract: Many learners struggle to answer "or" questions, such as "Which one do you eat, an apple or a pencil?" This is an important repertoire for a number of reasons, which will be covered in this paper. Correction procedures are largely ineffective, as available prompts are too distant from the appropriate stimulus control. A successful procedure for teaching this repertoire will be presented, with rationales included.
 
Does Too Much Verbal Input Interfere with Learning in Children with Autism?
Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH BURKETT (Sussex Consortium), Vivian J. Bush (Sussex Consortium), Marissa Wanchik (Sussex Consortium), Marie Christine Lambert (Sussex Consortium)
 
Abstract: In a classroom setting, there are many verbal directions and verbal conversations that occur. In a classroom for children with autism, this can impede rates of independent learning. However, do conversations among staff, extraneous verbal comments, and verbal prompts truly interfere with learning? We addressed this in a preschool classroom for children with autism. In the classroom, there are eight students, ages 3 and 4. with a teacher and two para-educators. Behavior and communication are imbedded in the classroom all day with support of a school psychologist and a speech/language pathologist who are in the room at least two times a week and meet weekly with the teacher. All of the students use The Picture Exchange Communication System to communicate wants and needs and/or simply as a visual support. Although all of the children are verbal, three are unintelligible to unfamiliar people, one student speaks in short phrases, two others use phrased speech with commenting, and two are conversational speakers. In this classroom, we implemented “quiet week” where no adult spoke unless spoken to appropriately by the student or unless giving a verbal direction. Rates of behavior and communication were analyzed to see the impact of such a change.
 
 
 
Paper Session #74
Drugs and Choice: Behavioral Mechanisms
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Ford C
Area: BPH
Chair: Matt Locey (University of Florida)
 
An Adjusting Delay Procedure to Separate Nicotine Effects on Amount and Delay Sensitivity.
Domain: Applied Research
MATT LOCEY (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
 
Abstract: Three experiments examined how nicotine affects impulsive choice. In Experiment 1, nicotine dose-dependently increased impulsive choice. In Experiment 2 nicotine had no effect on delay-based risky choice with equal reinforcer amounts, suggesting that nicotine decreased amount sensitivity rather than increased temporal discounting in Experiment 1. In Experiment 3, we used a delay-based risky choice procedure with different amounts on each option. Nicotine increased risky choice to the same extent that nicotine increased impulsive choice in Experiment 1. Overall, the results suggest that nicotine increases impulsive choice by a decrease in amount sensitivity rather than an increase in temporal discounting.
 
How Nicotine Affects Delay and Amount Sensitivity in a Concurrent Chains Procedure.
Domain: Applied Research
MATT LOCEY (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
 
Abstract: Two groups of rats responded on concurrent chains with equal-interval initial links. Terminal links differed in either reinforcer amount (group A) or reinforcer delay (group B). Pre-session nicotine injections produced dose-dependent decreases in preference for larger amounts in group A, but had no effect on preference for shorter delays in group B. These results are consistent with recent findings that indicate nicotine increases impulsive choice by decreasing amount sensitivity rather than by increasing delay sensitivity.
 
Rapid Acquisition in Concurrent Schedules: Effects of d-Amphetamine on Sensitivity to Reinforcement Amount.
Domain: Applied Research
DAVID R. MAGUIRE (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Andrew M. Rodewald (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
 
Abstract: Recent research indicates that psychomotor stimulants enhance choice of larger, more delayed over smaller, immediately delivered reinforcers under “self-control” procedures. Such effects suggest at least two possible behavioral mechanisms of drug action: a drug-induced change in sensitivity to reinforcement delay and/or drug-induced change in sensitivity to reinforcement amount. Because self-control procedures contain a delay-amount confound (i.e., the larger reinforcer is usually presented following the larger delay), disentangling the two processes can be difficult (see Pitts and Febbo, 2004). The purpose of the present research was to examine the effects of psychomotor stimulant d-amphetamine on sensitivity to reinforcement amount under concurrent schedules using a rapid-acquisition procedure. Four pigeons were trained on concurrent variable-interval 30-s schedules. Relative reinforcement amounts arranged across the 2 alternatives were varied from session to session according to a pseudorandom binary sequence (cf. Hunter and Davison, 1985); the ratios were either 1/7 or 7/1. Reinforcer amount was manipulated by varying the number of 1.2-s hopper presentations. Reinforcers delivered following responses on either alternative were delivered immediately. d-Amphetamine had no systematic effect on either sensitivity to reinforcer amount or on bias.
 
 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Main Findings from the Multisite Young Autism Project
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Douglas A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Tristram Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Multisite Young Autism Project (MYAP) was designed to evaluate early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with autism who are under 3 years old at the onset of treatment. Two sites (Wisconsin Early Autism Project and Central Valley Young Autism Project) have published outcome reports from this project. Sallows and Amerine-Dickens will present long-term follow-up data as well as results from new cohorts at these sites. Larsson will present the results of an A-B-A reversal study at another site (Pittsburgh Young Autism Project) that compared the efficacy of 40 hours per week of treatment to 10 hours or 20 hours. Smith and Eldevik will summarize the full MYAP dataset and describe a meta-analysis of published EIBI studies.

 
Outcomes in the Central Valley Autism Project and the Wisconsin Early Autism Project.
MILA A. AMERINE-DICKENS (Central Valley Autism Project, Inc.), Glen O. Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project), Howard G. Cohen (Valley Mountain Regional Center), Tamlynn Sallows (Wisconsin Early Autism Project)
Abstract: Extending the studies reported by Sallows and Graupner (2005, AJMR) and Cohen, Amerine-Dickens, and Smith (2006, JDBP), we report three sets of new findings. First, data from new cohorts seen at the Wisconsin and Central Valley sites are presented and shown to have made improvements comparable to those reported in published studies. Second, follow-ups that were conducted 5 years after the onset of EIBI at the Central Valley site are described. Data indicate that the EIBI group (n = 21) continued to have more favorable outcomes than the comparison group (n = 21). Eight of the EIBI children were fully included in general education (compared to 6 at the Year 3 follow-up), and an additional 2 received only minimal supports. Finally, children who entered EIBI after the age of 3 1/2 years (n = 21) are compared to age- and IQ-matched children who received community services (n = 21), with the EIBI group making larger gains than the comparison group.
 
Studies of Intensity of Intervention in Replication of the U.C.L.A. Young Autism Project.
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Kara L. Riedesel (Lovaas Institute Midwest), Charryse M. Fouquette (Lovaas Institute Midwest/University of Kansas), Melissa J. Gard (Lovaas Institute Midwest)
Abstract: Not only do traditional between-group designs yield substantial support for the efficacy of intensive early intervention for autism. Single-subject research also readily supports the value of intensive treatment. Within the field of ABA, there is a great deal of conceptual validity for consistent 24-hour schedules of reinforcement, as opposed to periodic interventions. The present study is of 10 children, each of whom had their weekly hours of treatment systematically manipulated to evaluate the effect of intensity upon various measures of treatment progress. In all measures, acquisition rate, levels of target behavior, rates of appropriate play behavior, and social validity measures, treatment intensity showed a substantial effect. Further replications of this variable, when extended into the 24-hour day through parent-training, continue to substantiate the importance of intensity of treatment in remediating the symptoms of autism.
 
Overall Results from the Multisite Young Autism Project.
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract: Eleven sites provided data for the Multisite Young Autism Project. Across sites, a total of 151 children with autism received EIBI and were compared in a quasi-experimental design to 53 age- and IQ-matched children who received community services. Preliminary data analyses indicate that, three years after the onset of treatment, the mean IQ of the EIBI group was 21 points higher than in the comparison group and that the EIBI group also obtained significantly higher scores on measures of adaptive behavior and language. These results add to the evidence base for EIBI and indicate that this intervention can be replicated across sites.
 
Prediction of Outcome of Early Behavioral Treatment for Children with Autism: A Meta-Analysis.
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway)
Abstract: Intensity of treatment, age and IQ at intake have all been related to outcome of early behavioral treatment for children with autism. In a quantitative review of the literature these variables were correlated against the IQ-change reported after ca 2 years of behavioral treatment. Data from 14 studies with a total of 222 children were included in the analysis. Studies in which children received the highest number of treatment hours obtained far greater IQ change than other studies. There was a moderate positive correlation between mean IQ at intake and IQ change, but no relationship between age at intake and IQ-change was found. No significant correlations were obtained when using data from individual subjects in the analysis.
 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring Behavioral Economic Variables in Individuals with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Maggie
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In behavioral economics, reinforcement contingencies are viewed as transactions in which work is exchanged for a commodity (a reinforcer). Overall consumption of a commodity is determined as a function of its price (work or response requirements), often in relation to the availability and price of concurrently available commodities. Investigators have recently begun to explore behavioral economic relations in the response allocation of individuals with developmental disabilities, most notably with the aim of interpreting responding under various experimental constraints related to enhancing habilitation efforts. The present symposium will further examine ongoing research in translating behavioral economic theory into practical application for individuals with developmental disabilities. Among other things, the presentations will collectively examine: a) how increases in price can clarify differences in reinforcer value, b) the correspondence between steady-state performance on variable ratio schedules and progressive ratio schedules, c) how changes in consumption of a reinforcer are influenced by the manner in which that reinforcer is delivered in applied settings, and d) how environmental constraints related to access (i.e. open vs. closed economy) and stimulus similarity can interact to influence consumption.

 
Evaluation of Relative Reinforcer Potency as Predicted by Reinforcer Preference.
NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (Louisiana State University), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Amanda M. Dahir (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the relationship between reinforcer value and treatment efficacy for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement (e.g., Roane, Lerman, & Vorndran, 2001). Results indicated that high, medium, and low preference items yielded differences in reinforcer value and the most valuable reinforcer produced greatest treatment outcomes. In the present study, the relationship between reinforcer preference and reinforcer value was further examined. Six stimuli were ranked using a paired stimulus (PS) preference assessment and changes in preference during the course of the investigation were monitored via multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A progressive ratio (PR) reinforcer assessment (Roane et al.) was then used to establish the relative reinforcer value of each item. Reliability data were collected for at least 25% of sessions and reliability coefficients exceeded 80% for each participant. Results indicate that (a) preference may not be stable across multiple assessments, (b) preference may predict relative reinforcer value as established by PS preference assessments, and (c) relative reinforcer value differences between stimuli appears to emerge only as schedule requirements increase.
 
Behavioral Economic Analyses of the Effects of Reinforcers of Differing Quality.
JASON C. BOURRET (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts Medical School, E.K. Shriver Center), Lauren Abraham (E.K. Shriver Center), Lindsay C. Peters (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Behavioral economic analyses typically involve examinations of responding maintained by, and consumption of, reinforcers at a range of “prices” with price equated with response requirement. In this presentation, we discuss a series of analyses of responding on variable-ratio (VR) and progressive-ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement maintained by reinforcers identified to differ in terms of reinforcing efficacy in a paired-stimulus preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992). Reinforcers were initially characterized as being of high, moderate, and low preference. Steady state levels of responding maintained by each reinforcer were then obtained on a series of VR schedules. These data were compared to those obtained for responding maintained by each reinforcer on PR schedules. Responding on concurrent VR schedules in which high- and moderate-preference reinforcers, and moderate- and low-preference reinforcers, were arranged in competition and in which selective responding to one of the response options resulted in escalation of the schedule requirement for that option was examined. A final analysis involved a comparison of the effects of effort manipulations on responding maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers on PR schedules.
 
Examining Shifts in Demand Curves as a Function of Intervening Exposure to Varying Earning Requirements.
MELISSA J. ALLMAN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (University of Florida), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Demand curves have been used as an index of the effects of increases in price (response requirements) on total consumption of a reinforcer. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the sensitivity of demand curves to changes in reinforcer value following three sorts of exposure to stimuli: contingent access, noncontingent access, and total restriction. Three moderately preferred stimuli, identified via a paired stimulus preference assessment, were included in the analysis for each of 6 participants. Each stimulus was randomly assigned to one of three conditions. The stimulus assigned to condition A was delivered on an FR1 schedule for completion of an academic task for several weeks. The stimulus assigned to condition B was delivered noncontingently on a schedule yoked to the delivery of the stimulus in condition A. The stimulus assigned to condition C was totally restricted between the first and second demand curve analyses. Demand functions were derived for each stimulus prior to and after the manipulations. Results indicated that demand for the stimulus delivered noncontingently was generally more elastic following the manipulation than prior to the manipulation, whereas consumption generally remained constant for the stimuli in the other conditions.
 
Variables that Influence Responding under Open and Closed Economies.
TIFFANY KODAK (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Henry S. Roane (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher E. Bullock (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: The results of basic experimentation have identified two types of economic systems that may affect responding during reinforcement-based programs. In a closed economy, participants are only able to access reinforcement through interaction with the experimental environment, whereas in an open economy, participants are able to access reinforcers by interacting with the experimental environment and can access additional (free) reinforcers following completion of the session. Generally speaking, higher response rates occur under closed economies relative to open economies. To date there have been few applied examinations of the relative effects of open and closed economic systems on adaptive responding. In the current presentation, we present two cases in which responding under open and closed economies were affected by various experimental constraints. In the first case, no differences in responding were observed under either condition when a single reinforcer was delivered. However, when responding resulted in access to multiple reinforcers, response rates increased under both open and closed economies. In the second case we parametrically varied the similarity of items provided during and following sessions to evaluate the conditions under which open economies influence within-session behavior. Reliability data were collected on at least 33% of all sessions and averaged over 90% for both cases. Results are discussed in terms of factors that may influence responding during reinforcement-based skill acquisition programs for individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Verbal Behavior in Children with Autism
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth C
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice)
Discussant: Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice)
CE Instructor: Kelle Wood, None
Abstract:

These studies compare relative effectiveness of procedures to improve Verbal Behavior in children with autism. The first study compares the Effects of Mimetic-Tact versus Intraverbal-Tact training on the Acquisition of Sign Tacts in two Children with Autism. Similar to results obtained by Partington, Sundberg, Newhouse, & Spengler (1994), the subjects acquired more tacts via intraverbal-tact transfer while acquiring fewer via mimetic-tact transfer demonstrating the superiority of intraverbal-tact transfer. The second study, Increasing Vocal Behavior in a Young Adult With Autism via Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing adds to current literature on stimulus stimulus pairing procedures and assists in appropriate candidate selection for these procedures. The last study, Comparison of two errorless teaching procedures for promoting independent responding in children with autism: Transfer of stimulus control with and without a probe following a time delay compares the relative effectiveness of two nearly errorless procedures for developing independent responses. Results across twenty- five subjects are compared in regard to the literature on errorless teaching. (Touchette and Howard, 1984,, Touchette, P.E. 1968, Terrace, H. 1963)

 
Increasing Vocal Behavior in a Young Adult with Autism via Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing.
ANGIE B. KEITH (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice), Christie M. Penland (Early Autism Project, Inc.)
Abstract: Many children and young adults with autism do not imitate adult vocalizations, an essential skill for establishing functional vocal verbal behavior. Research suggests that procedures which utilize pairing of an instructor’s vocal model with delivery of a putative reinforcer may condition that sound or sound combination as a reinforcer when produced by the individual (Sundberg, et. al., 1996; Yoon & Bennet, 2000; Miguel, Carr, & Michael, 2002; Carbone; 2005, Lugo, et. al., 2005). Stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures have been used to increase free operant vocalizations and in some cases transfer these vocalizations to other operants (echoic, mand, tact). One study (Esch, Carr, & Michael, 2005) suggested that direct reinforcement may be necessary to establish durable vocal behavior and further recommended identification of variables that influence the effectiveness of the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure. The current study extends previous findings by evaluating the effectiveness of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on vowel, consonant-vowel and consonant-vowel-consonant-vowel combinations of a young adult with autism, previously considered non-vocal and non-verbal. Baseline, pairing, and post-pairing data were obtained. During the pre-pairing condition, the subject’s free operant vocalizations were recorded. During the pairing condition, the experimenter’s vocal model was paired with the delivery of the putative reinforcer. Results revealed an increase in target sounds/syllables for the participant as well as durable transfer to the echoic repertoire. Several vocalizations also transferred to mands. This study adds to current literature and assists in appropriate candidate selection for stimulus-stimulus pairing procedures.
 
Effects of Mimetic-Tact versus Intraverbal-Tact Training on the Acquisition of Tacts in Two Individuals with Autism.
STEPHANIE BURCHFIELD BURGESS (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Michael Meyers (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Jenn Godwin (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Tamara S. Kasper (Private Practice)
Abstract: Development of verbal repertoires in children with autism and limited vocal repertoires is the focus of many intensive behavior programs. For children who are non-verbal, manual sign language has been encouraged as an effective response form (Carr, 1979; Fulwiler & Fouts, 1976, Brady & Smouse, 1992; Layton, 1988). Many have examined procedures to facilitate the tacting repertoire. Carroll & Hesse (1987) and Arntzen & Almas (2002) examined the effects of mand-tact and tact-only training procedures on the acquisition of tact performance and demonstrated that fewer trials were needed to learn tacts in the mand-tact condition. Partington, Sundberg, Newhouse, & Spengler (1994) used procedures to transfer stimulus control from verbal to nonverbal stimuli in a subject who has an established mand repertoire and the subject was able to quickly acquire a total of 18 tacts. The current study extends these findings.
 
Comparison of Two “Errorless” Teaching Procedures for Promoting Independent Responding in Children with Autism: Transfer of Stimulus Control with and without a Probe following a Time Delay.
ANN D. ELDRIDGE (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Jenn Godwin (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Amy Watford, M.A.T. (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Jennifer Lacinak (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Abigail M. Gonzalez (Early Autism Project, Inc.), Samantha C. Apple (Early Autism Project, Inc.)
Abstract: One method of nearly errorless teaching has been advocated by various behavior analysts (Carbone, 2003; Sundberg, 1998; Zecchin & Wood, 2006; Godwin & Kasper, 2006). This method of instruction has also been used in several studies (Carbone et al., 2006; Keith et al., 2005) For some subjects and treatment teams, due to methodological issues and learner variability, this method of training appeared to result in errors for the subjects and may have resulted in delay in acquisition of skills. This study compared the relative effectiveness of two procedures for developing independent responses; quick transfer of stimulus control with and without a probe following a time delay. In procedure I, the subjects were taught to correctly and independently respond to a demand (tact or intraverbal) via quick transfer of stimulus control in which the subjects were presented with an Sd, immediately prompted to respond and then presented with another opportunity to respond independent of the prompt. During procedure II, the subjects were presented with an Sd, immediately prompted to respond and then presented with another opportunity to respond independent of the prompt. A time delay during which the subject was presented with two high probability motor imitation trials was instituted, followed by a probe of the target item. Results across twenty- five subjects are compared in regard to the literature on errorless teaching. (Touchette and Howard, 1984,, Touchette, P.E. 1968, Terrace, H. 1963)
 
 
Symposium #78
Mouse Operant: Measurements and Analyses
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Madeleine AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Troy J. Zarcone (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract: There is growing interest in the use of genetically defined mice to model functional behavioral endpoints. To achieve this goal, neuroscientists are looking to the behavior of mice to determine if their biological manipulations have meaningful effects on the behavioral model of interest. To date, operant techniques have played a minor role in the advancement of genetics and neuroscience. Neuroscientists and genetisists have relied heavily on simple behavioral preparations that appear to be easy to replicate. However, there is growing demand for more sophisticated preparations that operant techniques can fulfill. The present symposia present examples of operant procedures and analyses that address these issues.
 
Matching in the Mouse: Is it Innate?
DAN GOTTLIEB (Rutgers University), Charles Gallistel (Rutgers University), A. King (Rutgers University), Fuat Balci (Rutgers University), Efstathios Papachristos (Rutgers University), M Szalecki (Rutgers University), K Carbone (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Experimentally naïve mice matched the proportions of their temporal investments (visit durations) in two feeding hoppers to the proportions of he food income (pellets per unit session time) derived from them in three experiments. The coupling between the behavioral investment and food income varied across experiments, from no coupling to strict coupling. Using cumulative records, we tracked matching on a feeding by feeding basis. Matching was observed from the outset and did not improve with training. When the numbers of pellets received were proportional to time invested, investment was unstable, swinging abruptly from sustained almost complete investment in one hopper to sustained almost complete investment in the other. Animals sometimes switched hoppers in the absence of any change in returns pellets obtained / time invested). We suggest that matching reflects an innate (unconditioned) program that matches the ratio of expected visit durations to the ratio between the current estimates of expected incomes. As matching behavior reflects the involvement of both temporal memory and place memory, it can be used as a general screen for memory abnormalities in genetically modified mice. Because matching emerges from the outset, it is typically possible to assess performance in three or fewer sessions.
 
Use of an IRT-Based Procedure to Establish Fixed-Ratio Performance in Genetically Altered Mice.
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Several authors have suggested that operant lever pressing is unsuitable for use in differentiating among genetically altered mouse strains. Such research, however, generally has not had the benefit of training procedures informed by established behavioral principles, which may account for some difficulties noted in previous research. In our lab, for example, we have developed a training procedure that rapidly establishes fixed-ratio performance in mice. Our procedure provides an individually tailored training regimen to shape responding based on interresponse times. Because fixed-ratio performance is typically characterized by a ‘run’ of a rapid succession of responses, the program increases the prevailing ratio only when the last several emitted responses have relatively short interresponse times, specifically less than 1 second. Thus, the program uses short interresponse times to identify reasonably well-differentiated fixed-ratio performance and then increases the ratio, repeating this process until the terminal schedule value is reached. Our data have shown this method of training to be very effective in establishing lever pressing at moderate fixed-ratio values. The existing data from several strains will be presented and shown to be comparable to that of other species in terms of pattern and overall response rate. Such similarities show that the lever press may be effectively studied with mice, an outcome that underscores the importance of having a knowledge base grounded in basic learning principles for the design of future studies in the field of mouse behavioral genetics.
 
Interval-Timing in the Genetically Modified Mouse.
FUAT BALCI (Rutgers University), Efstathios Papachristos (Rutgers University), Charles Gallistel (Rutgers University)
Abstract: A genetic approach to the molecular, cellular systems and neurobiology of the circadian clock has proved fruitful. This encourages a similar approach to the neurobiology of the interval timing mechanism, in which one uses behavioral screens to find individual mutant mice with gross quantitative abnormalities in their interval timing. Here, we report a behavioral screen for the quantitative study of interval timing and interval memory that is simple and efficient and works well in the C57 BL/6 mouse, the background-strain for most experimental genetic manipulations. Mice learn to switch from a short-latency feeding station to a long-latency station when the short latency has passed without a feeding. The psychometric function is the cumulative distribution of switch latencies. Its median measures timing accuracy and its interquartile interval measures timing precision. We use this screen to test the hypothesis that Gastrin-Releasing Peptide-Receptor knockout mice show enhanced (i.e., prolonged) freezing because they are more uncertain than wild types about when to expect the shock. The knockouts show normal accuracy and precision in timing. We argue that interval timing and memory should generally be tested in putative learning and memory mutants and that this paradigm allows this to be done simply and efficiently.
 
Effects of Methamphetamine on Operant Responding of C57BL/6J Mice.
TROY J. ZARCONE (University of Rochester Medical Center), Anna Shapiro (University of Rochester Medical Center), Mollie Tubbs (University of Rochester Medical Center), Dena Carbonari (University of Rochester Medical Center)
Abstract: The purpose of these studies was to examine the direct and aftereffects of methamphetamine on operant performances in C57BL/6J male mice, a common background strain used for knockout mice and drug abuse studies. Mice were trained to perform a hole-poke response under a fixed presentation of varying reinforcement schedules. Methamphetamine was administered either just prior to the session to determine the direct effects or administered the day before in a separate environment to determine the after-effects. The C56BL/6J mice readily develop operant responding under computer automated training procedures and develop reliable response patterns in the presence of a fixed presentation of stimulus/reinforcement schedules. Both the direct and aftereffects of methamphetamine depend on the environmental context of the operant. These results show that the C57BL/6J mouse can be readily trained and produce reliable dose effect functions. The present data can be used for comparison to other genetically modified mice derived from the C57BL/6J background strain.
 
 
Paper Session #79
OBM Paper Series: OBM in Service Delivery
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Emma C
Area: OBM
Chair: Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York)
 
The Effects of Task Clarification, Feedback, and Goal-Setting on Student Advisor’s Office Behaviors and Customer Service.
Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE TITTELBACH (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Peter Sturmey (Queens College, City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, City University of New York)
 
Abstract: Interactions between student advisors and clients in a university-based counseling and advisement center are crucial to provide clients with appropriate counseling services. This study evaluated the effects of feedback, task clarification and goal setting on office behaviors and customer service of ten undergraduate participants. A multiple-baseline across responses experimental design was implemented across three target behaviors: client greeting, front desk behaviors, and punctuality. During intervention the advisors received supervisor delivered verbal group feedback, a task clarification sheet, and supervisor-delivered goal setting for each target behavior. All target behaviors increased once the intervention was implemented.
 
A Comparison of Pyramidal Staff Training and Direct Staff Training in Community Based Day Programs.
Domain: Applied Research
ALAYNA T. HABERLIN (University of the Pacific), Kenneth Beauchamp (University of the Pacific), Judy L. Agnew (Aubrey Daniels International), Floyd J. O'Brien (NONE)
 
Abstract: This study evaluated two methods of conducting staff training. One method was a pyramidal training approach and the other method consisted of an outside consultant training the direct care staff. A group design consisted of two experimental conditions. In the first experimental condition, the supervisors of two community based day programs for developmentally disabled individuals were trained in the principles of applied behavior analysis and feedback techniques. The supervisors then trained their direct care staff in the material they had learned. In the second experimental condition, the direct care staff were trained in the principles of applied behavior analysis by the experimenter. The pyramidal training group was expected to show a quicker increase in the percentage of correct teaching procedures and show a longer maintenance of these skills. The results indicated that pyramidal training was more effective in teaching staff how to use correct teaching procedures with consumers in community settings. Also, the results showed that the pyramidal training group maintained the improvement in their teaching procedure at a 3-month follow up as compared to the direct staff training group. Pyramidal and direct staff training have not been compared directly in previous studies.
 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of an Electronic Dashboard Performance Measurement System in a Human Service Agency.
Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN L. RICHARDSON (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Debi Ann Alvey (California Community Opportunities), Robert M. Churchill (California Community Opportunities), Cloyd Hyten (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: Human Service Agencies that serve adults with developmental disabilities in their communities are often challenged with meeting internal standards of care as well as meeting standards set up by State Quality Assurance regulations. California Community Opportunities (CCO) is one such agency that is currently receiving support from Community Living Opportunities (CLO) to replicate the Family Teaching Model (FTM). CLO has partnered with Resolution, Inc., a software development firm, to implement ISOX (Information System for Organizational Excellence) in order to streamline the many paper systems necessary to track state regulations and internal standards by replacing them with a computer-based tracking system. Electronic dashboards and drill downs have been created for many areas of the organization. This presentation will explain the design features of the comprehensive, integrated performance measurement software as well as examine the impact of it on performers, management, and organizational outcomes. Data analyzed include reports completed before and after software implementation, time savings and the impact on allocation of manager’s behavior, and user satisfaction with the software tools.
 
 
 
Symposium #80
Personal Values: Methods of Measurement and Importance of Personal Values as a Psychological Process
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Edward AB
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christopher C. Cushing (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) model has been put forward to suggest that personal values play a key role in psychological distress. Specifically, it has been theorized that higher levels of valuing and behavioral congruence with personal values protect against and reduce psychological suffering. In order to advance the literature base in this area well validated measures of personal values in adult and adolescent populations are needed. Additionally, researchers must empirically illuminate the effect of personal values on psychological distress. This symposium intends to provide important information regarding the measurement of personal values as well as make an attempt to advance the state of knowledge regarding the process by which personal values and values congruence contribute to psychological distress.
 
Initial Validation of the Personal Values Questionnaire.
JOHN TANNER BLACKLEDGE (University of Wollongong, New South Wales, Australia), Rebecca Spencer (University of Wollongong, New South Wales, Australia), Joseph Ciarrochi (University of Wollongong, New South Wales, Australia)
Abstract: The Personal Values Questionnaire (PVQ) is a self-report instrument for adults designed to assess processes and domains of interest central to Acceptance & Commitment Therapy. Data from a sample of 100 university undergraduate subjects will be presented in order to demonstrate the psychometric properties of the instrument.
 
Continuing Validation of the Social Values Survey.
JOHN TANNER BLACKLEDGE (University of Wollongong, New South Wales, Australia), Joseph Ciarrochi (University of Wollongong, New South Wales, Australia)
Abstract: The Social Values Survey (SVS) is a self-report instrument for adolescents designed to assess processes and domains of interest central to Acceptance & Commitment Therapy. Initial validation of the SVS with a sample of 120 9th grade subjects suggested good psychometric properties, including high internal consistency and predictable correlations with co-administered instruments. This presentation will focus primarily on one-year follow-up data collected through re-administering the SVS and associated instruments with the same subjects.
 
Pain Tolerance: Testing Values in the Context of Acceptance.
TANYA N. DOULEH (Missouri State University), Christopher C. Cushing (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Previous component analyses of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has shown that focusing on personal values enables some individuals to better tolerate painful stimuli. However, it is still unclear what other components of ACT amplify or are amplified by values work. The current study involved 90 undergraduate psychology students. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three groups. In Group 1, participants received instruction on an acceptance technique. In addition to receiving the acceptance instruction, participants in Group 2 were read a vignette in which their highest ranked value was made emotionally salient. Group 3 served as the no treatment control group. After completing the instruction, individuals completed a cold pressor task. Initial results of this study indicate that while all participants reported similar pain ratings and thresholds, those individuals in Group 2, the acceptance + values group, were able to tolerate the painful task significantly longer than those receiving the acceptance only technique.
 
Behavioral Congruence with Personal Values as a Predictor of Undergraduate Distress.
CHRISTOPHER C. CUSHING (Missouri State University), Tanya N. Douleh (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Recently, component analyses have provided support for the model of psychopathology and method of treatment proposed by Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) researchers. ACT proponents have proposed a hexagonal model to represent the etiology and maintenance of psychopathology. One of the six points on the hexagon is represented by lack of values clarity (Hayes Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999). Furthermore, Wilson and Murrell (2004) hypothesize that lack of behavioral congruence with personal values should be correlated with higher levels of personal distress. The present study examined he relationship between behavioral congruence with personal values and levels of psychological distress, in undergraduates. Psychological distress was measured using well validated measures of anxiety (i.e. Beck Anxiety Inventory) and depression (i.e. Beck Depression Inventory) as well as several scales designed to measure global functioning (e.g. Profile of Mood States). Three hundred undergraduate students were solicited from introductory psychology courses offered at Missouri State University. The results of the study were analyzed using structural equation modeling to attempt to provide empirical support for the model of psychopathology proposed by ACT researchers.
 
 
Symposium #81
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Applications of Token Systems, Visual Schedules, Behavior Plans, and ABA Consultation
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Randle D
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Melissa J. Andretta (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Melissa J. Andretta, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium includes presentations that focus on the practical applications of using the science of behavior for the educational needs of students with autism and other developmental disabilities. Practical issues and suggestions for an ABA Consultant is applicable to individuals who provide ABA consultation services, as well as owners of companies that provide ABA consultation services. Practical applications and examples of: token-based motivational systems will focus on using motivational systems to increase habilitative responses (academically, behaviorally, and socially). Practical applications and examples of behavior plans/contracts will focus on developing and implementing behavior plans/behavior contracts, based on the results of a functional analysis. Practical applications and examples of visual schedules will focus on using various schedules to promote independence, social interactions, communication skills, as an instructional tool, and to replace inappropriate behaviors with habilitative responses. Examples of specific token systems, behavior plans, and activity schedules, as well as visual representations of the corresponding data, will be shown during the presentation.

 
Practical Issues for an ABA Consultant Working in School-Based and Home-Based Educational Programs.
MELISSA J. ANDRETTA (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Jennifer Folbert (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on practical issues that an ABA consultant may face when proving services to children with autism. While there will be reference to specific interventions, this presentation is designed to illustrate components, and concerns, that can be applied by a consultant who is a behavior analyst. This presentation will cover topics that are applicable to individuals who provide ABA consultation services, privately, as well as topics that are relevant to owners of companies that provide ABA consultation services. Specific examples of the application of behavior analysis to consultation services will be discussed, and visual representations of any materials or data will be provided.
 
Practical Applications and Examples of Token-Based Motivational Systems.
JENNIFER FOLBERT (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Melissa J. Andretta (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on practical applications of using token systems with children with autism, to increase habilitative responses (academically, behaviorally, and socially). Data systems will be discussed in terms of creating data sheets, visually representing data, and using that data to determine if a change in the token system is necessary, (on a continuous basis). Examples of specific token boards used with each student, as well as visual representations of the corresponding data for each student, will be shown during the presentation.
 
Practical Applications and Examples of Behavior Intervention Plans Used by Children with Autism.
MELISSA J. ANDRETTA (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Jennifer Folbert (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This presentation will focus on practical applications of developing and implementing behavior intervention plans/behavior contracts. Methods for determining the function of target behavior will be discussed, and examples will be provided as necessary. There will be a focus on how to develop a behavior plan based on the results of the functional analysis. Data systems will be discussed in terms of: analyzing the function of the inappropriate behavior, visually representing data, and using that data to determine if a change in the token system is necessary, on a continuous basis. Examples of specific behavior plans used with each student, as well as visual representations of the corresponding data for each student, will be shown during the presentation.
 
Practical Applications and Examples of Using Visual Activity Schedules.
JENNIFER FOLBERT (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Melissa J. Andretta (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Allison Cellura (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Cindy Mulstay (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Sandy Eggeling (Andretta Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: The presentation will focus on practical applications of visual activity schedules used by children with autism, to promote independence, social interactions, communication skills, as an instructional tool, and to decrease inappropriate behaviors and replace them with habilitative responses. Methods to create an initial schedule, for students on various levels (a reader, a pre-reader, a writer, etc.), as well as for different purposes (a play schedule vs. an instructional schedule, vs. an academic schedule, etc.) will be discussed, and examples of such schedules will be presented. Examples of specific visual schedules used with each student will be presented.
 
 
Special Event #82
CE Offered: BACB
Symposium in Honor of Sidney W. Bijou: Scientist, Clinician, Humanitarian
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Molly AB
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
CE Instructor: Gary D. Novak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

At the age of 98, Sidney Bijou continues to be an inspiration to generations of behavior analysts all over the world. For more than 60 years, Sidney W. Bijou helped found and foster two major movements in behavior analysis: a behavior analysis of child development, and applied behavior analysis with children with special needs. This symposium will chronicle the distinguished career of Bijou from his recruitment by Skinner to the Psychology Department at Indiana through his days at the University of Nevada Reno. Additionally, Bijous influence on the internationalization of behavior analysis will be described. As well as documenting the individuals influencing and influenced by Bijou, the speakers will also present many of the methodological, theoretical, and clinical contributions Sidney Bijou has made over his long and distinguished career.

 
The Early Contributions of Bijou: The Development of Behavioral Development.
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University)
Abstract: After receiving his doctorate from Iowa, Bijou was recruited by Skinner to direct a new clinical psychology program at Indiana. My paper will look at Bijou’s career at Indiana and Washington. I will describe the important personal, scientific, and clinical experiences that led to development of methodology for the study of functional relationships and contributions to the theory of behavioral development and applied behavior analysis.
 
Sidney W. Bijou: The Illinois Years, 1965-1975.
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: This paper describes Sidney W. Bijou’s (b. 1908) activities, accomplishments, and contributions during his tenure at the University of Illinois between 1965 and 1975. While there, he was a professor in the Department of Psychology, a member of the Institute for Research on Exceptional Children, and the director of his own Child Behavior Laboratory (CBL). The CBL housed two laboratory preschools, a center for teaching and research, and offices for students and staff. Among his scholarly and professional activities, Bijou directed the laboratory preschools, refined behavioral assessment tools and procedures, advanced behavioral interventions with children, elaborated his behavior-analytic theory of development, and contributed to the international dissemination of behavior analysis (e.g., to Mexico, Japan). Among the particulars, this paper reviews Bijou’s contributions to the literatures in child development and behavior analysis (e.g., books, articles), his service and leadership roles in both fields (e.g., founding and editing the Journal of Experimental Child Psychology), and his teaching and mentoring (e.g., courses, graduate advisees). Bijou retired from the University of Illinois in 1975 as a professor emeritus.
 
Tales from the Desert: Sid’s Time at Arizona and Nevada.
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This paper is given to reflections on my personal and professional relationship with Sid Bijou at The University of Arizona (1984-1992) and the University of Nevada (1994-2000). The development of a method for studying linguistic behavior from an interbehavioral point of view highlighted our professional activities at Arizona. During this time, Arizona basketball ascended to national prominence, giving Sid an outlet for his passion for sport and giving me the opportunity to spoof him in a most memorable way. Sid’s professional activities at Nevada centered on his role as the co-founder of UNR’s Early Childhood Autism Program. His resurgence as a clinician exposed the reasons why he choose a career in psychology in the first place, why he was so successful at it, and why it’s never too late to have a second childhood.
 
Bijou's Influence on the Study of Child Development in Mexico and His Kantorian Notion of Setting Factors.
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract: This paper I will first provide a brief historical account of Bijou's influence on the study of behavior analysis of child development in Mexico and his publications in Spanish language. Second, I will elaborate on Kantor's (1959) influence on Bijou's notion of setting factors in behavior analysis of human development and the diverse categories they identified. I will end with some clarifications on the meaning of behavior analysis of child development.
 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB
International Symposium - Three Diverse Applications of Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG): Caregivers, Juvenile Delinquents, and Gymnasts
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Betsy B
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Janet L. Montgomery (University of Florida, Behavior Analysis Services Program)
Discussant: Ragnar S. Ragnarsson (ICEABA)
CE Instructor: Janet L. Montgomery, M.S.
Abstract:

Three pilot studies using TAG showed promising outcomes. Floridas Behavior Analyses Services Program (BASP) conducted two types of follow-up trainings (video, video with TAG) for caregivers who completed a 30-hour parenting course. Two skill components were compared after having been retrained with the video or the video with TAG. Average improvement scores for both components after video training were 29%. Average improvement scores after TAG were 50% for both components. Twenty-two juvenile delinquent youth participated in eighteen sessions utilizing TAG for a task analyzed list of components such as fighting and fight negotiation. This study showed skill enhancement and participants viewed TAG as socially acceptable as measured by positive verbalizations. Five gymnasts were taught four skills using either conventional training (verbal praise, encouragement, verbal correction for errors) or TAG (a specific behavior marked with a click with no verbal correction). Baseline was measured via three trials of four skills per gymnast. Behaviors were scored as 1 or 0 with total scores averaged across groups over three trials. Conventional training scores increased over baseline from 7% to 25% while TAG scores increased over baseline from 61% to 67%. Additional data collection is in process to support these preliminary outcomes.

 
Feedback via Auditory Marker to Improve Task Analyzed Components of Caregiver Skills.
VICTORIA FOGEL (University of Florida), Janet L. Montgomery (University of Florida, Behavior Analysis Services Program), Judith A. Kosarek (University of Florida), Tony Manzolillo (University of Florida), Vanessa Magdalena Bracero (formerly Burgos) (University of Florida), Angela M. Howland (University of Florida)
Abstract: The University of Florida and University of South Florida’s Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) teaches behavioral parenting skills to caregivers. Although BASP’s curriculum has produced improvements in caregiver’s skills, some skill components have not been performed correctly by large percentages of caregivers. This study was conducted to determine whether Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) would improve performance on components of the BASP caregiver curriculum that have typically been performed with low accuracy. Preliminary unpublished studies show that TAG may improve the accuracy of other skills, such as those used in golf and gymnastics, but has not been evaluated in a classroom setting such as BASP’s training. Two types of brief follow-up trainings were conducted (standard video and standard video with TAG) for caregivers who had completed a 30-hour parenting course. Two skill components were compared after having been retrained with either the standard video or the standard video with TAG. Average improvement scores for both components after receiving the standard video follow-up training were 29%. Average improvement scores after the TAG training were 50% for both components. Additional data are being collected on the use of TAG in the 30-hour class.
 
Teaching with Acoustical Guidance: Effects with the Juvenile Delinquent Population.
KERI GORMAN (TAGteach)
Abstract: This study applied Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) technology to juveniles involved in the court system. The Juvenile Detention Center manager identified the negative behaviors of negative verbalizations and low rates of chore completion, but due to unique features of this population, the social acceptance of TAG (using an auditory marker as feedback) was questioned. Twenty-two youth involved in the county court system and six staff members participated in eighteen, 30 to 60 minute sessions. TAG was shown on video, described, and modeled followed by participants practicing in role-plays. Next, the youths tagged each other on “fun” activities (e.g., rock climbing, magic trick, ball pass) to enhance skill competency. Tagging was paired with reinforcement (candy) on a variable interval schedule. Finally tagging as an enhancement to living and social skills was introduced with participants required to tag for a task analyzed list of components such as “making a room” and also for “fighting and fight negotiation”. This study showed skill enhancement in skills taught and all participants taught via this method viewed TAG teaching as socially acceptable in this setting as measured by positive verbalizations regarding this method. This outcome provides an open door for ongoing teaching with this population.
 
Teaching Gymnastic Skills with an Acoustical Marker.
THERESA MCKEON (TAGteach International)
Abstract: Clicker training effects with animals are documented, however, few studies have discussed Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) with humans. Study 1 involved teaching two groups of five artistic gymnasts of normal intelligence four skills. Two skills were taught using conventional training methods (verbal praise. encouragement, verbal correction for errors). Two additional skills were taught using TAG where gymnasts were told which task analyzed component would be marked with a click and no verbal corrections were used. Baseline was measured via three trials of four skills per gymnast. Skill elements were scored as “1” or “0” and total scores were averaged across groups over three trials. Conventional training methods produced scores ranging from 7% to 25% increase over baseline while TAG training scores increased over baseline from 61% to 67%. Study 2 assessed TAG with three mentally challenged rhythmic gymnasts across three unmastered skills. The changes noted from baseline to post-TAG training were from 0% to 75% accuracy in 8.5 minutes, from 0% to 100% accuracy in 5 minutes, and from 25% to 100% accuracy in 1.2 minutes. Both Studies 1 and 2 showed positive results and all athletes reported greater satisfaction with TAG teaching than with conventional methods of teaching.
 
 
Panel #84
Working Towards a Functional Understanding of Alexithymia
Saturday, May 26, 2007
3:30 PM–4:50 PM
Cunningham A
Area: TPC/CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: E. Terry Mueller (Temple University, Psychology Dept.)
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno)
SABRINA DARROW (University of Nevada, Reno)
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
MEGAN OSER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The focus of this panel will be on understanding alexithymia from a functional viewpoint. Alexithymia literally means “without words for emotions”. It is a clinical term used to describe patients whose reports are boring, monotonous, devoid of dreams or fantasy and lack emotion. The panelists will cover a broad area of topics related to this term including some hypotheses as to the type of environments that would result in the lack of emotive verbal behavior. Clients presenting with alexithymia have diverse backgrounds, including those of abuse and neglect. Additionally, the impact of this type of deficit is vast; clinical presentations include depression, interpersonal problems, somatic complaints, etc. Panelists will also discuss emotionally evocative techniques that may be useful to shape this behavior in the therapeutic environment. This is related to popular topics in general clinical psychology such as sense of self, emotion regulation, and emotional avoidance.
 
 
Paper Session #85a
Identifying Synergistic and Antagonistic Interactions of Reinforcement Contingencies for Daily Physical Activity
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Edward D
Area: CBM
Chair: Marc A. Adams (San Diego State University/University of California, San Diego)
 
Identifying Synergistic and Antagonistic Interactions of Reinforcement Contingencies for Daily Physical Activity
Domain: Applied Research
MARC A. ADAMS (San Diego State University/University of California, San Diego), Melbourne F. Hovell (San Diego State University Graduate School of Public Health), Gregory J. Norman (University of California, San Diego), Veronica Irvin (Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Brent Bishop (Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health), Yael Ben-Porat (Center for Behavioral Epidemiology and Community Health)
 
Abstract: To design population-wide interventions to increase cultural health practices, such as daily physical activity, we need to identify, measure, and analyze the prevalence and function of competing contingencies. Stair vs. escalator use was filmed for 8,229 participants at the San Diego, California International Airport. Variables were coded based on systematic observation of videotapes: age, gender, body shape, race, day/time, direction, and the following markers of physical and social reinforcement contingencies: clothing, luggage, children, social group, and speed of movement. Inter-rater kappas ranged from 0.64 to 0.88. A chi-square signal detection strategy identified marker combinations that predicted stair use beyond the base-rate. A base-rate of 8.6% was found. We identified eight unique subgroups with varying combinations of contingency markers and stair use rates. The highest use (75.7%) occurred for the subgroup characterized by the following markers: moving rapidly, descending, and wearing sports shoes (p<.001). The lowest use (1.6%) occurred for those moving normally and ascending (p<.001). Combinations of contingency markers suggest synergistic and antagonistic interactions which dramatically affect stair use. Each marker could be considered changing “states” that vary with individual’s stream of behavior. Policies or programs that can intervene within the chain of contingencies may lead to increased physical activity.
 
 
 
Paper Session #85b
International Paper Session - Multidimensional Evaluation of an Integrated Treatment in a Sample of Eating Disorders Patients
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Edward C
Area: CBM
Chair: Carlo A. Pruneti (University of Parma)
 
Multidimensional Evaluation of an Integrated Treatment in a Sample of Eating Disorders Patients
Domain: Applied Research
CARLO A. PRUNETI (University of Parma), Chiara Fante (University of Parma), Federico A. Fontana (University of Parma)
 
Abstract: The principal aim of this study is to verify the efficacy of a cognitive-behavioral and pharmacological treatment in a sample of eating disorder patients, evaluating the recovery process during the various steps of the psychological treatment. 15 female was consecutively recruited in an outpatient Centre for Eating Disorders. The sample was divided in two groups following the DSM-IV TR criteria: Anorexia (AN) and Bulimia (BN). Symptom Questionnaire (SQ), evaluating the subjective sufferance experienced in the past week, MMPI-2, and 16PF-A, for the evaluation of personality traits, were administered. Furthermore, a psychophysiological registration (PPF) of four parameters (SCL/SCR, HR, Thermal, EMG) during three different phases (baseline-stress-recovery) was executed. PPF and SQ were repeated six months later the start of the treatment and at its ending, once reached the expected weight and the compensatory behavior was disappeared. High levels of anxiety, depression, somatic compliant and hostility, and a low general reactivity during the stress phase of the physiological registration was observed. A significant reduction of the referred depressive symptoms was found just after six months. In the contrary SCR parameter increased significantly only a little after six months and more at the end of the treatment indicating a clear lack of synchronization in these important variables which have to be take in to account.
 
 
 
Paper Session #86
Advances in Phonemic Awareness Instruction
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
America's Cup AB
Area: EDC
Chair: Heidi L. Eyre (Jacksonville State University)
 
Reducing Reading Risk for Kindergarten English Language Learners with a Phonemic Awareness Intervention.
Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: This session will present two recent studies that used the Early Reading Intervention (ERI; Simmons & Kameenui, 2003) to teach phonemic awareness (PA) skills to a diverse group of Kindergarten English Language Learners (ELLs). Students were taught in small groups of 3 to 5 students daily for approximately 20 minutes each session. Multiple-baseline across groups designs were used to demonstrate pupil growth in PA skills (i.e. nonsense word fluency and phonemic segmentation fluency). Demonstration of a strong functional relationship as well as pre and post assessments on DIBELS and the Woodcock Johnson (Woodcock, McGrew, & Mather, 2001) provide evidence of systematic growth in PA skills for all of the ELLs. Curricular adaptations for ELLs included: (a) employ multiple exemplars along with language, (b) control language to aid understanding, (c) alter students’ response modes, and (d) devise and use consistently visual and auditory cues to facilitate learning. During this session, the presenters plan to present the findings of these studies with attention to curricular adaptations for ELLs, show video clips that demonstrate these applications, and provide directions for future research in the area of the application of the principles of effective instruction to ELLs.
 
The Contribution of Treatment Quality and Duration to Variance in Phonemic Awareness for Urban Kindergarten Students.
Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: This study invesitgated the unique contributions of participation in an early reading intervention program, the quality, and the duration of treatment to the variance in phonemic awareness gain scores. Kindergarten students from three schools were screened with the DIBELS benchmark assessment and those needing strategic or intensive instruction participated in the intervention. The letter-word identification (LWID) and word attack (WA) subtests of the Woodcock-Johnson – III (WJ – III) were used to verify risk status and serve as pre- and posttest data. A total of 38 students received treatment and comparison data were retained for 32 untreated students. Linear regression was used to analyze the effects of participation in intervention, treatment duration, and treatment quality on variance in gain scores on the WJ - III. Results indicate that the independent variables accounted for between 11%-22% and 3%-15% of the variance in gain scores on LWID and WA subtests respectively. Implications include the effects of treatment quality and duration on outcome scores, and the use school personnel as interventionists for at-risk students.
 
 
 
Paper Session #87
International Paper Session - Behaviorism and Philosophy
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Cunningham B
Area: TPC
Chair: Francois Tonneau (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico)
 
Behaviorism and the Intentional Stance.
Domain: Theory
FRANCOIS TONNEAU (Universidad de Guadalajara, Mexico)
 
Abstract: The distinguishing feature of intentional explanations of behavior is that they rely on beliefs and desires. Starting with the classic objections of Geach and Chisholm to Rylean behaviorism, philosophers have offered powerful arguments in favor of the non-eliminability of intentional language. Yet, most behaviorists have paid little attention to these philosophical challenges and have underestimated the power of the accompanying arguments. In this talk, I review the arguments in favor of the intentional stance, and, drawing on the pioneering work of Boyer and others, I suggest possible answers to the intentional challenge.
 
Common Grounds: Nietzsche’s Philosophy, Natural Sciences and Radical Behaviorism.
Domain: Theory
ROGER VILARDAGA (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Frederick Nietzsche’s writings have been widely influential and extensively interpreted; his philosophy has been almost exclusively seen through the lenses of humanistic and philosophical disciplines and usually taken to support controversial worldviews. In this paper, it is not our intent to provide the “right” version of this philosopher’s thinking, but rather, to explore some connections that might be relevant from a Radical Behavioral viewpoint. Our purpose then, is twofold: first, we will explore the connections of his philosophy with the materialistic and pragmatic assumptions of the natural sciences, and second, we will present some of his considerations regarding the attribution of causality for private events and its compatibility with Behavioral analytical thinking. Clinical implications are commented.
 
 
 
Paper Session #88
Communication Devices
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Ford AB
Area: DDA
Chair: Patricia I. Wright (University of Hawaii)
 
Increasing Communication Attempts of Students with Significant Disabilities with Speech Generating Devices.
Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA I. WRIGHT (Easter Seals National Headquarters)
 
Abstract: An extensive body of literature indicates that providing speech generating devices (SGD’s) to students with significant disabilities increases their communication skills. Unfortunately, many students with significant disabilities do not have SGDs. The purpose of this study was to compare the efficacy of three interventions designed to increase access to SGDs and increase communication attempts. A multiple-probe design across student-teacher dyads (in four classrooms) was used. The results and data from social validity measures supported the hypotheses that direct instruction and support are essential for teachers to introduce and facilitate the use of SGDs with their students. Conversely when solely an SGD is provided or an SGD with video model teachers are not likely to provide access to an SGD and student communication attempts will not increase.
 
 
 
Paper Session #89
International Paper Session - Concepts in Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth A
Area: VBC
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
 
How to Read Skinner's Verbal Behavior.
Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Andrea Duroy (California State University, Stanislaus), Deborah L. Brown (Stanislaus County Office of Education)
 
Abstract: While considered one of Skinner's most important works, Verbal Behavior is a difficult book to read, especially as an individual effort. This presentation will examine methods to facilitate reading the book.
 
Distinctive Properties of Verbal Operants and Some Consequences for Their Functional Analysis.
Domain: Applied Research
MARIA DE LOURDES RODRIGUE DE FONSECA PASSOS (Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro)
 
Abstract: Verbal behavior is operant behavior whose consequences are produced through the mediation of a listener who was conditioned by a verbal community according to conventional practices in that specific community. The properties or dimensions of non-verbal operant behavior are related to the effects it produces in the environment through mechanical and geometric principles, while the properties or dimensions of operant verbal behavior are related in a conventional way to the effects it produces in the listener. The fact that the practices through which verbal behavior is reinforced by the listener are specific for each community is related to what linguists call the arbitrariness or conventionality of the linguistic sign, as well as of the whole system of the language. The contingencies established in procedures of experimental research in verbal behavior include these conventional practices, which adds specific challenges to behavior analysts as, for example, the difficulty on mastering the literature in the field due to the existence of several different conventional practices, as well as the need for interdisciplinary work, incorporating linguists’ descriptions of these practices to experimental designs.
 
 
 
Paper Session #90
International Paper Session - Discrimination Training and Fluency
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth F
Area: AUT
Chair: Rafal J. Kawa (University of Warsaw)
 
One-Term vs. Two-Term Conditional Discrimination Training: Programming for Recombinative Generalization in Children with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
RAFAL J. KAWA (University of Warsaw), Monika M. Suchowierska (Warsaw School of Social Psychology)
 
Abstract: Generative responding is a very important objective in programming therapy for children with autism. Recombinative generalization is an essential process in establishing generative responding during language acquisition. Recombinative generalization refers to correct responding to novel stimuli that comprise of known elements. Two methods of programming for recombinative generalization in children with autism are compared: a one-term discrimination training vs. a two-term conditional discrimination training. In the experiment, a child with autism was taught to identify (receptively) 22 pictures described by a two-word phrase (profession + action). The taught phrases were a part of two matrices consisting of a total of 72 phrases (36 for each matrix). The terms to be taught were arranged in 8 sets. Within sets, the terms had overlapping elements denoting the profession (e.g., postman cutting, postman repairing) or denoting the action (e.g., cook spraying, agent spraying). Tests for recombinative generalization determined whether children identified correctly novel pictures that were constructed by recombining elements denoting profession and action in ways that had not been directly trained. During two-term discrimination training, the child could not master any of the matrix sets. After the final test the child identified correctly high percentages of untrained combinations taught, using the one-term discrimination method.
 
Using Fluency-Based Instruction to Improve Literacy Skills for a Child with Autism.
Domain: Applied Research
DANUSIA PAWSKA (ACHIEVE FLUENCY), Christine C. Cukar-Capizzi (ACHIEVE FLUENCY)
 
Abstract: Children with autism often present significant delays in complex literacy skills involved in reading comprehension such as retelling the main events of a story, sequencing events, making predictions and identifying main events of stories. Strengthening the component skills that support these more complex skills, such as describing main events of pictures and others, may improve their reading comprehension. We will present the effects of an intervention package that included direct instruction methods and fluency-based instruction on reading comprehension for an elementary school student with autism. Several component-composite analyses were done and pinpoints were identified for instruction and fluency-building. Skill sets were selected and materials were developed to use with regular education curriculum. Performance data collected throughout instruction will be presented to show progress on the skills that were taught. The implications for the use of fluency-based instruction integrated within regular education language arts materials will be discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #91
International Paper Session - Enhancing Engagement in Academic Practice Activities
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
America's Cup C
Area: EDC
Chair: Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University)
 
Behaviorally-Based Educational Games: "Steady Learning".
Domain: Applied Research
C. WILLIAM DECKNER (Retired), Patricia Deckner (Clayton State University), Deborah F. Davis (Clayton State University)
 
Abstract: Educational games will be presented that can be used to teach a wide variety of subjects. Like programmed instruction, Steady Learning requires active responding rather than passive reading and provides immediate informational feedback and differential reinforcement. Additionally, the games have social and competitive features that make them more motivating and fun than standard programmed instruction. The games incorporate both old-fashioned playing boards and interactive computer technology. Players have a variety of ways to compete against their own scores and the scores of others in both “Soccer” and “Racing.” An individual, two people or teams can play.
 
Research-Based Suggestions to Increase Students' Productivity and Accuracy on Independent Seat-Work.
Domain: Applied Research
SUMMER FERRERI (Michigan State University)
 
Abstract: The author will present two research studies both designed and conducted to address independent seat-work productivity, accuracy and off-task behavior during seat-work periods at two elementary schools. The first study utilized a structured work-sheet format and indiscriminable contingencies across a reversal design with students with disabilities in a second grade urban elementary school. The second study utilized a self-management and self-control intervention across a multiple baseline design with students with disabilities in a third grade urban elementary school. Results report significant increases in student productivity and accuracy and decreases in off-task behavior.
 
 
 
Paper Session #92
NCLB & RTI as Context for Educational Interventions
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Cunningham C
Area: EDC
Chair: Sharla N. Fasko (University of Toledo)
 
Response to Intervention: Implications for Consultation in a High-Stakes Testing Climate.
Domain: Applied Research
SHARLA N. FASKO (University of Toledo)
 
Abstract: Since NCLB, schools are under intense pressure to demonstrate that all students are academically proficient, or else face school and systemic penalties. As systems have begun to change in response to this accountability structure, ownership of student learning problems has shifted from the individual classroom teacher to the school community as a whole. Traditional collaborative consultation procedures, which are predicated on the teacher-as-owner model of problem-solving, should be adapted to take into account the newer, system-as-owner model, in order to maximize effectiveness of the intervention-design process. Several recommendations will be proposed to address these changes.
 
Using Effective Teaching Principles as Post-RTI Strategies to Plan Specially-Designed Instruction.
Domain: Applied Research
CHANG-NAM LEE (Whitworth College), Cynthia Simmons (Whitworth College)
 
Abstract: The 2004 Reauthorization of the IDEA no longer requires the use of the discrepancy between a student’s intellectual ability and his/her achievement to determine the eligibility of students with learning disabilities. It also suggests that alternative methods may be used. As a promising alternative, the response to intervention (RTI) model requires the use of research-based effective methods to determine whether the student shows meaningful improvement in response to such methods. However, by the definition of this model, for a student thus identified as eligible, the research-based methods that have been used for the eligibility determination cannot be logically used as an intervention to achieve the IEP goals and objectives. Therefore, teachers must be trained with systematic guidelines to construct specially designed instruction (SDI) based on the eligible student’s IEP goals and objectives. This session will demonstrate the use of effective instructional principles identified by Kame’enui, Carnine, Dixon, Simmons, and Coyne (2002) as “post-RTI” strategies for preservice teacher education. Reference Kame’enui, E. J., Carnine, D. W., Dixon, R. C., Simmons, D. C., & Coyne, M. D. (2002). Effective teaching strategies that accommodate diverse learners (2nd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Merrill.
 
 
 
Paper Session #93
International Paper Session - Reinforcer Value
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Madeleine CD
Area: EAB
Chair: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
 
Identifying the Factors that Produce Positive Induction in Rats' Responding for a Low-Valued Reinforcer when a High-Valued Reinforcer is Upcoming.
Domain: Basic Research
JEFFREY N. WEATHERLY (University of North Dakota), Amber Huls (University of North Dakota), Kathryn A. Flannery (University of North Dakota)
 
Abstract: A series of experiments over recent years has reported that rats increase their rate of operant responding for a low-valued reinforcer (e.g., 1% sucrose) if a high-valued reinforcer (e.g., food pellets) will be available in the upcoming period of the session. Research has suggested that this positive induction effect occurs because the reinforcing value of the low-valued reinforcer has been increased. The present experiment investigated the factors that potentially account for this increase in value. Using a factorial design, the influence of temporal pairings, type of operandum used to earn the reinforcers, and location of reinforcer delivery were assessed. As suggested by previous research, each of these three factors contributed to the appearance of positive induction. Together, they nearly account for the effect. By identifying these factors as the underpinnings of positive induction, the present results inform our understanding of other phenomenon such as contrast effects
 
Behavioural Economics: Income Elasticities and a Relative Inferior-Good Effect.
Domain: Basic Research
ERIC M. MESSICK (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
 
Abstract: When income increases, inferior goods (IGs) are goods that decrease in consumption and normal goods (NGs) are goods that increase in consumption. One way of categorising a good as such is by calculating its income elasticity (IE), the percent change in demand divided by the percent change in income. The more positive or more negative the IE, the more sensitive consumption is to income changes. IGs have IEs that are <0, indicating consumption changes opposite to income; NGs have IEs that are >0, indicating consumption changes with income. This measure has not been presented in published IG studies with rats and monkeys. A series of experiments with hens investigated the IG effect and IE graphs were a convenient way of summarising the data. The IG effect occurred for some hens, but the effect was less reliable than in the published studies. However, a relative IG effect occurred whereby the IEs of the intended IGs were consistently positive but smaller than IEs of the intended NGs, indicating that consumption of the intended IGs was less sensitive to income changes than the intended NGs.
 
 
 
Paper Session #94
International Paper Session - Research on Second Language Learning
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
America's Cup D
Area: EDC
Chair: Corrine A. Kirsch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
 
Fluency Training the Declension of German Articles.
Domain: Applied Research
CORRINE A. KIRSCH (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Marshall L. Dermer (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
 
Abstract: The present study evaluated software that teaches German article declension when translating from English to German. To construct this software, I first analyzed the composite behavior of article declension into component responses and subsequently constructed fourteen instructional units. I designed these units to promote fluency: accurate and rapid responding. After participants mastered a component or a composite they practiced this behavior in the context of similar, previously trained behaviors. These cumulative practice units insured that participants responded appropriately though behaviors were similar. I additionally constructed a battery of five tests comprised of English sentences which were not encountered during training. Four tests respectively assessed article use for one of the German cases: nominative, accusative, dative, and genitive, and the fifth test assessed article use for all cases. Two participants who had studied German but had not mastered article declension worked on the units for 20 min daily. They completed the test battery: 1) before training, 2) after they had mastered using nominative articles, 3) after they had mastered using accusative articles, 4) after they had mastered using dative articles, and 5) after they had mastered using genitive articles. The tests revealed that relative to performance before training, performance generally improved and remained high after articles for a particular case and when they are used had been trained. Participants acquired these composite responses after about 14 hrs of training. I discuss ways in which the software and experiment can be improved, and I suggest how fluency training can efficiently train these and other skills and so supplement conversational approaches for teaching second languages.
 
Behavioral Techniques for Learning English: How to Eliminate Taiwanese Students’ Anxiety.
Domain: Applied Research
LI-CHING HUNG (Mississippi State University)
 
Abstract: The Taiwanese Ministry of Education stated it is mandatory that college freshmen learn English, with the added proviso that each individual must exhibit a specific level of competence. This has caused major problems since many Chinese students feel that if any mistakes are made during class, then he/she loses face and in Chinese culture, that is the ultimate ignominy. In order to find a method for alleviating stress, two universities in southern Taiwan were used. Two freshman classes, both taking English as a second language at the respective institutions, served as the control group and experimental group---each class received a pretest. The experimental class was divided into 8 small units, each group containing no more than 4 students. Of these, one student was akin to a peer tutor; that is, the classmates in his/her group that suffered shyness at speaking English were given special help. After one semester, a posttest was administered, and a one way ANOVA was conducted. A statistical significance at the .01 level was found, showing that peer tutoring could be a powerful tool when acquiring a second language. Today, the specific steps taken will be discussed in detail.
 
 
 
Paper Session #95
Social Stories
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth H
Area: AUT
Chair: Heidi L. Hillman (Heritage University)
 
The Effects of Social Stories on the Social Skills of Youth with Autism: A Review of the Literature.
Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI L. HILLMAN (Heritage University)
 
Abstract: The social story, as described by Gray (1995, 1996) and Gray and Garand (1993), is a strategy to help individuals with autism understand and appropriately follow specified social protocol. Social story interventions attempt to address a possible deficit in social understanding by providing relevant social information in a story format. However, there are a limited number of investigations regarding the effectiveness of social stories as a technique to improve age-appropriate behaviors of children with autism (e.g., Lorimer et al., 2002; Norris & Dattilo, 1999; Rogers & Myles, 2001; Thiemann & Goldstein, 2001). The purpose of this review was to examine the empirical evidence supporting social stories between 1992 and 2005. As part of the review each research article was evaluated as to whether the researchers addressed social validity measures, generalization measures, and maintenance of treatment. This investigation has shown that social stories are promising however it is too early to suggest that social stories are an evidence-based approach when working with individuals with autism.
 
Social Stories for Children with Autism: A Research Review and Behavioral Conceptual Analysis.
Domain: Applied Research
RYAN BERGSTROM (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.)
 
Abstract: The use of social stories as an attempt to bring about therapeutic change for children with autism has become a common practice despite a dearth of empirical research on their effectiveness. A social story is a “short story – defined by specific characteristics – that describes a situation, concept, or social skill, using a format that is meaningful for people with ASD” (Gray, 2000, p. 104). The rationale behind social stories is that, for children with autism, “the statements and actions of others may at times seem to occur without meaning or identifiable purpose, occurring randomly and without warning or logic” (Gray, 2000, p. v). This paper will review and critique the current literature on the effectiveness of social stories as treatment for children with autism. In addition, we will conduct a conceptual analysis of social stories in terms of rule-governed behavior, identifying potential conditions under which social stories might be expected to be effective and ineffective. We will conclude by outlining directions for future behavioral research on the effectiveness of social stories as treatment for children with autism.
 
 
 
Special Event #96
SQAB Tutorial: Time, Uncertainty, and Anticipation
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Randle AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Ralph R. Miller (State University of New York, Birmingham)
Presenting Authors: : PETER BALSAM (Columbia University)
Abstract: Even in the simplest of conditioning procedures animals learn about temporal relationships between events, sometimes over long delays. The encoding of temporal information seems to be automatic and occurs from the very start of learning. The temporal information affects how long it takes for conditioned responses to emerge and the form and timing of the learned behavior. Formal information theory applied to temporal signals provides an accurate description of the speed with which anticipation develops. The sense of time may even be the scaffolding on which experience is encoded.
 
PETER BALSAM (Columbia University)
Dr. Peter Balsam received his B.S. in psychology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. He then earned his Ph.D. from the University of North Carolina, Greensboro in 1975 in experimental psychology. Balsam is the Samuel R Milbank Professor of Psychology at Barnard College of Columbia University where he is also a former Chair of the Psychology Department and Director of Neuroscience and Behavior Program. Dr. Balsam has served on numerous editorial boards and grant panels. He is a Fellow of the American Psychological Association, the American Psychological Society, and the American Association for the Advancement of Science. He is also the past-president of the Eastern Psychological Association. He has published on the mechanisms of Pavlovian conditioning, new response learning, the role of learning in behavioral development, and on how time affects learning and performance.
 
 
Paper Session #97
International Paper Session - Stimulus Equivalence
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Del Mar AB
Area: EAB
Chair: Amy K Drayton (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Rule-Based Stimulus Equivalence Differs from Contiguity-Derived Stimulus Equivalence when Used as Misinformation in the Post-Event Misinformation Paradigm.
Domain: Basic Research
DANNA M. CHALLIES (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand)
 
Abstract: Rule governed behavior, such as forming stimulus equivalence classes using graphic stimuli depicting rhyming objects, is often said to facilitate or underlie the establishment of stimulus equivalence (Randell & Remington, 1999); however, it is possible that rule-governed behavior is actually mimicking contiguity derived equivalence (Rehfeldt & Hayes, 1998). Undergraduate students memorised patterns comprised of three coloured shapes. Experimental participants then completed stimulus equivalence tasks using two of the coloured shapes from a pattern joined by a novel coloured shape. One group were prompted to use rule based memorial strategies, a second group were given no instruction on strategies. A control group completed a vigilance task using the same stimuli. A final recognition test presented the original patterns as well as lures, or false patterns, comprised of the stimulus equivalence task stimuli. Participants in the control group were not misled by the lures. A significant majority (over 60%) of participants who completed the stimulus equivalence task with no advice as to strategy incorrectly identified lures as original patterns. In contrast, participants in the rule-prompted group were only half as likely to be misled. Data collection is ongoing. Potential differences between rule-governed and contiguity derived stimulus equivalence are discussed.
 
 
 
Panel #98
CE Offered: BACB
The Efficacy of Positive ABA Approaches with the Most Challenging Behaviors: A Review of the Empirical Evidence
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth DE
Area: DDA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gary W. LaVigna, Ph.D.
Chair: Thomas J. Willis (Institute For Applied Behavior Analysis)
GARY W. LAVIGNA (Institute For Applied Behavior Analysis)
THOMAS J. WILLIS (Institute For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

This panel first reviews the literature that demonstrates the efficacy of Positive ABA Behavior Supports in addressing the most severe and challenging behavior. Additional Type III case studies are then presented that add to this evidence base. The target behaviors addressed include severe physical aggression, self-injury, and property destruction. In each case, behavior problems were brought under control, both in terms of occurrence and episodic severity. Each person's quality of life was also measureably improved. These results were achieved through the implementation of positive, multi-element behavior support plans based on comprehensive functional assessments. Further, the results have been lasting, indicating the generalization of treatment effects over time. Finally, given the existing and growing evidence of PBS efficacy, a number of explanations are offered as to the challenges Positive Behavior Supports continue to face. An important perspective for Behavior Analysts is to recognize is that if a positive ABA approach is equally or more effective than an aversive approach, ethics require the use of the less restrictive alternative.

 
 
Paper Session #99
International Paper Session - Topics in Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Annie AB
Area: DDA
Chair: Robert J. Alexander (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
The Effects of Differential Reinforcement of Compliance.
Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT J. ALEXANDER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), David A. Pyles (Behavior Change Systems, Inc.), Andrew M. Syvertsen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fatima Aziz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
 
Abstract: Pyles and Bailey (1992) describe an intervention for people who engage in escape/avoidance behaviors called “differential reinforcement of compliance” or “DRC”. In this compliance training, the behavior analyst reinforces the compliant behaviors and places escape/avoidance behaviors on extinction. In this process, reinforcement is contingent upon the completion of a request made of the subject. If the subject fails to comply with the task request (SD) after a certain amount of time (2-5s) has elapsed, the implementer initiates the extinction period. This paper examines the effects of “DRC” with people diagnosed with a developmental disability living in a state-run developmental center.
 
Task Engagement of Persons with Traumatic Brain Injury: The Effects of Chosen versus Assigned Tasks.
Domain: Applied Research
KIM K. TASKY (St. Cloud State University), Floyd M. Hale (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
 
Abstract: Individuals who have sustained traumatic brain injury (TBI) may experience difficulties with attention, staying on task, and/or predicting consequences of their actions. A growing body of research has demonstrated the effectiveness of choice making procedures to treat a variety of problem behaviors with a range of populations (Dyer, Dunlap, & Winterling, 1990; Parsons, Reid, Reynolds, & Bumgarner, 1990; Powell & Nelson, 1997). The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of choice making procedures on task engagement of persons with TBI. An ABAB design was used to compare the effects of chosen vs. assigned tasks on task engagement of three adults with TBI. Additionally, a yoked control phase was used in an attempt to distinguish preference from choice of task. The results demonstrated that embedding choice making within assigned tasks increased on-task engagement for all individuals. Furthermore, by using a yoked control condition, it was determined that providing a choice of activity produced higher rates of on-task behavior than task preference alone.
 
What Is Your Criteria or When Is It Enough?
Domain: Applied Research
DOUGLAS S. LEE (Behavioral Solutions Inc.), Ray M. Hoffarth (Behavioral Solutions, Inc., Lethbridge), Gary D. Unser (Behavioral Solutions Inc.), Laura D. Norris (St. Cloud State University)
 
Abstract: A question not often addressed is how do you know when a child has learned a skill (to the best of their potential) or, how do you determine the criteria for termination versus continuation. Various criteria have been suggested in the literature as well as from clinical presentations including: 90% for 3 consecutive days, 80% for two consecutive days, getting the first two attempts correct the first time and 5 consecutive correct and independent responses. The reason for adopting one criterion over another is almost exclusively based on purely logical premises without any consideration for direct observation or test thereof. The purpose of this study was to address the question: was one criterion superior to the others in facilitating success with maintenance and generalization. The criteria analyzed in this study were: a) 90% for 3 consecutive days; b) 80% for two consecutive days; and c) getting the first two attempts correct in the first session of the day. Preliminary data suggests that all three criteria are valid in terms of the successes generated in both maintenance and generalization. However, the 90% for 3 days criteria appears to be the most effective criteria for ensuring success.
 
 
 
Paper Session #100
International Paper Session - Verbal Behavior in Context
Saturday, May 26, 2007
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Elizabeth B
Area: VBC
Chair: Ethan White (University of New Mexico)
 
Evolutionary Psychology, Behavioral Psychology, Language, and Intelligence.
Domain: Applied Research
ETHAN WHITE (University of New Mexico)
 
Abstract: Evolutionary psychology can benefit from behavior analytic concepts and techniques that emphasize the behavior of individuals from a long-term, contextual, and functional perspective. Conversely, behavior analysis could benefit from an evolutionary understanding of the determinants and effects of behavior in naturally and sexually selected environments evolutionary psychology can advance our understanding of language is by expanding our understanding of the function of language and the context in which it evolved. Recent empirical studies have shown a correlation between performance on intelligence tests, tests of verbal ability, and evolutionarily relevant factors of personality and behavior.
 
Mand in Haiku.
Domain: Applied Research
MASAYA SATO (Teikyo University, Japan)
 
Abstract: According to Skinner, mand is frequently used in poetry. In this paper, the author examines the frequency of mand in Bashou, Buson, and Issa’s haiku and analyzes the function of mand in haiku.
 
 
 
Special Event #101
Presidential Scholar's Address: The Acquisition of Skilled and Expert Performance through Deliberate Practice
Saturday, May 26, 2007
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Douglas BC
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
 
Presidential Scholar's Address: The Acquisition of Skilled and Expert Performance through Deliberate Practice
Abstract: Much of our scientific knowledge about principles of learning derives from studying how the environmental reinforcement contingences can shape and control the acquisition of comparatively simple behaviors in animals as well as children with mental and physical disadvantages. Dr. Ericsson’s talk will propose how a scientific analysis can be extended to the acquisition of the most complex of human achievements in domains of expertise, such as sports, ballet, chess, and medicine. The focus of this talk will be on the stable reproducible aspects of elite performers’ superior performance, how it is possible to capture this performance repeatedly under laboratory conditions to uncover the mechanisms, mediate, and explain the superior level of achievement. These discovered mechanisms have been shown to reflect predominantly complex adaptations and skills acquired over a decade as a result of high daily levels of activities, which are specially designed to improve performance (deliberate practice). The effects of extended deliberate practice are remarkably far-reaching and can account for anatomical and physiological adaptations of elite athletes and musicians as well as qualitative changes mediated by acquired cognitive skills. Consequently, the development of expert performance appears to be primarily limited by the quality of the training environment and individuals' engagement in deliberate practice.
 
K. ANDERS ERICSSON (Florida State University)
 
Dr. K. Anders Ericsson is presently Conradi Eminent Scholar and Professor of Psychology at Florida State University. He received his B.A. and Ph.D. in Psychology from University of Stockholm, Sweden, and moved to a post-doc with Herbert Simon at Carnegie-Mellon University. Their work is summarized in Protocol Analysis: Verbal Reports as Data (1984/1993). Currently he studies the cognitive structure of expert performance in domains such as music, chess, and sports, and how expert performers attain their superior performance by acquiring complex cognitive mechanisms and physiological adaptations through extended deliberate practice. He is a co-editor of Toward a General Theory of Expertise (1991) and The Road to Excellence: The Acquisition of Expert Performance in the Arts and Sciences, Sports, and Games (1996). He is the lead editor for Cambridge Handbook of Expertise and Expert Performance (2006), which has been prominently discussed in New York Times Magazine, Scientific American, Fortune, and New Scientist. He is a Fellow of the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences, the American Psychological Association, and the Association for Psychological Science. He has published over 150 publications in Science, American Scientist, Psychological Review, Annual Review of Psychology, Cognitive Psychology, and Trends in Cognitive Sciences. His Web page is http://www.psy.fsu.edu/faculty/ericsson.dp.html.
 
 
 
Poster Session #102
#102 Poster Session - AUT
Saturday, May 26, 2007
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Manchester
1. Improving Social Engagement in Young Children with Autism by Incorporating Intrinsic Social Reinforcement into Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT).
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Ty Vernon (University of California, Santa Barbara), ROBERT L. KOEGEL (Koegel Autism Center, University of California), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) has been found to be an empirically validated intervention for individuals with ASD. Despite evidence supporting the efficacy of PRT, there remains a subpopulation of children that continue to have relatively severe social impairments (minimal social engagement, little or no eye contact, and negative/neutral affect across activities) despite intervention. Using an ABAB design, this study assessed whether PRT language opportunities implemented within the context of intrinsic social reinforcement (in which the clinician/parent’s interactions are the reinforcing aspect of the opportunity, such as in social games) would lead to greater levels of social engagement, eye contact, and child affect than with PRT opportunities that utilized socially-extrinsic reinforcement (in which the clinician/parent delivers an external reinforcer, such as a requested toy). The subjects were three young children diagnosed with autism. Results indicate that each child demonstrated greater levels of all three dependent measures in the condition that utilized intrinsic social reinforcement, indicating that the use of PRT opportunities that incorporate these strategies may be a method for targeting persistent social impairments. Implications and future directions are discussed.
 
2. The Effects of Peer Tutoring Training on Increased Socialization in Free Play Settings with Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GILI P. RECHANY (Shema Kolainu-Hear our Voices), Chanie Stolik (Shema Kolainu-Hear Our Voices), Chanie Kessler (Shema Kolainu- Hear our Voices)
Abstract: The current investigation focuses on conditioning peers as reinforcers through peer tutoring training. Two school age students and four preschool students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) participated in the study. Reinforcement schedules were monitored by the trainer and implemented by the tutor who presented mastered targets to the tutee. The effects of peer tutoring on increased socialization in free play settings for both the tutor and the tutee were measured once criteria was met on reinforcement delivery in peer tutoring sessions.
 
3. The Effects of Teaching Sign Language to Increase the Mand Repertoire with Children Diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA M. SWIFT (Shema Kolainu-Hear our Voices), Gitty Endzweig (Shema Kolainu-Hear our Voices), Gili P. Rechany (Shema Kolainu-Hear our Voices)
Abstract: The current study demonstrates the effectiveness of teaching sign language to increase mand repertoire. Three school age students and one preschool student diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) participated in the study. A prompt fading procedure was used to teach the students sign language. Increases in generalized mands emitted per day were measured at baseline and following sign language training. Both vocal and non-vocal mands increased as a result of the tactic implemented.
 
4. Increasing Sports Skills in Youth with Autism Using Fluency Based Instruction.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GRAYDON L. AGAR (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Stacey L. Shook (Northwest Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: Youth with autism face a myriad of complex issues when particpating in inclusive educational environments. While much attention has been paid to the cognitive, social, and language pieces of school participation, there is little empirical support for increasing participation in common extracurricular activities such as physical education classes and group sports. This study will utilize a component skills analysis for the skills of kicking, hitting, catching, and throwing in eight children, ages 5 - 10, on the autism spectrum. Timed practice and skill correction were implemented across a 8 week sports skills clinic. Data will be summarized using standard celeration charts. Implications for future instruction in inclusive educational environments will be discussed.
 
5. The Effectiveness of Peer-Mediated Interventions to Improve Social Interactions of Young Children with Autism and Their Peers: A Meta-Analysis.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JIE ZHANG (Tennessee Technological University), John J. Wheeler (Tennessee Technological University)
Abstract: This meta-analysis uses single-subject studies to investigate the effectiveness of child-specific interventions to enhance social interactions between young children under 9 years old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and their peers. The purpose of this study is to determine if the child-specific intervention is effective to improve social interactions of those young children with autism through different stages of intervention, follow-up, and generalization, and overall effect sizes as well. In addition, it also analyzes the effects of the interventions according to the variables that may affect the interventions. The variables include study year, age, gender, setting, diagnostic characteristics, type of intervention, interventionist characteristics, length of intervention, dependent variable, social validation, reliability level, treatment integrity, and the degree of collaboration between parents and families and professionals. Progress and challenges in the child-specific behavioral intervention of young children with autism are also discussed in this study.
 
6. The Effects of Rate of Presentation of Instructional Demands on the Responding of Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIETTA NEL JANECKY (Carbone Clinic), Carole Roxborough (Carbone Clinic), Heather Ventrella (Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic)
Abstract: The rate of presentation of instructional demands has received limited attention with children with autism. The purpose of this study was to replicate the findings of previous investigations and extend the understanding of this instructional variable to its effects upon rate of reinforcement, number of instructional demands presented and rate of student responding. When presentation rates of 1, 5 and 10 seconds were compared using an alternating treatment design 1 second presentation rate was found to be more effective than 5 and 10 respectively, across all response measures and participants. Implications for instructors of children with autism are offered.
 
7. Effects of Backward Chaining on Teaching Locker Use to Students with Developmental Delays.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIM M. BARRETT (Marysville Schools), Shari Bickel (Marysville Schools)
Abstract: In this study, backward chaining was used to shape opening a school locker with two students with developmental delays. A reversal design was used to demonstrate functional control of the intervention, in which baseline probes were conducted periodically. During baseline and baseline probes the students were asked “please open your locker.” Treatment involved backward chaining derived from a task analysis of opening a school locker. Each student demonstrated 0% correct performance during baseline and baseline probes. During treatment, the teacher or classroom aide modeled the first three steps, and then prompted the students to open their locker. This was followed with modeling the first two steps, then asking the students to complete the last two steps, and so on. Results showed students averaged 99, 95.1, 93.5, and 91.7 percent correct for each step in the chain, respectively. The criterion for moving to the next step in the chain was a minimum of two consecutive trials at 100% performance of the current step. Backward chaining was effective in teaching two boys with developmental delays how to operate a locker combination and open their locker. Furthermore, baseline probes helped to demonstrate functional control.
 
8. Increasing Social Interactions and Classroom Behavior of Children with Autism through Social Story Intervention Package.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER B.G. SYMON (California State University, Los Angeles), Shu-Chen Tsai (California State University, Los Angeles), Holly Menzies (California State University, Los Angeles), George Roy Mayer (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Three elementary boys with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who displayed few or no social interactions during unstructured activities (e.g., lunch or recess) or engaged in off-task behaviors in class participated in this study. One individualized social story for each participant was created to address the participants’ conversation skills at lunch, play skills at recess and on-task behavior in class. A multiple-baseline with reversal design was employed to assess the effects. Results indicated that the participants’ target behaviors remained in the baseline after introducing and withdrawing the social stories. However, all participants’ target behaviors increased following the presentation of the social story in conjunction with Applied Behavior Analysis strategies of contingent reinforcement and peer/adult prompting. Peer comparison data showed that the participants’ target behaviors approached the levels of their general education or special education classmates’. Two participants generalized their appropriate skills in untrained settings.
 
9. Effects of Discrete Trial Training Paired with a Visual Negative Reinforcement System on the Acquisition of Receptive Language with a Four-Year-Old Boy with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEREDITH HAGAN CERILLI (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: This study was conducted to determine the effect of using a visual negative reinforcement system on the rate acquisition of receptive language goals in a 4 year old boy with autism. The visual support consists of a picture of “break” covered up by 10 puzzle cards depicting a picture of “work time”. An FR1 schedule of reinforcement is used to remove a puzzle piece contingent on correct responding for target behavior. Removal of all puzzle cards results in break time. Percentage of acquisition, duration of participation, and magnitude of person engagement data were collected. The results show an overall improvement in all areas. The use of the visual negative reinforcement system appears to be effective in increasing the rate of learning for this child.
 
10. Comparing the Effects of Fixed and Variable Value Rewards on On-Task Behavior.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN C. LIU-CONSTANT (Melmark New England), Stacey Buchanan Williams (Melmark New England), Lisa Freedman (Melmark New England)
Abstract: One of the challenges in most any educational setting is keeping students motivated to stay on task. This issue can become more pronounced or apparent as teacher-supports are reduced. Various dimensions of reinforcement, (e.g., timing, quality, duration, variety, schedules), have been altered in order to promote the on-task behavior of students. This study investigated the effects of a different dimension of reinforcement—magnitude. One student diagnosed with Pervasive Developmental Disability was exposed to two conditions arranged in an alternating treatments design. The magnitude (i.e., value) of the reinforcement was either a fixed amount (predictable) or a variable amount (unpredictable), and the two conditions were made discriminable to the student by using different colored materials. The average of the amount of reinforcement, over time, was the same in both conditions, with the range in values falling below and above the value of reinforcement available in the fixed-value condition. The results indicate that the student stayed on task for longer durations when the amount of reinforcement was fixed, as compared to when the reinforcement magnitude was unpredictable. Additional data are to be collected.
 
11. Using a MotivAider to Increase the On-Task Behavior of Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Dina Boccuzzi (The Ohio State University), Ruth M. DeBar (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: A multiple baseline across students design was used to examine the effects of a self-monitoring procedure on the on task behavior of three elementary students with autism. In the self-monitoring condition, the students used a MotivAider and a self-monitoring form to prompt and record their on task behavior during periods of teacher led instruction and independent work time. Results demonstrated increased on-task behavior and academic performance for all three students.
 
12. Multiple Baseline across Social Behaviors for a Client with Autism Using Sibling Mediated Play Intervention.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAYU FUJIWARA (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Much of the previous research on pivotal response training (PRT) has focused on therapist, parent, and peer implementation of the technique, in addition to the study of social and communication domains, which are prevalent indicators of autism. The deficits in these domains affect the interaction between the child with autism and their siblings. The present study used multiple baseline across behaviors design to examine the effects of siblings implemented PRT on the level of sibling interaction within the natural home environment, including the occurrence of spontaneous initiations and sharing towards the sibling by the child with autism. In addition the study assessed the collateral effects of the level of parent stress relating to the sibling interaction.
 
13. Teaching Linguistically and Culturally Diverse Students with Autism to Independently Access Computer Programs.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER E. MANTHEI (San Diego State University), Bonnie Kraemer (San Diego State University)
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorder frequently benefit from instruction presented in a visual format that includes the use of activity schedules (Schopler, Mesobov, & Hearsey, 1995). Activity schedules are a mechanism for structuring the learning environment for students with ASD to help clarify learning tasks. Although activity schedules are more frequently used with students with ASD and more severe intellectual disabilities they can also be used with high functioning students with ASD (Bryan & Gast, 2000). In this study, activity schedules will be used with three moderate to high functioning students with ASD from a diverse and urban middle school in San Diego, California. The goal is to increase independence in accessing and using the Intellesuite computer program during literacy instruction. A multiple baseline, single subject design will be utilized. Although the intervention is currently being implemented and data collection is ongoing, it is hypothesized that the use of activity schedules will increase the ability of students with ASD to access the computer and perform specific tasks independently. This study contributes to the burgeoning research on the benefits of using activity schedules in educational content areas with high functioning students with ASD who are culturally and linguistically diverse.
 
14. An Analysis of a Social Skills Program for Children with Asperger's Syndrome.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PATRICIA EGAN (State University of New York, Plattsburgh), Christina Gerner (State University of New York, Plattsburgh)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effectiveness of a social skills program for 11 students aged 9-15 years with Asperger’s Syndrome (AS) or another Pervasive Developmental Disorder. Intervention sessions occurred after school once per week throughout the school year. A pre-test and post-test measure at the beginning and end of the program was used to determine the effectiveness of the program, compared with a control group that did not attend the program. It was hypothesized that a social skills program would improve the ability of students with AS to initiate and maintain appropriate social interactions. While the results did not approach statistical significance, supplemental analyses revealed a rising trend in social skills improvement in the experimental group and a falling trend in social skills for children in the control group. Supplemental analyses showed greater improvement for those children who attended for more than two years, as well for students whose attendance was more consistent.
 
15. Evaluation of Noncontingent Reinforcement as a Response Disruptor during Discrete-Trial Training.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (The Marcus Institute), Hanah Geiser (The Marcus Institute), Erika James (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Discrete-trial training (DTT) is a commonly used set of procedures for teaching pre-academic and language skills to individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Although DTT is often conducted in a one-on-one format to decrease the effects of unplanned disrupting stimuli, unprogrammed environmental events may disrupt responding during training. In the current study, we arranged for the noncontingent presentation of preferred stimuli (e.g., television) during DTT. Specifically, we parametrically evaluated different magnitudes of noncontingent reinforcement during DTT to determine the extent to which responding would be disrupted. Results suggested that some, but not all, individuals’ responding persisted despite the presence of preferred stimuli.
 
16. Some Effects of Pace on Instruction on Skill Acquisition and Problem Behavior.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (The Marcus Institute), Hanah Geiser (The Marcus Institute), Meighan Adams (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: Discrete-trial training (DTT) is commonly used to treat language and pre-academic skill deficits in children diagnosed with autism. Although DTT is often an effective teaching method, previous research has not produced a comprehensive analysis of the training parameters that are most likely to produce acquisition and maintain low levels of competing behavior. Previous research has suggested that higher-paced instruction may produce more rapid skill acquisition than slower-paced instruction (Koegel, Dunlap, & Dyer, 1980). In the current study, we assessed the effects of the pace of instruction on both acquisition and the occurrence of problem behavior for individuals exposed to DTT. Results suggested that pace of instruction produced idiosyncratic results across individuals.
 
17. Interaction of Quality of Reinforcement and Task Difficulty on Acquisition and Problem Behavior.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
APRIL N. KISAMORE (The Marcus Institute), Jodi Sher (The Marcus Institute), Veronica Crafton (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: Discrete-trial training (DTT) is a common method for assessing and treating skill deficits in children diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities. Although previous research has evaluated specific parameters that may affect skill acquisition and other behavior (e.g., problem behavior), results of those studies have not identified conditions under which DTT may be most effective for treating skill deficits associated with autism. In the current study, we assessed the independent and combined effects of quality of reinforcement and task difficulty on both the occurrence of problem behavior and responding to therapist’s instructions. Results suggested that participants’ behavior was differentially sensitive to quality of reinforcement and task difficulty.
 
18. Teaching Individuals Diagnosed with Autism and Other Pervasive Developmental Disorders to Recruit Social Interaction.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEIGHAN ADAMS (The Marcus Institute), Lana H. Jones (The Marcus Institute), Veronica Crafton (The Marcus Institute), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism and other pervasive developmental disorders often lack appropriate skills for initiating social interaction. Specifically, such individuals may not spontaneously initiate sharing enjoyment, interests, or achievements with other people (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Ed. Revised, APA, 2003). In the current study, we first identified individuals with pervasive developmental disorders who engaged in low or zero levels of spontaneous social interaction. Subsequent to completing projects (e.g., art project), participants were prompted to solicit adult social interaction. Therapists provided social reinforcement (e.g., praise, edibles) contingent on recruiting attention (i.e., looking at/discussing the project). Results suggested that prompting and reinforcement increased social interaction to high levels relative to baseline.
 
19. Evaluation of an In-Home Computer Intervention: Teaching Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER JOHNSON (Xavier University), Kathleen Hart (Xavier University), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University)
Abstract: A primary social skill often absent in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is the ability to recognize and predict emotions both in one’s self and in others. The Emotion Trainer, a computer-based social skills intervention, was implemented in the homes of twenty-nine 10-to 17-year-old children and adolescents diagnosed with autism or Asperger’s Disorder. Each Participant used the Emotion Trainer for 3 weeks. Significant gains were noted on two of five sections of the Emotion Trainer, and on the Emotion Recognition Cartoons, a distant generalization task. Based on the current findings, it appears that the Emotion Trainer shows promise in teaching children with autism and Asperger’s Disorder specific skills related to recognizing and predicting emotions in others. Future research matching participants on diagnosis and assessment measure baseline performance may prove helpful in determining variables that influence treatment success.
 
20. Evaluation of Small Group Format for Acquisition and Generalization across Students.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN V. HERZINGER (University of Georgia), Michael E. Kelley (The Marcus Institute and Emory University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Constant time-delay is an instructional strategy that has been shown to be an effective and efficient approach to teaching students with a variety of disabilities (Wolery, Ault, & Doyle, 1992). The current study assesses the effectiveness of a 4-s constant time-delay procedure to teach receptive skills to individuals with language delays in a small group format. The acquisition of receptive targets, as well as nontarget information delivered via instructive feedback, was evaluated within a multiple-probe design across behaviors. Concurrently, incidental learning of peer’s targets and nontarget information was assessed. Data reported include rate of acquisition for targets, nontarget information, incidental learning of peer’s targets, and incidental learning of peer’s nontarget information. Implications for clinicians and educators, as well as areas of future research, are also included.
 
21. A Case Study Comparing Three Types of Backwards Chaining Techniques in Teaching Picture Sequences.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER FULLER (The May Institute), Mark Williams (The May Institute)
Abstract: Children with autism benefit from tasks being broken down into smaller steps. Researchers have utilized task analyses to teach chains of behavior for many skills including mending skills (Cronin and Cuvo, 1979), public transportation skills (Neef, Iwata, and Page, 1978), and tooth brushing (Horner and Keilitz, 1975). Task analyses may be taught in several different ways including forward chains, backward chains, and total task presentation. This research involves comparing the acquisition rates of task analyses of a backwards chain where staff prompt the beginning steps, staff complete the beginning steps and only prompt the child to attend, and where the beginning steps are not seen by the child until they have mastered criteria on the steps at the end of the chain. Research similar to this has been done with a forward chain and an arbitrary task in which the researchers did not cue the child to attend during the staff completing the steps condition. This design is a case study using an alternating treatment design in which three different story sequences were taught alternating days and treatments with acquisition rates being compared at the end to find the most efficient way to teach this task to this child.
 
22. Functional Communication Training: Teaching Multiple Functionally Equivalent Responses to Young Children with Autism and Severe Language Delays.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIK DRASGOW (University of South Carolina), James W. Halle (University of Illinois)
Abstract: Historically, functional communication training has replaced socially undesirable communication forms with a single form. However, if social partners cannot immediately respond to the replacement form, children may resort to previous undesirable communication forms. This phenomenon is known as resurgence. Thus, the purpose of this study was to teach 3 children with autism and severe language delays two socially acceptable replacement forms and then to assess the use of the new forms under immediate and delayed reinforcement conditions. First, we replaced undesirable behavior with a single form, then added another form, and finally taught the children to alternate between new forms under delayed reinforcement conditions. Results suggest that teaching multiple replacement forms can reduce resurgence of undesirable forms under delayed reinforcement conditions.
 
23. Acquisition of Spelling Words in Children with Autism: Textual versus Auditory Stimulus Fading Procedures.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL FEINBERG (Alpine Learning Group), Barbara Potter (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: This study used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of two interventions on the acquisition of spelling words in children with autism. One set of words was taught using audio-taped prompts of each letter, which were recorded on Voice-Overs (a product of Voice Express). The other set of words was taught using textual prompts presented on typed letter tiles. The participants were four children with autism ages 7-10 with a history of slow acquisition of spelling words. The results varied across participants. Some learned to spell more words with the textual stimulus fading procedure whereas others learned to spell more words with the auditory stimulus fading procedure. Results are discussed in terms of individualizing interventions for learners with autism.
 
24. Teaching Language to Children with Autism Using Pictures and Signs.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DOROTHY SCATTONE (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Belmont C. Billhofer (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Chasity Wright (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Kimberly R. Knight (University of Missippi Medical Center/MCDI)
Abstract: We compared the rate of acquisition of mands through sign language versus PECS for 4 students with autism who were between the ages of 4 and 10 years. First, a forced choice preference assessment was conducted to formulate a list of preferred items to be used for mand training. Sign language training sessions included physical and gestural prompts and prompt fading procedures. PECS training included several phases from learning to exchange a picture for a preferred item when placed directly in front of the student to having the student travel to the communication board and discriminate between several pictures. For three out of four students, exchanging pictures for preferred items was learned more quickly. Both treatments produced vocalizations for three of the four students.
 
25. Teaching Teamwork: Using Activity Schedule to Teach Adolescents with Autism to Work Cooperatively.
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ERIN B. RICHARD (Alpine Learning Group), Barbara Potter (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Melissa Anglesea (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: As learners with autism approach adulthood, an important goal of their programming is for them to work with less supervision. One means of reaching that aim is to teach learners to complete tasks in pairs or groups so that one staff person can supervise many learners simultaneously. The purpose of this study was to investigate the use of prompting and reinforcement to teach three pairs of adolescents to attend to a shared activity schedule and cooperatively complete vocational tasks (e.g., cleaning a kitchen). This study was conducted in a small private school for children with autism. A multiple baseline design was used across three pairs of learners. During the initial baseline, each pair was told to complete a vocational task. In the subsequent baseline, the pairs were provided with activity schedules detailing the steps of a vocational task and told to complete the job. During intervention, learners were prompted to complete designated steps of the task and provided reinforcement for independent and accurate responding. Results indicated that after intervention, there was an increase in cooperative responding (i.e., completing the task together by each learner referencing the schedule and performing the next component step). Interobserver agreement data were collected during 30% of the sessions and averaged over 90%. Results are discussed in terms of future research for increasing learners’ ability to work collaboratively in pairs or groups.
 
26. Using the Motivator to Increase Schedule Following.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TINA MARIE COVINGTON (Hawthorne Country Day School), Susan Heitker (Hawthorne Country Day School), Christina Cosme Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School), Jorgeann Cruz Cvington (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: Learning to follow a daily work schedule is an important skill for teenage students with autism getting ready to transition into the workforce. Using the Motivator, students were taught to read and follow a textual schedule. A multiple baseline design was used to display the data. Data showed that the Motivator was an effective tactic to increase time controlled read-do correspondence.
 
27. “Small Diet Coke Please:” Assessing the Functionality and Social Validity of Assistive Communication.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA TOLVE (Alpine Learning Group), Barbara Potter (Alpine Learning Group), Melissa Anglesea (Alpine Learning Group), Hannah Hoch (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Individuals with autism have deficits in the area of vocal verbal behavior. To compensate for these deficits individuals are often taught alternative methods of communication (e.g., signing, PEC systems, and voice output communication devices). The purpose of this study was to investigate the social validity and functionality of these alternatives when ordering at a fast food restaurant. Participants were neurotypical adults who used four different modes of communication to order a small diet coke at various community restaurants. The four conditions assessed were sign language, text exchange, a voice output device, and PECS (picture exchange communication system). An alternating treatments design was used to assess successful communicative interactions (e.g., successful obtaining the drink). Follow-up probes were also conducted with teenagers with autism who were taught to use various modes of communication. Results indicated that specific systems were more effect than others, indicating the need to teach functional systems of communication to in order to promote independent communication in learners with autism.
 
28. Increasing Treatment Integrity through the Use of a Proficiency Scales.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BETH ANNE MILES (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: A 4-year-old female diagnosed with autism was referred for behavioral treatment due to aggression towards others and elopement behaviors at home and traditional pre-school center. A descriptive analysis indicated these challenging behaviors were maintained by socially mediated attention from adults. The behavior analyst instructed the parent and preschool teacher on how to differentially reinforce alternative behaviors (DRA) and implement a teach PECS communication system. Specific learning opportunities were embedded in the target setting through the use of contrived motivating operations. Proficiency scales to measure instructional integrity were designed and measured weekly by the behavior analysts. Overall, the parent and preschool teacher were able to effectively implement a differential reinforcement procedure and PECS program for a total 22 hours per week. Treatment integrity levels were maintained between 95 to 100% throughout the 12-week intervention span. Finally, the child exhibited with a significant decrease in the identified challenging behaviors and increase in manding behavior over 12-weeks.
 
29. The Use of Discrete Trial Procedures for Evaluating Behavioral Function: A Comparison of Classroom-Based and Analogue Procedures.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN L. LENARD (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Mark J. Palmieri (Rutgers Univeristy), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Rutgers Univeristy), Marlene Cohen (Rutgers Univeristy), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers Univeristy), Melissa McCulloch (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Analogue functional analysis is considered to be the most accurate procedure for determining the function of maladaptive behavior (Hanley et al., 2003). However, the time and expertise required to conduct functional analyses has made their use in public schools prohibitive. As a result, brief models of functional analysis have emerged. One such model was proposed by Sigafoos and Saggers (1995). In their study, the researchers used two minute functional analysis conditions (1 minute test, 1 minute control) to evaluate behavioral functional of maladaptive behavior for two students. The current investigation sought to compare a traditional model of functional analysis (e.g., Iwata et al., 1982/1994) and a brief, discrete-trial model of functional analysis similar to procedures used by Sigafoos and Saggers (1995). Four students, aged 8 to 18 were included in the current evaluation. Students were exposed to traditional analyses and to the discrete trial analysis. Results indicate that there was correspondence across models for all students. In addition, the discrete trial procedure took considerably less time than traditional FA procedures (an average 75% reduction in session time). Results are discussed in terms of compliance with the IDEA Amendments of 1997 and the social validity of functional analysis in schools.
 
30. An Examination of the Effects of Sensory Integration on Children with Autism’s Behavior in the Regular Education Classroom.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DAVID ROBERT DILLEY (BEACON Services), Noelle Nault (Hanover Public Schools), Joseph M. Vedora (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services)
Abstract: It is widely suggested in public schools and by some researchers (Ayers, 1979) that the implementation of sensory integration techniques will have a positive impact on the behavior of children with autism spectrum disorders. The present study examined the effects of sensory integration therapy on attending behavior in the classroom for three children with autism. Several days a week, the children received pull out sensory integration therapy and the other days they received pull out academic instruction. On task behavior was measured upon return to the classroom. Additionally, the classroom teacher, having no knowledge of the services received by the child while out of the regular education classroom, rated the child’s behavior daily. Results indicated that sensory integration therapy had little effect on the children’s attending behavior in the classroom.
 
31. Teaching Visual Discriminations Using the Whole Blocking Procedure: An Analysis of the Learning Process.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIE WILLIAMS-KELLER (Applied Behavioral Consultant Services, NY), Gladys Williams (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Manuela Fernandez-Vuelta Vuelta (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL), Monica Rodriguez Mori (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje, SL)
Abstract: Some children with autism have difficulty learning auditory and visual discriminations with standard procedures. We used the whole blocking procedure, derived from basic research, to teach a three year old non-vocal child with autism to match (a) related objects (i.e., match shoe and sock), (b) pictures with the related objects, and (c) written words to objects. As the child acquired new discriminations, he required less and less trials to learn, thus demonstrating the learning set effect.
 
32. The Effectiveness of Written Cues and Graduated Guidance on Active Classroom Participation and Peer Interactions: A Case Study.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA CHURCHILL STERLING (Quality Behavioral Outcomes)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the effectiveness of written cues and graduated guidance in reducing prompt dependency and increasing active participation in classroom activities for a five-year-old girl with autism. Written cues and graduated guidance were also used as a means of increasing social interactions and appropriate peer play. Baseline data were collected on the frequency and type of prompts being delivered by classroom staff, the participant’s independent participation in a variety of classroom activities, and the participant’s social interactions and play activities. A reversal design (ABAB) was utilized. Once staff had received training on the use of these procedures, treatment integrity data, as well as data on active participation, social interactions, peer play, and prompt dependency were collected. Results showed a significant increase in participation, peer play, and social interactions. There was a significant decrease in the frequency of prompts delivered. Generalization effects across time and setting were reviewed.
 
33. Correspondence between Probe Data and Accuracy over Multiple Learning Opportunities in Discrete Trial Instruction.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LARA M. DELMOLINO GATLEY (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University), Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Emphasis on maximizing pace of instruction and use of task interspersal in Discrete Trial Instruction has led to decreasing time spent on data collection and movement away from trial-by-trial data. Accomplishing this without compromising the accuracy of the data is critical. It has become increasingly common for probe data to be used to assess a student’s skill acquisition, theoretically allowing the practitioner to be more flexible and dynamic in teaching and help the student progress through programming more efficiently. Literature directly comparing the impact of these data collection methods is limited, although there are reports supporting the efficacy of each strategy. However, it is difficult to make comparisons regarding the differential impact of the specific strategies used to teach skills separately from the units of measurement used to track progress and make decisions. The current project is an analysis of archival data from skills taught in a fast-paced learning format with task interspersal and use of probe data. For each probe data point, corresponding data for the number of learning opportunities and errors was recorded, and compiled across multiple programs and learners. The archival investigation allows for comparison of probe data and overall accuracy while controlling for teaching strategy.
 
34. Reducing Escape-Motivated Challenging Behaviors of a Child with Autism Enrolled in an Intensive ABA Program.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JANET YI (JBA Institute)
Abstract: Noncompliance is one of the most commonly reported behavior problems in persons with developmental disabilities (Schoen, 1983). Escape-motivated challenging behaviors account for a significant proportion of behavior disorders demonstrated by individuals with developmental disabilities (Iwata, 1987). This problem is exacerbated in an intensive ABA educational program for children with autism in which 20 to 40 hours per week is devoted to teaching appropriate skills. There is a paucity of research that addresses how escape-motivated challenging behaviors are reduced in these types of intensive ABA programs. This paper demonstrates how an intervention entailing 1) turn-taking, 2) positive reinforcement, and 3) positive and negative punishment (e.g., receiving sad faces/response cost) was successful in significantly reducing escape-motivated challenging behaviors (e.g., screaming, whining, eloping, hitting) of a 4-year-old boy with autism, who was receiving 33 hours per week of intensive ABA services.
 
35. The Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection and Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors on Vocal Stereotypy.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LISA TERESHKO (New England Center for Children), Kathleen M. Clark (New England Center for Children), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection has been shown to be successful in reducing the occurrence of vocal stereotypy. Recent reports have suggested that SSRI drugs such as Zoloft may also serve to reduce “compulsive” behaviors such as vocal stereotypy. The purpose of the current investigation was to examine the effects of the response interruption and redirection (RIRD) with and without administration of Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitors (SSRI’S) on automatically maintained vocal stereotypy. One 4-year-old male student diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder participated in the study. Dependent variables included percentage of vocal stereotypy and appropriate vocalizations. An ABABC reversal design was used. Results suggested that vocal stereotypy decreased with the introduction of response interruption and redirection and that the SSRI removal did not result in any changes in the participant’s vocal stereotypy. Results were maintained in a 2-week follow up.
 
36. "I am Lost" Virtual Self-Modeling to Train Self-Protection Skills in an Individual Diagnosed with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN J. WEEKS (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.), Candis R. Bramble (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.), Jessica E. Parks (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.), Ali B. Evans (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.), Ann M. Sullivan (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.), Coby J. Lund (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: This study investigated the use of virtual self-modeling (VSM) to train one self-protection skill to an individual diagnosed with autism. VSM involves the creation of a video of an individual attempting to perform a skill that is not in his/her repertoire. That composite video is then presented to the individual as a “self-model” for training purposes. The present study targeted an individual who often strayed from adult supervision in the community. The skills involved in VSM included identifying one was lost, finding a "trusted" adult, and delivering a message containing pertinent personal information. During baseline probes, the child was unskilled at managing such situations. After exposure to VSM and at follow up, the child was able to respond to these situations successfully.
 
37. Does a Child Acquire Receptive Language Skills at a Faster Rate in a Traditional DTT Format or in a Play-Based Format?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EVE R. RASMUSSEN (Autism Spectrum Therapies)
Abstract: Play-based teaching methods, such as Pivotal Response Training, are based on behavioral principles but focus more on child choice and motivation than traditional Discrete Trial Teaching format. We examined the effectiveness of a play-based teaching methodology relative to a traditional Discrete Trial Training program. Utilizing single case design, a child diagnosed with autism was introduced to four receptive language targets. Two language goals were introduced and taught strictly utilizing a DTT format, beginning with mass trial teaching, moving to expanded trials, and moving into discrimination training and random rotation. The other two language goals were introduced and taught utilizing a play-based approach, emphasizing shared control, interspersal training, and a direct relationship between skill and reinforcer. We then evaluated which method led to the fastest acquisition of the targeted skill and generalization of the skill into natural routines.
 
39. The Effects of a Zero Second Time Delay Procedure on the Acquisition of Academic Responses/Skills for Children with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLI HELEN HENNINGSEN JERDES (Columbia University), Lynn Yuan (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of a zero second time delay procedure to teach tracing, object use imitation, matching colors, and gross motor imitation to students with low levels of verbal behavior. The study consisted of two experiments. All participants were students in a SEIT 1:1 preschool classroom. In experiment 1, participant A was a four year old male functioning on a listener/pre-speaker level of verbal behavior and was taught to trace lines with a pencil. Participant B was a three year old male functioning on a pre- listener/pre-speaker level of verbal behavior and was taught object use imitation. In experiment II, participant 1 was a four year old male functioning on a pre-speaker/pre-listener level of verbal behavior and was taught to match three dimensional colors. Participant 2 was a three year old male and also functioned on a pre-speaker/pre-listener level of verbal behavior. Each experiment utilized a multiple baseline design across participants and consisted of three phases: baseline, treatment with zero second time delay, followed by a one second time delay phase. The data in each study showed that a zero second time delay procedure was an effective method for teaching new behaviors to students with minimal errors.
 
40. Promoting Self Management Skills in Adults with Autism in a Group Home Setting: A Literature Review.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. DONLON (Eden II Programs/Genesis School), Eileen Hopkins (Eden II Programs), Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II Programs/The Genesis School), Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs), Peter F. Gerhardt (Organization for Autism Research)
Abstract: Self management skills has been used with children, adolescents and young adults in the school and vocational settings. We hope to discover through the literature of ways to help adults in a group home setting learn self management skills, to promote independence. By promoting this set of self management skills, we hope to give each adult greater independence in his/her daily living activities. This review will provide ideas for a future case study in which adults in a group home will be instructed in self managing their skills.
 
43. Using Differential Reinforcement to Decrease Aberrant Behavior during Calendar Activities with a Student with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C PENNINGTON (University of Kentucky), Donald M. Stenhoff (University of Kentucky), Jason L. Gibson (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: Often teachers deliver instruction to young students while the students are seated on the floor. Students will often engage in aberrant behaviors (e.g., elopement, lying down during instruction). Teachers often interpret these behaviors as an escape function. However, further assessment may determine other functions (e.g., attention). Relatively few studies have examined the treatment of attention maintained elopement in natural settings. The purpose of this study is to describe intervention methods used to reduce elopement in an 8 year old male with autism during a calendar activity in a public school setting. The researchers conducted descriptive assessment procedures and hypothesized that the behavior was reinforced by teacher attention. The behavior specialist and teacher agreed on the intervention procedures. The teacher was trained to provide verbal attention on a variable interval (VI) schedule for sitting on a carpet (DRA). Results showed that the verbal praise reduced his problem behavior and increased appropriate behavior.
 
44. The PECS Training as Functional Communication for the Treatment of Severe Behavior Problems in Person with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JYOJI MURAMOTO (University of Tsukuba), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of mands by means of PECS to decrease behavior problem for one person with autism and profound intellectual disorders. The participant was a man of 28 years old and he lived in a large residential institution in Japan. His behavior problem was self-injurious behavior, smearing feces, and excessive drinking behavior. As a result of functional assessment, we identified that his behavior problems were maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of gaining attention from the others. The PECS training was conducted as functional communication to his behavior problems in order to get means of demand of attention. As a result, we illustrated that the participant learned the daily demands and his behavior problems decreased progressively by handing the picture cards.
 
45. Reducing Aggressive and Self-Injurious Behaviors Using Compliance Training.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY M. SMITH (Pinellas Association for Retarded Children)
Abstract: This intervention took place in the home setting of this individual. This intervention was used with a verbal, twelve-year-old individual who is diagnosed with mental retardation, Tourette’s syndrome and autism. This individual exhibited aggression towards others (ATO), aggression towards property (ATP) and self-injurious behavior (SIB). To reduce the frequency of these challenging behaviors, compliance training was used to increase his compliance to complete requested task demands. Compliance training was implemented using a visual schedule with various daily tasks. He was prompted to check his schedule to see what task or activity he should be engaging in, instead of his caregiver repeatedly requesting the task or activity be completed. Data was collected on the frequency of challenging behaviors, as well as the percentage of compliance during sessions. This intervention has been in place since October 2005 and the challenging behaviors have reduced to zero while the percent of compliance during sessions has increased to 98%. Generalization has also occurred during this study.
 
 
 
Poster Session #103
#103 Poster Session - CBM
Saturday, May 26, 2007
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Manchester
46. Pilot Study of an Integrated Behavior Therapy for Depression and Smoking Cessation.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
GARETH I. HOLMAN (University of Washington), Cristina Sanders (Argosy University, Seattle), Robert J. Kohlenberg (University of Washington), Madelon Y. Bolling (University of Washington), Mavis Tsai (Independent Practice)
Abstract: Depression and cigarette smoking – costly problems for which several validated treatments exist – co-occur at high rates. Substantial evidence indicates a complex and active relationship between depression and smoking, yet to date no studies of their concurrent treatment exist. In this pilot study, we developed and examined the feasibility of an integrated behavior therapy for depression and smoking cessation. The iterative process of treatment development and the treatment protocol are briefly described. Subjects (n = 8) received 24 sessions of the integrated treatment over 20 weeks. Therapists were clinical faculty and graduate students at the University of Washington. Dimensions of feasibility assessed included recruitment and retention of subjects, subject satisfaction with treatment, and comparison of depression and smoking outcomes to historical controls in prior studies of non-integrated treatment. Longitudinal assessments in the domains of depression, smoking, therapy process, quality of relationships, and general life satisfaction are reported. Smoking was also assessed weekly by expired CO measurement. A rationale for integrated treatment and future studies is presented.
 
47. Is There a Place for Neuropsychology in Applied Behavior Analysis?
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. WARZAK (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer Lindner (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Brain-injured patients often present with a fluctuating course depending on the nature of their injury. Monitoring patient progress to plan discharge planning, school placement, or a change in treatment regimen is imperative. There are two primary procedures for monitoring the status of these patients. Neuropsychological assessment emphasizes brain-behavior relationships but data are collected infrequently and at considerable expense. Behavioral assessment, using the patient as his or her own control, evaluates environment-behavior relationships frequently and inexpensively. However, unless behavioral measures are targeted at relevant cognitive domains they may or may not capture changes reflective of the patient’s functional status. The integration of neuropsychological and behavioral findings would provide ongoing monitoring and greater specificity in treatment planning than could be obtained through either assessment tradition alone. Using a combination of procedures to drive the evaluative process would facilitate monitoring of improvement, such as that seen after closed head injury, or deterioration, such as that seen in many neurodegenerative diseases. We present two case studies of brain injured adolescents to illustrate how behavioral and neuropsychological procedures can be combined to provide data against which to evaluate behavioral, cognitive, and pharmacological interventions used with individuals with brain injury or potentially degenerative processes. A series of repeated measures tasks were developed to evaluate attention, verbal memory, spatial memory, and motor skills in these patients based upon initial neuropsychological assessment. These data and their applicability to the treatment planning of these patients is discussed within the context behavioral and neuropsychological assessment of children with brain injury.
 
48. Memory Notebook Training for Very Mild Dementia: A Case Study.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE ANASTASIA LANGILL (Washington State University), Maureen Schmitter-Edgecombe (Washington State University)
Abstract: EC is a 71-year-old married female who participated in 17 Memory Notebook Training sessions at the Washington State University (WSU) Psychology Clinic during the period of March to October 2005, as an intervention for her mild dementia, which was diagnosed in 2002. Her husband was also present. The goal of Memory Notebook Training was to provide EC with a structured, organized means to record her daily events as her natural memory system declines over time. Over the course of the sessions, her hourly journaling skills became automatized and she develop the skills necessary to schedule, plan, and carry out daily activities, independently and in a meaningful manner. EC endorsed a similar pattern, but a reduced number of daily memory problems. A notable reduction in depressive symptoms and overall distress was observed for both EC and her husband. She also demonstrated gains in awareness of her executive difficulties on measures of self-report. These gains were maintained at 2-months follow-up over which period EC engaged in notebook use on 80% of the days. This case study demonstrates the potential uses of the Memory Notebook Training system for managing cognitive, emotional and functional in dementia.
 
50. Improving Compliance of a Child with Cerebral Palsy during Therapeutic Electrical Stimulation.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JAE-WON YANG (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase compliance of a child with cerebral palsy during therapeutic electrical stimulation (TES). TES is the treatment used to improve muscle strength and muscle coordination for cerebral palsy. During TES session, electrodes were placed on the skin in the area of atrophied muscles and electrical stimulation was then sent through each electrode. TES was given daily for 20-30 minutes and the child was requested to sit down for the session. The child’s noncompliance included, verbal refusal (e.g., “I don’t want it,” “No,” etc.) and nonverbal refusal (e.g., crying, yelling, screaming). At the time of referral, TES was conducted but had to be stopped prior to the set time or at low than optimal intensity level. Based on direct observation data and parental interview, a treatment package was developed; antecedent control, non-contingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement of other behavior, fading, and extinction. With the treatment, the child was able to complete the TES without showing problem behaviors. Clinical and research implication as well as limitations to test the treatment effectiveness in clinical setting will be discussed.
 
51. Using Naturalistic Functional Assessments to Develop Effective Function-Based Interventions in a Brain Injury Rehabilitation Program.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CARRIE REALI (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Bridget A. Shore (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Shanita L. Allen (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation)
Abstract: Three categories of functional assessment methods, indirect, direct, and experimental approaches, have been repeatedly researched in the applied behavior analysis literature over the past thirty-five years, yet practical assessment methods to use in typical clinical settings are still needed. Given the increase in laws and regulations requiring the use of functional assessments in schools and by community support providers, identifying valid and efficient methods for conducting these assessments seems warranted (Dunlap and Kincaid, 2001). The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of a naturalistic functional assessment (NFA) methodology for identifying the environmental contexts and functions of problem behavior displayed by individuals residing in an brain injury rehabilitation program. Direct care staff used a narrative ABC recording method to document the behavioral incidents of four participants in their daily environment. The behavior analyst reviewed and scored these incidents until at least 30 incidents and at least 30 days had past. Inter-rater reliabilty was obtained for 30% of incidents. Data were summarized as hypothesized functions across environmental contexts and were subsequently used to develop function-based behavioral interventions in school and in the home. Results showed decreased problem behavior for all four participants and suggest the NFA may be an effective and efficient method for identifying behavioral functions.
 
52. Using Naturalistic Functional Assessments to Identify the Functions of Inappropriate Verbal Behavior.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRIDGET A. SHORE (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Carrie Reali (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation), Shanita L. Allen (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation)
Abstract: A frequent problem among individuals with brain injury is the content of their verbal behavior, with inappropriate statements or statement made under inappropriate stimulus control resulting in barriers to their placement in less restrictive living environments. Numerous studies have shown that these verbal utterances may serve social functions that are amenable to behavioral interventions (e.g., DeLeon et al, 2003; Lancaster et al., 2004). The purpose of this study was to demonstrate a method for the functional assessment and treatment of inappropriate verbal behavior. Three individuals residing in a brain injury rehabilitation program participated in the study. Naturalistic functional assessments were conducted by analyzing data from direct care staff ABC narrative recordings of behavioral incidents. Hypothesized behavioral functions were derived from analysis of the content of the antecedents, verbal statements, and consequences reported for each participant. Inter-rater reliability was scored for 30% of the incidents. Results showed idiosyncratic differences in behavioral function among participants with similar topographies of verbal behavior (e.g., inappropriate sexual comments, verbal aggression, verbal provocation, directed profanity). Subsequent function-based interventions were shown effective in reducing the inappropriate verbal behavior for all three participants, suggesting the functional assessment method was effective for identifying behavioral functions of inappropriate verbal behavior.
 
53. Accelerating Acquisition of Autonomic Control During Biofeedback Training with Children.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Vivian Chen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ariadne Schemm (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Thermal biofeedback is well established as an effective treatment of recurrent headaches in children. In thermal biofeedback, information about peripheral blood flow is electronically amplified, permitting an individual to gain operant control of that blood flow, resulting in vasomotor stability and reduction in pain. While previous treatment studies have suggested that children can learn this control across sessions, it is unclear how best to teach this skill. Many biofeedback teaching protocols include references to imagery as a means of accelerating learning, but there is no empirical demonstration of this effect. This study was designed to evaluate whether imagery can accelerate children’s acquisition of differential control of peripheral blood flow during thermal biofeedback training. Participants were children ages 8-14 who were referred for pain management-related biofeedback training. Children were randomized to one of two groups; biofeedback training with visual feedback only or biofeedback training with feedback and imagery. Results indicate that within a single training session, children can acquire differential control of peripheral blood flow with biofeedback alone, but do so faster and with greater success when imagery is included. The discussion centers on the possible mechanisms of change as well as the clinical implications for increasing access to care.
 
54. Effect of Behavioral Activation Treatment for Fibromyalgia Pain: Replication and Extension.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DUANE A. LUNDERVOLD (Central Missouri State University), Christopher J. Talley (Central Missouri State University Psychology Dept), Michael Buermann (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: A multiple-baseline across behaviors and positions was used to examine the effect of Behavioral Activation Treatment (BAT-P) for chronic fibromyalgia pain. Change in relaxed behavior, pain interference ratings, pain anxiety and medication use were functionally related to BAT-P. Pain anxiety cognition decreased without direct intevention. Results were maintained at three and six month follow up. Findings replicate results of BAT-P reported earlier. Use of a behavioral contract to enhance maintenance extend past research on BAT-P.
 
55. The Use of Habit Reversal to Treat Trichotillomania Following the Surgical Removal of a Trichobezoar.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JODY L. LIESKE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nancy L. Foster (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Trichotillomania is rare condition that affects 1-4% of the population. In some instances, trichophagia, or mouthing of the hair, can lead to the formation of trichobezoars (hairballs). Five to 18% of patients with trichotillomania also show trichophagia whereas approximately 37.5% are at risk for forming a trichobezoar. Behavioral interventions have been shown to be effective with treating patients with this trichotillomania. However, additional research is needed on treatments for trichotillomania when trichophagia is present. The current case study examined the treatment effects of habit reversal on hair, nail, and string pulling and mouthing in a 10-year-old female. The subject underwent the surgical removal of a trichobezoar with a 3 ½ foot long tail that extended into her small intestine. Treatment focused on behavioral interventions without the use of a pharmacotherapeutic intervention. The habit reversal procedures included four components including: 1) An increase in the subject’s self-awareness of the habit; 2) Identification and practice of a daily competing response; 3) Use of relaxation techniques; and 4) Support from parents and teacher. Results of the study showed a decrease in hair, nail, and string pulling incidents. Discussion focuses on the treatment of trichotillomania when trichophagia is also present.
 
56. Personal Values: The Effects of a Writing Task on Electrodermal Response.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
TANYA N. DOULEH (Missouri State University), Christopher C. Cushing (Missouri State University), Whitney Miller (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Previous research has shown Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to be efficacious in areas such as pain tolerance and anxiety. A primary goal of ACT is that individuals move toward living a life in congruence with their personal values. While a life of valuing seems positive, researchers have just begun to identify its overall benefits. The current study was designed to identify the effect that a writing task involving personal values has on electrodermal response. We anticipate recruiting eighty undergraduates to participate in this study. Participants will be identified as living in high or low accordance with their personal values based on their scores on the Valued Living Questionnaire. Individuals will then be randomly assigned to one of two writing task groups. Groups 1 and 2 will be asked to write about their highest reported value, regardless of their adherence to valuing. Groups 3 and 4 will be asked to write about trivial topics, such as their shoes. Electrodermal response will be measured as participants complete the writing tasks.
 
57. Examination of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Self-Help Books: Assessing Approachability and Workability.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
AMANDA C. ADCOCK (University of North Texas), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas), Chelsea Rae Kubiak (University of North Texas), Richelle Sain (University of North Texas), Ryan Mitchell (University of North Texas), Jonathan Schmalz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) self-help books, heretofore, have not been studied for comprehensibility and effectiveness among the general public. Get Out of Your Mind and Into Your Life by Steven C. Hayes, Living Beyond Your Pain by Joanne Dahl and Tobias Lundgren, The Anorexia Workbook by Michelle Heffner, and ACT on Life Not on Anger by Georg H. Eifert will be examined and assessed, utilizing undergraduates experiencing mild to moderate levels of anxiety, depression, chronic pain, anorexia, and anger (one of each). Each participant will read and work through the appropriate ACT self-help literature. All participants will complete the following measures pre and post workbook: The Hopkins Symptom Checklist-25, Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Scale, Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-2, Valued Living Questionnaire. The Chronic Pain Acceptance Questionnaire, West Haven-Yale Mulitdimensional Pain Inventory, Navaco Anger Inventory-Short Form, Depression Anxiety Stress Scale, Body Image Acceptance and Commitment, and Eating Attitudes Test will be administered case appropriately. Each participant will partake in weekly interviews and assess ongoing workability, while keeping an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Weekly Diary. Pending data, the study will demonstrate the approachability and utility of these ACT self-help books for the general public.
 
58. Creation of a Behavioral Measure of Interpersonal Functioning: Initial Factor Structure, Reliability, and Validity.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SARA J. LANDES (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Laura C. Rusch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Keri R. Brown Popp (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Andrew Busch (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) is an interpersonally oriented psychotherapy based on basic behavioral concepts which specify the process of clinical change as a function of the therapeutic relationship. This therapy is especially helpful with client problems that are interpersonal. FAP assumes that the problems clients experience with others outside of session also occur in-session and the therapist has direct access to help change client behaviors in-session. However, FAP, along with other third-wave behavior therapies, has been accused of “getting ahead of the data,” based on the disparity between empirical and non-empirical or theoretical literature published (Corrigan, 2001). More research on FAP is needed and one of the necessary steps is developing reliable and valid measures of processes purported to change over the course of FAP. In particular, FAP targets the interpersonal functioning domains of intimacy and genuine responding. A review of the literature indicated some scales with overlap with FAP-targeted constructs but no full scale was available. This study reports initial results of the development of such scale. Over 400 undergraduate and community members were recruited and administered a preliminary version, along with measures of depression, activation, social support, and avoidance. Initial factor structure, reliability, and validity will be presented.
 
59. Development of a Stepped-Care Cognitive-Behavioral Motivational Model for College Students with Alcohol Problems.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HORACIO QUIROGA ANAYA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Juan Jose Sanchez Sosa (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Maria Elena Teresa Medina-Mora Icaza (Instituto Nacional de Psiquiatría), Carlos F. Aparicio (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Outcome data research from international and regional surveys on college students from México and other countries report that alcohol problems are an emergent health concern (EMA, 2005; Johnston, O´Malley, Bachman, et al. 2005; Mora-Ríos y Natera, 2001; Knight, Simpson, & Hiller, 2002; Perkins, 2002; Quiroga, Mata, Zepeda et al. 2003; Wechsler, Lee, Kuo et al. 2002). This article describes the development of a Stepped-Care Cognitive-Behavioral Motivational Model for College Students with Alcohol Problems (Quiroga, 2003), that includes three specific treatment programs (BASICS, Dimeff, Baer, Kivlahan & Marlatt, 1999; GSC, Sobell & Sobell, 1993; and SRP, Annis, Herie, & Watkin-Merek, 1996), which are part of the state-of-the-art cognitive-behavioral motivational treatments to address a broad spectrum of drinking problems and that are available in specialized centers for alcohol problems at the National University of México. To select and assign patients to each specific treatment program it was used a combination of a modified version of the stepped-care approach developed by Sobell & Sobell (2000) and some strategies of treatment-client matching (Institute of Medicine, 1989). Finally, this article describes the model and initial outcome data from a study designed to evaluate its efficacy on a group of Mexican college students with alcohol problems.
 
60. Effect of Abbreviated Upright Behavioral Relaxation Training for Test Anxiety Among College Students.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
TERESA TATUM (Central Missouri State University Psychology Department), Duane A. Lundervold (Central Missouri State University), Patrick A. Ament (Central Missouri State University)
Abstract: Effect of abbreviated upright Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) on two self-report measures of test anxiety was examined using a quasi-experimental pre-post between groups (N = 20) research design with self-referred college students. At time 1 (T1) assessment, all participants completed the Abbreviated Test Anxiety Scale (ATAS) and were trained in the use of the Subjective Unit of Discomfort (SUD) rating scale. Participants recorded SUD ratings in vivo over a one-week period. Experimental group participants received two group sessions of upright BRT with instructions to practice BRT in vivo. Control group participants simply recorded SUD ratings during the intervention period. At time 2 (T2) assessment, all participants provided SUD rating data and completed the ATAS. Correlated t-tests indicated statistically significant differences in ATAS and SUD ratings in favor of abbreviated BRT. Robust effect, despite small sample size, provides further evidence for the effectiveness of BRT as an easy to learn, rapid relaxation training procedure for anxiety disorders. Application of abbreviated BRT in a group setting is a significant advance. Replication using a larger sample size with measurement of relaxed behavior and effect on academic performance is needed.
 
61. The Relation between Body Fat Mass and Eating Disorders: A Brazilian Study.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
DENISE C. HELLER (Univeristy Tuiuti do Parana), Talita Lopes Marques (n/a)
Abstract: The incidence of eating disorders has been increased on the last years. The cult of leanness is one of the causes of this. Studies indicate high prevalence of eating disorders among female students. There is not such a study in Brazil and this mapping seems to be urgent to help primary and secondary prevent programs. A research to verify the prevalence of eating disorders in a university population and its relation with the body index mass were accomplished in a university of Brazil. Seventy-two female university students participated in the study. They were oriented to make an eating register during three days to available their dietetic habit. After this, the bioimpedance exam was done and the psychologist applied the bulimia investigators (BITE). The results showed that 77% of the participants had a normal weight but with elevated body fat mass; 9,72% had bulimia; 18% fasted between 12 to 36 hours at least, once a month; 20,8% had one episode of overeating a week. Purging behaviors such as the use of diet pills (13,8%), use of laxatives (18%) and diuretics (8,3%) were observed. The relation between fat mass and bulimia was identified in this study (p<0,05). More researches are suggested.
 
62. Eating Behavior and Body Image in a Sample of Young Athletes.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELE MONTECUCCO (University of Parma, Italy), Simona Mortilla (University of Parma, Italy), Pierfrancesco Gambardella (Eating Disorders Centre Sanitary, District #3, Genoa), Barbara Masini (Eating Disorders Centre Sanitary, District #3, Genoa), Carlo A. Pruneti (University of Parma, Italy)
Abstract: The aim of this study is to analyze and evaluate possible dysfunctional eating habits in a sample of young athletes devoted to achieving an ideal mesomorphic physique, a possible important risk factor for the development of eating disorders. A sample of 109 subjects, 59 males (54,1%) and 50 females (45,9%) aging 16 to 24 years (Mean= 18,11 ±1,95) were recruited in two gyms and in a high school focused on sports. To all subjects a questionnaire for the evaluation of body self perception and eating habits, the Pisa Survey for Eating Disorders (PSED), was administered. The body mass index (BMI) was also calculated for every subject, which was then compared with the weight and height referred by the individual. Even though the sample does not represent the entire population, the results suggest that young sportsmen/women have a highly distorted perception of their bodies, a series of eating disorders (binge eating, purging etc.) detrimental to good sports results, and a series of remarkable risk factors (weight fluctuation, restrictive and continued diet practice etc.) for the onset of complete eating disorders as diagnosed in DSM IV TR. This data points out the need for awareness-raising and primary prevention focused on nutrition issues and male/female dismorphophobia concerning young athletes.
 
63. The Relation among Eating Behavior, Body Image, and Personality Factors: A Brazilian Overview.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
TALITA LOPES MARQUES (University Tuiuti do Parana), Denise C. Heller (University Tuiuti do Parana)
Abstract: Eating disorders are psychopathologies characterized for a sick relation between food and thoughts related to weight, body image and social acceptance. The present study intends to identify and to correlate eating behavior, body image and personality factors to evaluate which of them would be more connected to the development of such psychopathologies. 50 students, male and female (18 to 25 years old) from a private Brazilian university participated. For the data collection were used following instruments: Eating Attitude Test (EAT-26), Body Shape Questionnaire (BSQ) and the “Inventory of Personality” (IFP). Results were obtained with the Stepwise method and it points to the body image indicating an eating behavior disturbance (ßp = 0,73 e R2 = 0,53). That shows the distortion in the body image as the most responsible factor for a prediction to an inadequate eating behavior. Such distortion is related to the current Brazilian beauty pattern: leanness and muscle definition. This study shows the importance of identifying what variables predict eating disorders to enable efficient preventive actions avoiding these disorders to become a public healthy problem as the obesity nowadays.
 
64. Rehabilitation and Independent Living SIG.
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Timber Ridge Group, Inc.)
Abstract: Rehabilitation and Independent Living SIG Poster to attract interest and attention to our SIG.
 
65. Classifying Sex Offenders as Sexually Violent Predators: A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Issues of Prediction and Control.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
ROBERT M. STEIN (Lancaster, Pennsylvania)
Abstract: Some form of Megan's Law for long-term supervision of sex offenders has now been enacted in all 50 states. Experts in the sex offender field are typically charged with drawing an opinion as to whether a recently convicted sex offender meets the statutory criteria for classification as a "sexually violent predator." Such opinions involve the prediction and control of behavior. These decisions are part data-based, part clinical impression, and part driven by the language of the statute. In this paper features of Pennsylvania's Megan's Law are presented with examination of how an attempt is made to render decisions based on behavior analytic principles of prediction and control. Data are presented describing how conclusions are made regarding sex offenses that result in convictions versus actual, unreported sex offenses in the community. Finally, comparisons are made between the presumed frequency of sex offenses in the community, data that are available regarding sex offender behavior, and (mostly futile) attempts to predict sex offender behavior using actuarial means.
 
 
 
Poster Session #104
#104 Poster Session - DDA
Saturday, May 26, 2007
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Manchester
66. The Effect of Attention on Noncompliance during a Functional Analysis.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY R. LUKE (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa), Marc S. Andelman (University of Iowa), Jayme Mews (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Access to differing amounts of presession attention has been shown to have an effect on the later occurrence of problem behavior for participants who displayed attention-maintained problem behavior in a functional analysis. However, the availability of presession attention has not been shown to influence rates of problem behavior when problem behavior was shown via a functional analysis to be maintained by negative reinforcement (McComas, Thompson, & Johnson, 2003). In this study, the effect of the availability of attention on the later occurrence of problem behavior was examined for a child whose functional analysis data indicated a negative reinforcement function. Two antecedent conditions (15-min ignore vs. 15-min attention) were compared. Results indicated that noncompliance was significantly lower in the condition in which access to attention was restricted prior to the demand in comparison to the condition in which attention was provided prior to the demand. Interobserver agreement was collected for 75% of the sessions conducted and the mean agreement was not less than 80 percent across sessions. Implications of this finding with respect to matching treatment interventions to the results of functional analyses will be discussed.
 
67. Functional Interventions of Low and High Quality Listener Verbal Responses to Problematic Verbal Behavior of Individuals with Brain Injury.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER N. FINNEY (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Jill A. Greising-Murschel (Southern Illinois University), Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University), Mollie J. Horner-King (Southern Illinois University), Laura L. Portera (Southern Illinois University), Erica D. Pozzie (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine the function of problem behavior in three male participants with traumatic brain injuries in a residential facility. Following identifying a category of their verbal behavior that was inappropriate to normal conversation, a functional analysis yielded a controlling variable for each individual. A differential reinforcement of alternative behavior intervention was instituted whereby listener responses were of either high or low quality and delivered to the speaker on a continuous reinforcement schedule. Results suggest that participants were sensitive to these listener response qualities and altered subsequent verbal behavior accordingly.
 
68. Comparison of Data Collection Methods.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA T. STEVENSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Individuals in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis collect data on problem behaviors using one of many data collections methods. These data collection methods include, but are not limited to, frequency recording, partial-interval recording (PIR), momentary-time sampling (MTS), and whole-interval recording. This study was conducted to evaluate which data collection method would be most appropriate for one of four different behavior types: high rate continuous, low rate continuous, high rate discontinuous, and low rate discontinuous. Participants took data on each of the four behaviors utilizing six data collection methods: frequency, PIR 10s observe/5s record, PIR 10s observe/0s record, MTS 10s, MTS 1min, and whole interval recording. Data were then compared to interobserver agreement data that were collected by two independent observers for each of the data collection methods and for real-time data.
 
69. Constipation as a Setting Event for Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Terry S. Falcomata (University of Iowa), Jeffrey R. Luke (University of Iowa), Marc S. Andelman (n/a)
Abstract: A functional analysis was conducted to identify the role environmental variables had on the maintenance of problem behavior (i.e., self-injury, aggression). During the evaluation, an abdominal x-ray was obtained which showed a moderate to large amount of stool throughout the colon (i.e., constipation). Consequently, medication was administered to promote bowel emptying. Although results of the functional analysis were undifferentiated, we observed the highest level of problem behavior prior to bowel cleanout and a decrease in problem behavior as bowel cleanout progressed. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least 20% of the sessions conducted and the mean agreement was not less than 80 percent across sessions.
 
70. A Summary of Outcomes for Individuals with Problem Behavior Maintained by Compliance with Mands.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MELISSA M. BLANOCK MOWER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda W. Santanello (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: In some individuals, severe problem behaviors may be maintained by positive reinforcement in the form of compliance with mands (Bowman, Fisher, Thompson, & Piazza, 1997; O’Connor, Sorensen-Burnworth, Rush, & Eidman, 2003). However, research describing such patients is limited. The present study describes a sample of individuals whose problem behaviors are maintained by compliance with mands. Individuals were from an inpatient unit or outpatient clinic specializing in the assessment and treatment of severe behavior problems. Of 915 individuals in inpatient or outpatient treatment, 5 percent were identified as having problem behavior maintained by compliance with mands (“mands function”). Of individuals with a mands function, 54 percent had mands identified as their only function, whereas 46 percent had other functions in addition to mands. Additional functions identified included gaining access to preferred items or activities, eliciting attention from others, and escape from demands; however, automatic reinforcement was not an outcome. Treatment strategies designed to decrease target behaviors included a variety of behavioral modification techniques, with a combination of functional communication training and extinction being the most common treatment.
 
71. An Assessment of Preference for Spaced vs. Massed Access to Reinforcers for Compliance with Academic Demands.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE ANN CHASE (University of Maryland, Baltimore Co.), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Reinforcer potency is sensitive to variables such as the reinforcement rate, delay, and quality. Another potential variable related to the potency of reinforcement might be whether access is provided in small amounts following smaller units of behavior or larger amounts following larger units of behavior. In the present study, a concurrent-chain schedule was arranged to examine the preferences of a child with autism between these two kinds of arrangements. A paired-choice preference assessment identified a game show videotape as his highest preferred item. Each session consisted of 5 trials of 10 academic demands. The participant was given the choice of reinforcer duration prior to each trial. The choice of immediate reinforcement resulted in 30-seconds access to the game-show video following compliance with each demand. The choice of delayed reinforcement resulted in earning tokens for compliance. Each token could be redeemed for 30-seconds of reinforcement (300 consecutive seconds), delivered after the session. The data reveal that even though the overall amount of reinforcement was equal in the conditions, the subject consistently preferred the delayed, massed reinforcement. These results are discussed in terms of the nature of stimuli that might be preferred via massed access.
 
72. A Computerised Test of Self-Control Predicts Behavior during a Functional Analysis of Impulsivity for Children with ADHD.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARGUERITE L. HOERGER (University of Wales, Bangor), Katie Lee (University of Wales, Bangor), Helen Shepherd (University of Wales, Bangor)
Abstract: Children with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) make more impulsive choices on a Computerized Test of Self-Control (CTSC) than their typically developing peers. The current research asked if children’s choices on the CTSC predicted their behaviour during a functional assessment (FA) of impulsivity. A total of 5 children with ADHD completed the CTSC and a FA with similar contingencies. In the delayed rewards condition, participants were given work they ranked as medium-preference and told the rewards would be available either after one day, or immediately following the session. Data were collected on off-task and fidgeting behaviors. Three children preferred immediate rewards during the CTSC and engaged in more negative behaviours during the FA when the rewards were delayed than when the rewards were immediate. In the preferred work condition, the children were given high or low preference work for an immediate rewards. Two children showed a preference for easier work on the CTSC and exhibited more negative behaviour in the low preference work FA condition. These data suggest that the CTSC may be used to predict when children with ADHD will engage in negative behaviours, and possibly inform treatment options.
 
73. Preference Stability and Choice.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JUAN-CARLOS LOPEZ (Melmark), Rich Cappo (Melmark)
Abstract: This study will assess the preferences of 3 students with severe developmental disabilities using a quick preference assessment on a regular basis. Data will be analyzed in terms of rank ordered preference stability over time as preferred objects or activities are used contingent on completion of IEP related goals. The study will also compare the choices students make when they are asked to choose using a choice board versus when the choice board is absent.
 
74. The Effects of Schedule Thinning on the Resurgence of Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Jennifer L. Bredthauer (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Identification of the reinforcer maintaining problem behavior allows clinicians to place the problem behavior on extinction, as well as provide that same reinforcer contingent upon a more appropriate alternative response (Vollmer, Roane, Ringdahl, & Marcus, 1999). This type of treatment is called differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA). While DRA and other extinction-based treatments have proven useful in the treatment of problem behaviors, several undesirable effects of extinction have been noted in the basic and applied literature (Lerman & Iwata, 1996, for a review). One potential undesirable effect of extinction is resurgence, the recurrence of previously reinforced behavior when another behavior is placed on extinction (Lieving, Hagopian, Long, & O’Connor, 2004). Applied research on variables that influence resurgence may lead to strategies for reducing or preventing the recovery of problem behavior during treatments like DRA. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate differences in the resurgence of problem behavior as a result of thinning the schedule of reinforcement for the alternative response. Results suggest that schedule of reinforcement prior to extinction can influence the resurgence effect observed. Interoberserver agreement coefficients exceeded 80% for all participants.
 
75. An Assessment of Proficiency with Communication Modalities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Tory J. Christensen (University of Iowa)
Abstract: We conducted an assessment to determine the relative proficiency with which a young man with developmental and communication disabilities could use three types of communication modalities to be later targeted during functional communication training (FCT). During the first phase of the assessment, 10 trials were conducted with each of three modalities of communication including manual sign, card hand, and microswitch activation. With each respective modality, during each trial the participant was required to exhibit the communicative response in order to gain access to a preferred item. Data were collected on percentage of independent communication across trials. During the second phase of the assessment, the modalities associated with the highest and lowest percentage of independent communication were targeted during FCT. Results of the proficiency assessment suggested that the participant was most proficient with one modality (i.e., microswitch). Results of the FCT phase suggested that problem behavior was associated with the less proficient modality while zero rates of problem behavior were associated with the most proficient modality. Interobserver agreement was obtained during at least 20% of all sessions and averaged above 90% for all target responses.
 
76. Effectiveness of Using a Pocket PC to Present Video-Based Instruction to Individuals with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Traci Van Laarhoven-Myers (Indian Prairie School District #204), Leslie Zurita (Drauden Point Middle School, Plainfield Consolidated School District)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of using a pocket pc to teach two adolescents vocational tasks in competitive, community-based settings. Participants were taught three different tasks in their respective work sites through video rehearsal and video feedback strategies. Video files were presented on a pocket pc prior to task engagement (video modeling) and following repeated errors (video feedback) during task engagement. Effectiveness of the video-based strategies and the utility of the handheld device were evaluated using a multiple probe design across tasks and participants. The introduction of the video-based procedures were associated with significant increases in independent responding and participants met criterion on all three tasks within 3-7 sessions (with 5 sessions being the average). Although there were large changes in the level of data once the video-based materials were presented, results are somewhat tempered by the fact that some of the baselines for each participant were slightly ascending prior to the introduction of the independent variable. Feasibility of using this technology in community-based settings will be discussed.
 
77. A Comparison of Self, Other, and Subjective Video Models for Teaching Individuals with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Leslie Zurita (Drauden Point Middle School, Plainfield Consolidated School District), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Katie Grider (Northern Illinois University), Kristin Grider (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: Video technology is rapidly emerging as an effective medium for teaching various skills to individuals with developmental disabilities. One of the variables associated with video modeling that is in need of further study involves the type of model that is depicted in the video sequences. Some researchers have used self models (Buggey, 2005), peer models (Haring, et al., 1987), adult models (Alcantara, 1994), first person or “subjective viewpoint” (Schreibman, Whalen, & Stahmer, 2000), or a combination of models (Van Laarhoven & Van Laarhoven-Myers, 2005). The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of self, other, and subjective video models for teaching daily living skills to three individuals with developmental disabilities. Participants were taught three different skills; each with a different type of video model and the effects of the instructional conditions were evaluated and compared using an adapted alternating treatments design. Results indicated very little difference among the types of models in terms of their effects on independent correct responding, but did result in significant differences in relation to time needed to create the stimulus materials, with creation of self-modeling materials requiring almost twice as much time as the other- and subjective-modeling materials. Instructional implications will be discussed.
 
78. Self-Management Strategy for Elementary School Children: Increasing Academic Productivity in General Education Classroom.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YOICHI GOMI (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Fumiyuki Noro (University of Tsukuba, Japan)
Abstract: In this study, the use of a self-management strategy in a general education classroom to facilitate the participation in class of elementary school student with pervasive developmental disorder (PDD) was investigated. A multiple baseline design was used to assess the effect of treatment strategy in study 1 and 2. The purpose of study 1 was to decrease the off-task behavior in the classroom. Based on the work of Kern, Ringdahl, Hilt, and Sterling-Turner (2001), the intervention focused on linking self-management strategy to functional assessment. In study 2, the effects of self-monitoring academic productivity were assessed. Results indicated that the self-management strategy led to decreases in off-task behavior and increases in productivity of academic tasks. The classroom implications and treatment acceptability for both the student and teacher were discussed.
 
79. Using a Brief Analysis of Demand Elasticity to Identify Stimuli to Compete with Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa J. Allman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: A brief stimulus substitutability analysis was used in an attempt to identify edible stimuli that were preferred over escape for use in a subsequent treatment analysis for escape maintained problem behavior. Each session consisted of 25 trials. During each trial, a concurrent chain schedule was arranged such that the participant was given a choice between two available options. Responses on one option resulted in the presentation of a work task and reinforcement for compliance with one of the tested stimuli. The schedule of reinforcement for task completion began at FR1. Following every 5 trials, the schedule was systematically thinned to FR2, then FR5, FR10, and FR20. Responses on the second option resulted in no work requirements (i.e., a 1-minute break), but also no positive reinforcement. This analysis was repeated with each of the top four preferred edible stimuli. The stimuli chosen for later analysis were those for which demand was least elastic in relation to escape as response requirements increased. The treatment results reveal that the present analysis was successful in identifying stimuli that were preferred over escape and were subsequently included in an effective treatment evaluation. Interobserver agreement was greater than 90% throughout this study.
 
80. Assessing Sensitivity to Changes in Unit Price through the Use of Behavioral Economic Preference Assessments.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
THEODEN PROCYSON (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College), Ralph Spiga (Temple University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to compare the effect of changes in the unit price of edible items as a function of both magnitude and distance from the participant. The two participants were young adults diagnosed with developmental disabilities who were living in a residential treatment program. In Experiment 1, a free operant preference assessment was conducted for five edible items. The item chosen most frequently was then parametrically manipulated by placing the item at different distances from the participant. Distances varied from 6 to 30 inches. In Experiment 2, only the most highly preferred item was used from the initial preference assessment. Sensitivity to unit price was manipulated by providing two choices concurrently that differed in the distance from the participant and the magnitude of the reinforcer (e.g., 2 @ 18 in vs 1 @ 3in). The results of Experiment 1 showed that as distance increased, preference for the item decreased. In Experiment 2, the participants appeared sensitive to changes in unit price, not changes in magnitude of reinforcement. Reliability data were collected for over 25% of sessions and averaged 90%.
 
81. The Effects of Social Listener Reinforcement on the Emission of Conversational Units, Vocal Approvals, Vocal Disapprovals, and “WH” Questions by Four Male Middle School Students.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TARA EDMONSON (Columbia University Teachers College), Petra Wiehe (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: An A-B-C-A-D-A delayed multiple probe design was used in this study to test the effects of a social listener reinforcement protocol (Greer & Ross, in press) on the emission of conversational units, vocal approvals, vocal disapprovals, and “Wh” questions by 2 pairs of male middle school students. The students involved were listener/speakers functioning on various reader/writer levels of verbal behavior. Pre-probe sessions were used to assess each student’s emission of conversational units, vocal approvals, vocal disapprovals, and “Wh” questions. Treatment consisted of a procedure to teach social listener reinforcement using three separate games, each of which required a target participant to listen to a peer in order to receive reinforcement. Once the first set of students met criterion for the initial treatment phase, these students moved on to the second treatment phase, and the second set of students began the initial treatment phase. This pattern continued throughout the entirety of the study, which resulted in a decrease in the number of vocal disapprovals emitted by all 4 participants during group instruction, a decrease in the number of vocal disapprovals emitted by 3 of the 4 participants within the lunchroom setting, a decrease in the number of conversational units emitted by all 4 participants within the lunchroom setting, and a decrease in the number of “Wh” questions emitted by all 4 participants during independent work. Additionally, the results of this study showed a substantial increase in the number of approvals emitted by 2 of the 4 participants within the lunchroom setting.
 
82. Adding a New Visual Matching Task to the Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
QUINN BREANNE SENKOW (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Center), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba & St. Amant Research Centre)
Abstract: Nine adults with developmental disabilities were recruited based on Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities (ABLA) test performance, and received: (a) a visual-visual nonidentity matching (VVNM) task assessment, (b) a one-month retest on the VVNM task, and (c) 5 predictive task assessments requiring discriminations similar to the VVNM task. This sample was combined with previously collected data for 23 participants, yielding a combined sample of 32 participants. Order analyses showed that the VVNM task is more difficult than ABLA Level 4 (z = 2.83, p < .01). Difficulty relative to ABLA Level 6 was unclear at an alpha level of .05 (z = 0.71, p = .24). The VVNM task has high test-retest reliability (f (30) = .78, p < .01, two tailed) and good predictive validity: participants who passed the VVNM task scored higher on the 5 predictive tasks than participants who did not (t (30) = 7.22, p < .001).
 
83. Using Derived Relational Responding to Establish Textual Control over Vocational Task Schedule Completion in Adults with Developmental Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL S. LANE (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of conditional discrimination training to establish textual control over cooking and cleaning activity schedule completion in adults with developmental disabilities. The emergence of derived stimulus relations between the spoken names of the tasks, their corresponding pictures, and corresponding text, was also evaluated using a multiple-baseline design. Participants first learned to complete simple behavior chains within an activity schedule using pictures as cues. Activities included steps in preparing a simple meal and cleaning a room. Participants were then taught, using an automated procedure, conditional discriminations between the spoken words and the pictures corresponding to each cue in the activity schedule, and between spoken words and the corresponding text. Emergent relations between the pictures and short sentences were then tested, as was the establishment of discriminative control by the textual stimuli. Probes for generalization across settings, schedules, and stimuli were also presented, and self-tacting probes were also presented. Preliminary results suggest that a reinforced history of conditional discrimination learning is sufficient to establish derived textual control in adults with developmental disabilities.
 
84. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Simple Recreation Skills to Adults with Developmental Disabilities: Collateral Effects on Social Interactions.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL S. LANE (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to use behavioral skills training to teach an adult with a developmental disability to serve as the facilitator of a simple leisure game between two peers with more significant developmental disabilities. Modeling, praise, and role rehearsal were used to establish these skills. We then tested for the generalization of these skills to a setting where peers served as players of the game. Preliminary results suggest that not only was this procedure effective in teaching game facilitation skills, but social interactions between the facilitator and the players increased as well.
 
85. Function Based Interventions for Problem Behaviors in Children with Prenatal Drug Exposure.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DENNIS DIXON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Prenatal drug exposure is a significant risk factor for developing behavior problems (Faden, 2000; Jones, 2006). While early studies of this social problem focused strictly on the effects of the teratogen, researchers have begun to take a multivariate approach to understanding the impact of maternal drug addiction and prenatal exposure on the behavioral outcome of children, emphasizing the importance of the postnatal environment (Coles, 2006; Jones, 2006; Ornoy, 2001). To date, few studies have focused on behavioral assessment and treatment of severe behavior problem exhibited by children with prenatal drug exposure. The present study reports outcomes for 12 children with prenatal exposure to heroin and other drugs of abuse referred for inpatient or outpatient behavioral treatment of self-injurious behavior, aggression, disruptions, and dangerous acts. Summary of functional analysis results indicated that in most cases, problem behavior was maintained by social variables i.e., access to social attention or tangible items. Of the 8 participants who completed behavioral treatment, average reductions for SIB and problem behavior were 88% and 93%, respectively. Results are discussed in regards to the importance of early intervention and function-based behavioral interventions for these children.
 
86. An Examination of Demand Assessment.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL J. SCHAFER (The Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (The Marcus Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (The Marcus Institute), Joanna Lomas (The Marcus Institute)
Abstract: It has long been standard practice to directly assess preference for tangible items prior to including those items in the tangible conditions of functional analyses. It is presumed that the degree of preference for items to be included in the tangible condition of the functional analysis is an important variable that should be controlled (Mueller et al., 2001). However, currently, the same degree of control is generally not exercised over the demand utilized in the escape condition of functional analyses. The current data represent an attempt to develop an assessment of demands to be used for this purpose. Caregivers were interviewed to identify 10 potential demands (Zarcone et al., 1999). A three-step progressive prompting procedure was then used to require participants to engage in each demands for 10 minutes, or until problem behavior occurred. The aversiveness of each demand was measured by latency to the first occurrence of problem behavior. High and low aversive demands were then compared within the escape condition of functional analyses for each participant. Interobserver agreement data were collected for at least 20% of sessions and always exceeded 80% agreement. Results suggest that the aversiveness of demands can impact results of functional analysis outcomes.
 
87. Effect of Multimedia Social Stories on Knowledge of Adult Outcome Areas and Opportunities among High Schoolers with Significant Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
SHARON M. RICHTER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), David W. Test (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: The National Longitudinal Transition Study-2 (NLTS-2) indicated modest improvements in adult success among graduates of special education programs, yet students with disabilities continue to struggle with unsuccessful adult outcomes. People with significant disabilities have experienced poor adult outcomes residentially, educationally, vocationally, and recreationally. Social stories are an effective teaching strategy utilized to increase skills and knowledge among students with disabilities that has emerging evidence in the research literature. Prior research has indicated that social stories have been used effectively to decrease students’ inappropriate behavior and increase students’ appropriate behaviors. However, social stories have not been used to increase transition-related skills among high-schoolers with significant disabilities. Therefore, the purpose of the proposed presentation is to describe how a multiple probe across participants design was utilized to measure the effect of multimedia social story presentations on students' adult outcome and opportunity knowledge. Overall, results of the intervention were positive and special educators indicated the intervention was valuable as students with disabilities transition to adulthood.
 
88. An Assessment of Treatment Integrity in Applied Behavior Analysis Studies Conducted with Persons with Mental Retardation.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN J. WHEELER (Tennessee Technological University), Michael R. Mayton (Tennessee Technological University), Stacy L. Carter (Tennessee Technological University), Richard S. Bumbalough (Tennessee Technological University), Morgan Chitiyo (Southern Illinois University), Anthony Menendez (Cleveland State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the degree to which studies in the area of applied behavior analysis conducted with persons with mental retardation operationally defined the independent variables and evaluated and reported measures of treatment integrity. The study expands the previous work in this area conducted by Gresham, Gansle, and Noell (1993) and Wheeler, Baggett, Fox and Blevins (2006) in that it examines multiple research journals in the field of mental retardation over a span of ten years (1996-2006). A systematic review was conducted using an exhaustive list of prominent journals that publish applied behavior analysis studies conducted with persons with mental retardation. The proposed poster session will share the methodological components of the study, the rationale and importance of such investigative research on the body of empirical literature within the field and the results and findings of this review. Implications from this study and recommendations for future research will also be discussed.
 
89. Using Progressive Ratio Schedules as a Means of Evaluating Absolute and Relative Reinforcer Value.
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MONICA T. FRANCISCO (University of Kansas & University of the Pacific), John C. Borrero (University of the Pacific), Noel A. Ross (University of the Pacific), Jolene R. Sy (University of the Pacific), Kenneth Beauchamp (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: We evaluated behavior exhibited by 3 individuals with developmental disabilities using progressive ratio schedules. High- and low-preferred stimuli (i.e., edibles) were determined based on the results of a paired-stimulus preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) and were evaluated in subsequent reinforcer and progressive ratio assessments using a modified reversal design. Data were collected on responding to arbitrary tasks associated with high- and low-preferred edibles under concurrent and single operant schedules of presentation. Results showed that for two of three participants, stimuli determined to be low-preferred via a preference assessment functioned as reinforcers when evaluated independently of high-preferred stimuli and under gradually increasing response requirements. The results suggest that for cases in which a high-preferred stimulus is unavailable or unfeasible, the contingent delivery of relatively less-preferred stimuli may maintain appropriate behavior, even as response effort is increased. In addition, results of the progressive ratio evaluation are suggestive of stimulus value.
 
 
 
Poster Session #105
#105 International Poster Session
Saturday, May 26, 2007
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Manchester
91. The Effects of Brief Delays and Non-Differential Auditory Feedback Stimuli on the Performance of Verbal Conditioning.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KANAME MOCHIZUKI (Teikyo University, Japan), Hitoshi Ohnishi (National Institute of Multimedia Education)
Abstract: We examined the effects of brief delays on the performance of verbal conditioning and found that 300m-sec delay of reinforcement disturbed the conditioning. We also examined the effect of some additional stimuli which have non-differential property. When we added "meaningless" words such like "Uh" before reinforcing replies, the target behavior was maintained eventhout there was 940-ms of delay. But when we substituted the "meaninglesss" words with the visual stimulus on the computer display, the target behvior was reduced. In this experiment, we tested the effect of pure-tone and found that the pure-tone could "mediate" the delay of consequent event in verbal conditioning even though there were some individual differences.
 
92. Analysis of Conditions Impacting Equivalence Class Merger in Young Children.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
REBECCA A. VEENSTRA (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Maureen Theresa Aro (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Rachel Kolb (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Kelly Linville (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: This experiment investigated whether utilizing class-specific reinforcers in three-term contingencies is sufficient for the emergence of four-member equivalence classes. This experiment also further investigated the conditions that determine when sets of stimuli emerge as one equivalence class as opposed to two independent classes. This experiment employed a small-N ABA reversal design. Participants in this experiment were ten, five and six year-old children. First, using class-specific reinforcers, three equivalence classes were established. Thus far in the experiment, all seven participants, who have reached this phase of the experiment, have demonstrated the emergence of relations between the class-specific reinforcer images and the stimuli for which they served as consequences during simple discrimination training. Also, one participant has demonstrated that training three-term contingencies, interrelated with class-specific reinforcers, is sufficient for the emergence of conditional discriminations and four-member equivalence classes. In the next condition of the experiment, a common stimulus will be introduced into two independent equivalence classes and the possibility of a merger of the independent classes will be tested. Last, the common stimulus will be removed from the merged class and the possibility of a partition of the class back into two independent classes will be tested.
 
93. Motivating Operations, Negative Reinforcement, and Intermittent Reinforcement Effects in the Maintenance of Cognitive-Behavioral Techniques for Anxiety Attenuation.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN KOSMOPOULOS (JK Consultation & Education Services & Humber College, Toronto)
Abstract: There has been a renewed momentum in contrasting and determining the efficacy of cognitive behavior therapies (CBT) in the past decade. The “second wave” of behavior therapy has garnered clinical interests into component analyses, conceptual clarity, therapeutic consistency and the behavioral analysis of private events. Research is increasingly showing functional behavioral approaches (e.g., behavior activation and acceptance-based therapies) as the more salient or “stand alone” change mechanisms over cognitive restructuring and coping techniques with a host of clinical concerns (i.e., depression and anxiety). In this case study, a subject who utilizes CBT techniques daily for anxiety collects self-monitoring data on pre and post anxiety levels, the consistency of CBT implementation, and the motivation, function and effectiveness of these techniques over a five week period. The purpose of this study is to demonstrate that the use of CBT techniques for anxiety attenuation are maintained by the intermittent reinforcement effects of variable anxiety level reductions (symptom relief), effectiveness levels and intervention applications in accordance with motivating establishing operations and an negative reinforcement (experiential avoidance) function. A functional approach to the maintenance of CBT for anxiety is considered.
 
94. Scalar Expectancy Theory Applied in Sex-Related Differences and Time Discrimination.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DAVID LUNA (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento, University of Guadalajara), Fara G. Arreola Romero (Universidad de Sonora)
Abstract: The Scalar Expectancy Theory (SET) is a type of internal clock model that has had wide success in their application to the study of the timing behavior on both humans and non-humans. Although it has been applied in different fields with humans (e.g., ontogenetic studies, effect of Parkinson’s disease on timing behavior) some unexplored fields still remain. This is the case of the possible sex-related differences on this type of behavior, studied from this model. Although sex-related differences are well-known since McDougall’s researches (1904), nowadays there is not lot information about possible differences on temporal information processing (TIP) between both males and females. In this context, we present a research where human from both sexes was exposed to temporal discrimination tasks; its performance was evaluated with base to the Set’s theoretical positions. The obtained results are discussed in terms of differences in the execution related to the sex of the participants and their possible causes.
 
95. Effects of Methylphenidate on Hyperactivity in Japanese Quail (Coturnix Japonica).
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CASSANDRA D. GIPSON (University of Kentucky), Chana Akins (University of Kentucky), Thomas Zentall (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: To evaluate the effects of methylphenidate on memory in male Japanese quail, quail will be trained in a matching-to-sample (MTS) task. Previous studies have shown that quail learn delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) at a much slower rate than pigeons, requiring 80 sessions to learn a task that pigeons learn in 27 (Akins, Mace, & Kraemer, 1998; Kraemer, Randall, & Brown, 1997, respectively). There is speculation that quail learn slower because they are more hyperactive than pigeons and therefore may peck more impulsively. The current study will use quail as a potential model of hyperactivity by administering an interperitoneal injection of a 10 mg/kg dose of methylphenidate (MPD) and will assess learning. The current study involves an MTS procedure rather than a DMTS procedure because DMTS may confound how the drug might affect perception of time. Preliminary data suggests that the MPD group is learning in fewer sessions and has faster choice latency than saline. If the MPD group continues to learn faster and have faster choice latency, it could suggest that the drug is suppressing the tendency to respond impulsively. Therefore, male quail may serve as an adequate model of hyperactivity (impulsivity) that may be treated with an ADHD medication.
 
96. Assessing Influential Dimensions of Reinforcers on Choice of High School Students with Domestic Violence History.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AGUSTIN NEGRETE CORTES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Ariel Vite Sierra (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The interest of this study was examine as the reinforcer rate, quality, delays and response effort combined to influence in the election of 10 high school students, divided in two groups: five with domestic violence history and five without domestic violence history and the viability of a derived methodological evaluation of the matching law in order to determine the differential answers to this reinforcement and dimensions of the response. The students were given two concurrent sets of math problems that were equal on two dimensions but competed on two other dimensions, which were counterbalanced through six combinations in the phase of initial evaluation, evaluating the time assigned to each one of them. The conditions resulting in the most and least time allocated to one problem set alternative relative to the other were then replicated. The results point out that the time allocated to each alternative was differentially affected by the reinforcer and/or response dimensions, with allocation patterns varying across adolescents groups. The results are discussed in function of implications for the use of the matching law for evaluates the impulsiveness construct in this population.
 
97. Role of Expectancy in Extinction of Conditioned Fear.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JASON PRENOVEAU (University of California, Los Angeles), Michelle G. Craske (University of California, Los Angeles), Mark G. Barad (University of California, Los Angeles), Edward M. Ornitz (University of California, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Pavlovian fear conditioning has long been theorized to play a role in the pathogenesis of anxiety disorders. Such disorders are routinely treated by exposure therapy which is believed to operate through extinction processes. Given the theoretical and clinical importance of understanding the effect of CS temporal properties on extinction learning, it is surprising how little research has been conducted to elucidate these parameters in humans. The present study tested the hypothesis that stimulus durations during extinction must be as long, or longer, than those of acquisition in order to violate the temporal expectancy of the US, thus leading to optimal extinction learning. To test this hypothesis, a differential fear conditioning paradigm was employed, with visual presentations of geometric figures serving as conditioned stimuli and a bicep muscle stimulation serving as the US. Participants underwent fear acquisition on Day 1, extinction on Day 2, and testing on Day 3. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three extinction conditions: CS durations longer than, equal to, or shorter than that of acquisition. Magnitude of associative learning and subsequent extinction learning was assessed through self-reported level of US expectancy and eye blink (EMG) startle magnitude. Preliminary findings will be presented.
 
98. Changeover Requirement and Independent Schedules in a Dynamic Reinforcing Environment.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANGEL JIMENEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos F. Aparicio (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: Choice studies in steady state that programmed dependently or independently two variable interval schedules show that sensitivity to reinforcement increases with increasing changeover requirements. We tested the generality of this finding with rats responding for food in a dynamic environment. Two random interval components independently scheduled provided food in two levers according to seven reinforcer ratios which changed randomly and without replacement within sessions. To switch from the lean to the rich lever, a changeover lever required 1, 16, 32, and 48 responses, meanwhile the changeover requirement to switch to the poor lever remained constant in 1 response. The redetermination assessed the changeover requirements in the same ascending order. Results showed that sensitivity to reinforcement and changeover rates in the richer lever decreased with increasing asymmetrical changeover requirements. The interaction between increasing asymmetrical changeover requirements and independent programming of concurrent schedules is discussed to explain the decrease in sensitivity to reinforcement.
 
99. Can Pigeons Count?: Disentangling Counting and Timing in a Peak Procedure.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL N. CASSIDY (University of Florida), Anthony DeFulio (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: Peak procedures have been used widely to investigate timing-related phenomena in non-human animals. Some researchers have used a modified peak procedure to compare temporal control of behavior with control by the numerical properties of stimuli. Such procedures feature sequentially presented stimuli that occur at regular intervals, thus confounding temporal and numerical properties of the stimuli. The present procedure serves to disentangle the relative influence of time and number of events in a peak procedure by drawing inter-event intervals from one of five overlapping distributions with means of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 s, respectively. Two pigeons were exposed to fixed-interval and fixed-number schedules of reinforcement, in which the first peck after either the specified time or number of events, respectively, produced access to food. Trials were blocked within session such that 10 of each schedule type occurred consecutively for a total of 40 trials per session. Within each block of trials, two trials continued for 100 seconds and terminated without reinforcer delivery. Peak rates of responding on these trials were used as indices of temporal or numerical control. Results indicate that relative to temporal control, numerical properties of the stimuli exerted weak control of key pecking in this procedure.
 
100. Directional Tracking in Police Dogs.
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JANINE LOCKE (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland)
Abstract: A large part of police dog work involves tracking offenders or lost persons. The ability to determine the direction of a track is often assumed to be an innate ability of dogs, and therefore has been subject to little research. We investigated the ability of police dogs to determine the correct direction of 10 human-laid tracks. Turning behaviour and tracking time was analysed with respect to the dog’s age, level of training and operational experience. Findings will be discussed.
 
101. Effects of Irregularity and Predictability of the Time of Daily Sessions on Within-Session Changes in Responding.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KENJIRO AOYAMA (Doshisha University)
Abstract: This study tested the effects of irregularity and predictability of time of daily sessions on within-session changes in responding. Nose-poke responses were reinforced by a food pellet under a continuous reinforcement (CRF) schedule in daily 60-min sessions. In an irregular group (N=6), daily sessions started at 1 of 2 different times with average inter-session interval of 23 hours. In a signaled group (N=6), the time of the session was yoked to the irregular group but a signal (an empty food tray in the home cage) was provided 30 min prior to the sessions. No supplemental food was provided. The experiment lasted for 12 days. Irregular rats lost more body weight than signaled rats. Overall response rate was higher for signaled rats than irregular rats during the daily 60-min sessions. Within-session decreases in nose-poke responding were steeper for signaled than irregular rats (F(11,110)=4.15 p < .01). In addition, response rates were well described as linear functions of the cumulative number of reinforcements in both groups (R2s>.93). The regression lines for the signaled group had larger y- and x-axis intercepts than those for the irregular group. However, the slopes of the regression lines for both groups were similar.
 
102. Effects of Pace of Eating on Within-Session Decreases in Human Eating Behavior.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUYA TAKAKI (Doshisha University), Kenjiro Aoyama (Doshisha University)
Abstract: Eating slowly has been believed to reduce food intake but experimental studies do not always support this idea (Spiegel, 1993). This study examined effects of pace of eating on within-session decreases in eating behavior. All participants were healthy men and all session lengths were 20 minutes. The test foods were potato chips in Experiment 1 and wieners in Experiment 2. In Experiment 1, participants in a slow group ate one potato chip at a time, while a fast group ate two potato chips at a time. In Experiment 2, the slow group was instructed to eat slowly but the fast group did not receive this instruction. Participants could eat freely and stop eating when they felt full. In both experiments, the fast group ate more at the beginning of the session. However, within-session decreases in eating behavior were steeper in fast than slow groups. In addition, the slow groups ate longer than the fast groups. As a result, manipulation of pace of eating did not affect total amount of intake in both Experiment 1 and 2.
 
103. Effects of Negative Incentive Shifts between Qualitatively Different Reinforcers in Rhesus Monkeys.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TAMMY WADE-GALUSKA (University of Michigan), Gail Winger (University of Michigan), James H. Woods (University of Michigan)
Abstract: Transitions from favorable to unfavorable conditions of reinforcement engender disruptions in behavior in the form of extended pausing on fixed-ratio schedules of reinforcement. To date, favorability has been defined in terms of reinforcer magnitude, response rate, and response effort. The present experiment attempted to extend the conditions that produce this effect to qualitatively different reinforcers. Two rhesus monkeys responded according to a two-component multiple schedule in which completion of the ratio in one component resulted in a 3-s delivery of aspartame-sweetened water (the unfavorable reinforcer) and completion of the ratio in the other component resulted in a 5-s infusion of either 0.01 mg/kg or 0.03 mg/kg cocaine (the favorable reinforcer). Components were distinctly signaled and alternated irregularly throughout the session. The ratio for both components was increased from 40 to 160 across conditions while pauses and run rates were measured as a function of the past and upcoming reinforcer-type. Pauses were longest in the transition from cocaine to aspartame relative to the other transitions when the cocaine dose was 0.03 mg/kg and when the ratio was at least 120. Run rates were controlled primarily by the upcoming reinforcer and were higher when the upcoming reinforcer was cocaine.
 
104. Stimuli Used by Domestic Dogs in Responding to Human Social Interaction.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MONIQUE A. RASHID (University of Florida), Kathryn A. Saulsgiver (University of Florida), Erin McClure (University of Florida), Eric Beecher (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract: Evidence suggests that domestic dogs have developed the ability to use human social gestures and cues in their home environment to guide their behavior in beneficial ways. The current studies were designed to identify what it is about such gestures that allows the dog to identify and respond to the stimuli in a functional way. In addition, the limitations of visual acuity in domestic dogs were measured using a choice paradigm to address other possible factors that may explain differences between individual responding to particular social stimuli.
 
105. Recovery after Activity-Based Anorexia with Rats.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YEVGENIYA RATNOVSKY (Bryn Mawr College), Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
Abstract: Anorexia in adolescent girls is a rapidly growing problem in U.S. Animal research can be useful in identifying important functional relations relevant to anorexia and helpful in developing successful interventions. Recovery after an activity-based anorexia procedure was examined in 6 pre-exposed and 6 rats that were not pre-exposed to restricted food schedule. Two types of recovery (exercise access or food restriction) and two levels of adaptation (pre-exposed or not pre-exposed) defined 4 groups. Pre-exposed rats were placed on a limited food access schedule 14 days before the rest of the subjects were, and before animals in all groups were introduced to the running wheels. Then, all of the subjects were allowed limited access to food once per day, and continuous access to a running wheel. After the rats reached 75% of their free-feeding weight, half of them continued with free access to the wheel, but were presented with unlimited access to food (exercise access group). The remaining subjects did not have access to the wheel, but were continued on a limited food schedule (food restriction group). Differentiated recovery rates from anorexia as a function of history prior to anorexia can aid in designing effective interventions for patients with anorexia.
 
106. The Effect of Activity Anorexia on the Relative Reinforcement Values of Social Contact, Food, and Exercise.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMY K DRAYTON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: It has been previously shown that in the context of Activity Anorexia the reinforcement value of food decreases and the reinforcement value of exercise increases. A previous study has demonstrated that the reinforcing value of social contact with other rats also decreases following a 24-hour period of access to a running wheel. The purpose of this experiment is to use concurrent schedules of reinforcement to examine the relative reinforcement value of social contact to exercise and of social contact to food for activity anorexic rats.
 
107. Utilizing the Matching Law to Analyze Shot Allocations in Collegiate and Professional Basketball.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RACHEL LEE KOELKER (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth MacAleese (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Two- and three-point shot allocation for collegiate and professional men’s and women’s basketball players was analyzed using the matching law. The matching law predicts that the proportion of shots taken from two and three-point range will match the proportional reinforcement rate for those respective shots. Vollmer (1998) confirmed that the matching law would predict the overall distribution of two-and three-point shots with male and female basketball players from a NCAA Division I university when a larger number of shots were taken. The current study was able to replicate Vollmer’s earlier results with male and female basketball players from another NCAA Division I university and extend those results with male and female professional basketball players. The use of the matching law in predicting and analyzing shot allocation in basketball is discussed.
 
108. Preference for Differential Terminal Link Stimuli in a Two Link Concurrent Chains Procedure.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRUCE E. HESSE (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Pigeons were exposed to a concurrent chains schedule with equal initial links (VI8s) and equal terminal links (FT15s). Each chain ended in food 50% of the time or blackout. One chain had differential stimuli associated with each outcome and the other had a single stimulus associated with both outcomes. In general, pigeons collected equal amounts of food reinforcement on both chains but responded more often to the initial link followed by differentiated terminal link stimuli. These results support the position that differential terminal link stimuli in chain schedules function as conditioned reinforcers for initial link responding.
 
109. Effects of Past and Upcoming Reinforcer Magnitude on Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance in Pigeons.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YUSUKE HAYASHI (West Virginia University), Chata A. Dickson (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: We studied the effects of signaled shifts in reinforcer magnitude in a delayed identity matching-to-sample procedure with several retention intervals ranging from 0 to 16 s. Four pigeons were trained on two conditional discriminations with red and green as sample and comparison stimuli. The magnitude of the food reinforcer for a correct choice was signaled with an auditory stimulus presented at the onset of a trial and remaining until the choice response. A trial was repeated until a correct response to ensure that effects of past and upcoming reinforcer magnitude in successive trials could be analyzed. We will describe the effects of such transitions on sample latency as well as matching accuracy.
 
110. Response Acquisition by Humans with Delayed Reinforcement.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HIROTO OKOUCHI (Osaka Kyoiku University)
Abstract: Eight filled white circles were presented in a black touch screen of a monitor. Touches on specified two of the eight circles in certain sequence (i.e., touching firstly the upper-left then the bottom-left circles) by undergraduates initiated an unsignaled, resetting delay interval. Following delays of 0 s, 10 s, or 30 s, the eight circles were darkened, a different white circle was presented at the center of the monitor, and a touch on the circle produced points exchangeable for money. The two-response chain (upper-left then bottom-left) developed and was maintained. Other undergraduates exposed to schedules of response-independent point deliveries failed to acquire the chain. The results demonstrate the robustness and generality of the phenomenon of response acquisition with delayed reinforcement.
 
111. Effects of Briefly Signaled and Unsignaled Reinforcement Delays with Pet Dogs.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MEGAN E. MEGINLEY (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Following stability on a continuous schedule of immediate reinforcement, the buoy-touching of four canine subjects was exposed to 10-s reinforcement delays. In briefly signaled conditions, each response produced the immediate click of a handheld clicker and was followed 10 s later by reinforcement. In unsignaled conditions, each response produced no immediate programmed stimulus change but was followed 10 s later by reinforcement. The responding of all subjects was reduced to near-zero levels in both signaled and unsignaled conditions.
 
112. Effects of Rearing in Enriched Versus Impoverished Environments on Operant and Open-Field Sensitivity to Reward.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATRINA M. LAKIN (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract: The effects of enriched and impoverished environments on acquisition speed and reward sensitivity were examined using matching and ideal free distribution (IFD) foraging models. Research shows increases in brain mass, thicker brain areas correlating with learning, and increased synaptic transmission for rats reared in enriched environments. Further, learning acquisition and transfer of learning appears faster. These changes translate into faster acquisition and greater sensitivity to reward. The present experiments evaluated changes in reward sensitivity and task acquisition speed during an optimal foraging or traditional operant matching tasks. Three groups of rats were used: enriched solitary-reared, impoverished isolate-reared and impoverished group-reared. The isolate- enriched group were given daily exposure to incidental learning conditions during a noncontingent maze task. One half of these rats were trained to lever press for food reward in an operant task while the other half foraged for food reward during an open field foraging task. The impoverished groups received incidental learning exposure, but sat in holding cages for a yoked amount of time each day. Learning was significantly faster and sensitivity to reward improved for the incidental learning group, with additional increases in learning and sensitivity to reward for the group-reared rats.
 
113. A Cross-Species Analysis of Risky Choice.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: When given choices between fixed and variable delays, humans are typically risk-neutral or risk-averse (indicating indifference or preference for fixed delays), while non-humans are typically risk-prone (indicating preference for variable delays). To determine whether these species differences are qualitative or quantitative in nature, the current research was designed to better align the procedures used to examine risky behavior in humans and pigeons. Repeated choices were made between a mixed-time schedule and a fixed-time schedule with the same arithmetic mean. The elements in the mixed-time schedule were systematically manipulated across conditions, but the arithmetic mean always equaled that of the fixed schedule. The reinforcer consisted of 3-s access to grain for pigeons and 30-s access to a preferred video for humans. Both pigeons and humans preferred the mixed-time (variable) alternative to the fixed alternative, demonstrating risk sensitivity. For all of the pigeons and some of the humans, preferences were ordered with respect to the smallest element in the mixed-time distribution, consistent with the predictions of a hyperbolic discounting model. Taken together, these results indicate that at least some species differences are products of procedural variables, and that aligning procedures used with humans and pigeons brings their choice patterns into better accord.
 
114. Effects of the Functions of Power Relations in Children's Obedient Behavior.
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NORA RANGEL (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Verónica Valdez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Power relations may be conceived as contingencies involving four different functions: prescription, regulation, administration and monitoring of interactions (Ribes, 2001). To evaluate the role of each one of these functions in obedient behavior, thirty-two children were assigned to eight groups. In the first phase of the experiment, four groups were exposed to a familiarization condition, and the rest of the groups were exposed to a condition of authority training. In familiarization condition, the experimenter did not exercise the functions of power in the situation. In authority training condition, the experimenter exercise the four functions of power mentioned above. In the second phase of the experiment, participants of each group solved a word search under the supervision of an authority who exercises only one of the functions of power. Results are discussed in terms of the differential effects of each one of the functions of power relations in children obedient behavior when an authority person was established or not in the situation.
 
 
 
Poster Session #106
#106 Poster Session - EDC
Saturday, May 26, 2007
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Manchester
115. Effect of Classwide Reciprocal Peer Tutoring on Acquisition of Vocabulary Words for Secondary Students with Mild Disabilities.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
YI-WEI HSIN (The Ohio State University), Lori Weyls (New Albany City Schools), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Yao Ma (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of class-wide peer tutoring (CWPT) model on the acquisition and maintenance of vocabulary words and definitions. Participants were 7 twelfth graders diagnosed with mild disabilities from a special education resource room in a suburban high school. CWPT was conducted 20 minutes each day, three days each week for 11 weeks. Procedures for CWPT were consistent with the Ohio State University CWPT model, in which students were paired in dyads for reciprocal tutoring based on their vocabulary level. An ABAB reversal design was used to compare effects between traditional workbook instruction and CWPT in learning vocabulary words and definitions. Tutors presented word cards to tutees to identify the word and definition, and praised correct responses and used a correction procedure for incorrect responses. Maintenance tests were given twice during the study. Results showed the effects of CWPT were better than the traditional workbook instruction on both the weekly and maintenance tests of vocabulary and its definition. In addition, all students reported that they preferred CWPT more than worksheet instruction, and found it helped to learn vocabulary. Findings and anecdotes in this study were also consistent with previous studies using CWPT for vocabulary acquisition.
 
116. The Use of a Precision Teaching Computer Curriculum to Teach Greek Prefixes and Suffixes.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: This study examined the use of a computer curriculum based on the tenets of precision teaching and its effectiveness in teaching Greek prefixes and suffixes and increasing the participant’s overall vocabulary. The computer program uses the see type learning channel. Using a series of visual and audio prompts, the participant will see the meaning and type the prefix or suffix. Material is presented in small groups, and is learned to fluency before moving onto new material. The material is then combined into review lessons, which serve as fluency checks. Data will be collected and plotted on a standard celeration chart. The effectiveness of this teaching method will be presented.
 
117. An Analysis of Students' and Teachers' Perceptions of Two Computer-Based Reading Programs.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SEKHAR PINDIPROLU (The University of Toledo), Kimberly Kline (The University of Toledo), Amanda Lucius (The University of Toledo), Jodi Washburn (The University of Toledo)
Abstract: In the recent years there has been an increased focus on reading instruction and in the use of computer-based reading programs. However, there has been very little research conducted on the effectiveness and usability of computer-based reading programs (CBRPs). More importantly, very minimal social validity data exists regarding the ease, effectiveness, and importance of CBRPs from the consumers of programs, namely students and teachers. Such data is necessary and has wide implications for practice. For example, an effective CRBP that requires a lot of teachers’ time and technology expertise may not be implemented in classrooms. In this presentation, social validity data from an experimental study that examined two computer-based reading programs will be presented. Approximately 100 students from two rural schools participated in the study. All the children were at risk for reading failure and were from KG, 1st and 2nd grades. The teachers were trained to use two CBRPs (Funnix or Headsprout) and the children were randomly assigned to a CBRP or a control group. At the end of four months, the students and teachers were administered a social validity questionnaire that asked questions regarding the ease, effectiveness, and importance of CBRPs. Descriptive information of the participants , procedures, and results of the study will be presented. Further, implications of the findings from the study for classroom practice will be discussed.
 
118. Small Group Phonics Instruction for Students with Mild Disabilities via Multi-Media Using Smart Board Technology.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MONICA C. CAMPBELL (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Linda C. Mechling (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: This investigation examined the effectiveness of teaching letter sounds in a small group arrangement using Computer-Assisted Instruction (CAI) with SMART Board technology and a 3s CTD procedure to three students with mild intellectual disabilities. A multiple probe design across letter sound sets and replicated across students evaluate the effectiveness of the program and students’ acquisition of other students’ letter sounds through observational learning. In addition, students were assessed on their acquisition of incidental information presented in the instructive feedback statements following correct responses to target and non-target stimuli. Results indicate that a) the program was effective in teaching letter sounds to three students; b) students acquired letter sounds targeted for other students; and c) students acquired incidental information presented in the instructive feedback statements for their own and other group members’ target stimuli. Findings are discussed in terms of presenting small group instruction through interactive white board technology.
 
119. The Effects of Supplemental Computerized Reading Instruction on Reading Skill Acquisition by Young Children with Autism and ED/BD.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
VEDA A. CHARLTON (The Institute for Effective Education), Hillary Whiteside (The Institute for Effective Education)
Abstract: A computerized reading program, Headsprout, was investigated as a supplemental tool for beginning reading instruction with 3 students, 2 with Autism and 1 with ED/BD. An AB design, across subjects, was implemented to investigate the program's effects on oral reading fluency and lesson growth in Reading Mastery I. The results suggest that the program was effective in improving both outcomes and are discussed in terms of the potential costs and benefits of computerized academic interventions for children with disabilities.
 
120. Comparing Use of Paper Flashcards and Computerized Flashcards.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
JILL HUNT (Judge Rotenberg Center), Michelle Harrington (Judge Rotenberg Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract: This study will compare the use of paper flashcards and computerized flashcards. Participants will be divided into two groups. One group will learn material using paper flashcards and the other group will use a computer program that will present the exact same material. The paper flashcards will use the see say learning channel, while the computerized flashcards will use the see type learning channel. Data will be collected and plotted on a standard celeration chart. We will explore differences in resource use, to include time to create content, and teacher time, fluency rates, generalization of material and retention of material.
 
121. Teaching Inservice Teacher to Use Repeated Practice Procedures Combined with Precision Teaching Measurement Approaches to Improve the Oral Reading Fluency and Retelling Comprehension of Fourth-Grad...
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PERRINE A. KRISTAL (The University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (The University of South Dakota), Paul Malanga (Arlington Developmental Center)
Abstract: The purpose of this project was to document the importance and effectiveness of a repeated readings and daily goal setting procedure combined with Precision Teaching measurement approaches for assisting students considered at-risk for academic difficulties due to linguistic, cultural differences improve their overall oral reading fluency and retelling comprehension. Three integrated classrooms of regular and special education students took part in a combined repeated readings, goal setting, and Precision Teaching instructional intervention. Students from these classes worked in groups of 2 to 3 students with trained undergraduate practicum tutors from a local university's special education program. These tutors used a combined repeated reading procedure with daily goal setting as well as Precision Teaching evaluation approaches to document the students' progress at building oral reading fluency and retelling comprehension. The tutors and students set daily frequency goals before reading instruction. The Standard Celeration Chart and the student's daily goals were then evaluated at the conclusion of the repeated readings session. Tutor's rewarded the student's with stickers or other tokens when they met or exceeded their daily reading goals. The chart and daily goal setting was determined to function as an important source of feedback related to the students' success in meeting their ultimate instructional aim of oral reading 180 to 210 words per minute and retelling between 18 to 26 information units on a selected reading passage across a series of sessions.
 
122. The Effects of Assisted Reading Paired with Repeated Reading on the Oral Reading Fluency of Beginning Readers.
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CHANG-NAM LEE (Whitworth College), Tiffany Felton (Whitworth College)
Abstract: Kavale and Forness (2000) estimated that 90% of all students identified as having learning disabilities were referred for special education primarily because of their problems in reading, which underscores the importance of using effective methods in early reading instruction. This session will present a data-based study on the effects of assisted and repeated reading (ARR) on the oral reading fluency (ORF) of four kindergarten students with low achievement in reading. Using a multiple-baseline design across students, the ORF was measured by calculating the number of words read correctly per minute. During the baseline, each student read texts independently without assistance. During a ARR session, the student read the text as in the baseline; then the researcher read the same text to the student, followed by the student’s rereading the text independently. Data were collected on the first reading and the repeated reading. Visual analyses of individual students’ ORF data and their average ORFs across phases indicated consistent and contingent effects of ARR, which supports findings of earlier studies that employed different types of students. Reference: Kavale, K. A., & Forness, S. R. (2000). History, rhetoric and reality: Analysis of the inclusion debate. Remedial and Special Education, 21, 279-296.
 
123. The Influence of Asking Students to Comprehend What They Read Before an Oral Reading Fluency Assessment.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN C. BEGENY (North Carolina State University), Virginia Miller (North Carolina State University), Elizabeth Baker (North Carolina State University)
Abstract: The importance of developing and evaluating students’ oral reading fluency (ORF) has been highlighted by behavior-analytic educators for several years. Given the importance of ORF, various assessment systems have been developed. For example, Curriculum-Based Measurement of Reading (CBM-R) was developed as a means of evaluating students’ ORF by asking students to read aloud for one minute. Since its development, CBM-R has been one of the best predictors of elementary-aged students’ overall reading skills, including comprehension. In the past 5 years, the Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills (DIBELS) expanded upon CBM-R procedures in various ways and is now being used by thousands of schools across all 50 US states. One added feature of the DIBELS system asks students to recall what they read following the CBM-R assessment. Although important for a more broad reading assessment, the impact of this comprehension assessment on students’ ORF is unknown. Using a mixed between- and within-subjects design, this study evaluated the influence of the DIBELS comprehension assessment on 82 students’ ORF. Findings were somewhat mixed; within-subject analyses suggested the comprehension assessment lowered students ORF score, whereas between-subject analyses suggested no effect. This poster will clearly present each of the findings, methods, limitations, and implications of this study.
 
124. Using Precision Teaching Measurement Procedures and Repeated Reading Practice Procedures to Build Oral Reading Fluency with Academically At-Risk Fourth-Grade Students: Teaching Teachers How to Teach.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Nicole M. Tutt (The University of South Dakota), Paul Malanga (Arlington Developmental Center)
Abstract: A repeated reading procedure was used 3 to 4 students enrolled in two highly diverse fourth-grade classroom. Many of the students in these fourth-grade classrooms were considered as academically at-risk due to reading and comprehension problems. Therefore, the classroom teachers and the primary researchers identified these students as individuals in need of improvement in reading fluency and retelling comprehension. Undergraduate tutors from the Special Education Program at a local university provided five weeks of intensive reading fluency and retelling comprehension instruction combined with Precision Teaching measurement principles to assist in building the oral reading and retelling comprehension skills of these students. The fourth-grade students read an appropriately selected passage in order to increase their oral reading to a goal of 180 to 210 words per minute with errors staying below 3 per minute. The repeated readings were used simultaneously with instructional techniques, such as chaining and error correction. The data shows that reading fluency and repeated readings are functionally related because of the increase in reading fluency and retelling comprehension across the five weeks of intensive tutorial instruction.
 
125. The Effects of the Direct Instruction Flashcard System on Mastery of Multiplication Facts by a Boy and Girl with Learning Disabilities.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RANDY LEE WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Clare Terese Alexander (Gonzaga University), Hillary Hopewell (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of the Direct Instruction Flashcard System and contingent praise on mastery of multiplication facts. The participants in this study were one boy and one girl, both 12 years of age, in the sixth grade, diagnosed with learning disabilities, and struggling with mathematics. A multiple baseline design across three sets of facts was used to evaluate the effects of the Direct Instruction Flashcard System. A clear functional relationship was shown between the implementation of the Direct Instruction Flashcard System and multiplication fact mastery by both participants. The girl’s mastery went from two facts mastered to 20 target facts mastered; and the boy’s mastery went from zero to 21. This study showed that an Instructional Flashcard System can be an effective and practical way to teach children with learning disabilities crucial multiplication facts.
 
126. The Effects of Teaching Overt Precurrent Behaviors on Children's Solution of Multiplication and Division Word Problems.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER BUTLER LEVINGSTON (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Traci M. Cihon (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: We examined the effects of teaching overt precurrent behaviors on the current operant of solving multiplication and division word problems. Two students were taught up to 4 precurrent behaviors (identification of label, operation, larger and smaller numbers) in a different order, in the context of a multiple baseline design across behaviors. After meeting criterion on 3 of the 4 precurrent skills, the students demonstrated the current operant of correct problem solutions. These skills generalized to novel multiplication and division word problems on worksheets that did not contain spaces (stimulus prompts) for the parts of the equation. Correct current operant responses (solutions that matched answers revealed by coloring over the space with a special marker) maintained the precurrent behaviors in the absence of any other sources of reinforcement.
 
127. Comparing Teaching Packages for Geometric Concepts to Middle School Students with Learning Disabilities Including within Stimulus Prompting.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN M. HOUGHTON (Woburn Public Schools)
Abstract: Geometric transformations including rotations, translations, and reflections across a coordinate plane are skills included as part of the 8th grade curriculum in the Massachusetts State Curriculum Frameworks as well as the National Council of Teachers of Mathematics. In previous years these concepts have been presented in lecture format followed by textbook practice examples prior to the students being given a final assessment on mastery of this content. The goal of this research experiment is to a compare two teaching packages in an AB design utilizing behavioral principles into grade level curriculum. The first teaching package combines traditional lecture and hands-on practice. The other package combines presentation of the three types of transformations using within stimulus prompts and hands-on practice. Two groups of 8th grade public school students diagnosed with learning disabilities are participants in this study. All instruction is in the special education learning center classroom where they each spend one 41-minute class per day. Baseline data was collected on whether the students could identify a rotation, translation, and reflection in writing as well as whether or not the students could manipulate a shape on a coordinate plane to show each of these concepts.
 
128. Transformation of Stimulus Function across Intraverbal, Selection, and Production Responses for Geometry Terms After Multiple Exemplar Instruction.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MEGHAN E. NIENSTEDT (Columbia University Teachers College), Grant Gautreaux (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This study examined the effects of multiple exemplar instruction on the emergence of untaught functions for geometry terms using a multiple probe counterbalanced design. The participants selected for this study were two eighth grade male students with reader writer repertoires of verbal behavior. Neither of the students had any previous instruction in geometry. First the students were taught the terms in Set 1 as either intraverbal or production responses and probed on untaught responses. The students were then taught Set 2 through multiple exemplar instruction and untaught responses for Set 1 were probed again. Finally, the students were taught the geometry terms in Set 3 as a single response and the students were probed for untaught responses. The results of this study showed that an instructional history that includes multiple exemplar instruction results in the transformation of stimulus function and the emergence of untaught functions.
 
129. An Investigation of Silent versus Aloud Reading Comprehension with Elementary Students Using Maze Assessment Procedures.
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREA D. HALE (Eastern Kentucky University), Wesley Sheeley (Eastern Kentucky University), Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati), Daniel A. Martin (Valley Achievement Center), Shonna Jenkins (Eastern Kentucky University)
Abstract: Reading assessment is an important component of academic intervention and progress monitoring. The current study investigates reading mode (Aloud versus Silent) by the administration of MAZE passages and compares it to measures of oral reading fluency (Words Correct Per Minute or WCPM) and a standardized test of reading achievement (WJ-III). MAZE passages are often used a method of assessing reading comprehension. Research has consistently shown that WCPM is a valid, reliable, and sensitive measure of general reading skills. However, there are concerns regarding the face validity of WCPM. Assessment within different modes (Aloud versus Silent) has been investigated to determine if reading mode significantly affects comprehension. The results are equivocal. This study found no significant difference between the participants' scores on the Aloud MAZE condition when compared to the Silent MAZE condition; supporting the theory that reading aloud does not hinder comprehension. This would allow for opportunities to monitor a student’s reading patterns while assessing comprehension. There were strong correlations with Aloud and Silent MAZE comprehension scores and WCPM and the WJ-III. This is supportive evidence that MAZE assessment procedures may be a valid indicator of a student’s reading abilities.
 
130. Curriculum-Based Assessment to Inform Academic Intervention and Progress Monitoring for Fluency with Early Numeracy and Basic Calculation Skills.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PHILIP L. CONCORS (Lehigh University), Edward S. Shapiro (Lehigh University)
Abstract: Direct measurement of academic skills was utilized to provide appropriate classroom instruction for a third-grade student with a learning disability. Curriculum-Based Assessment (CBA) identified performance deficits in early numeracy skills and fluency with basic computation. Brief academic interventions were evaluated through progress monitoring across baseline and intervention phases for oral counting, number identification, quantity discrimination, and sequencing with a missing number. Touchmath® programming was evaluated as an intervention for single-digit addition, also using an A-B design. Bi-weekly progress monitoring probes suggested increases in fluency across all early numeracy skills and single-digit addition. Weekly general outcome measures suggested overall increases in basic computation fluency on multiple-skill probes. Follow-up measures at 2-, 4-, and 6-months suggested maintenance of all early numeracy skills, and continued upward trending for single-digit addition and subtraction. Interscorer reliability measures were obtained for 25% of weekly probes with 90% agreement. The merits of using brief academic intervention as informed by CBA, and data-based decision making through Curriculum-Based Measurement (CBM), are discussed.
 
131. Multimedia Resources Effects in Psychology Student's Learning.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANTONIA RENTERIA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Landa Duran (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: The new information and communication technologies (ICT) had been applied in different settings: militar, industrial, amusement and education. So in this study, in order to assess the effects of multimedia resources on learning, a compared two groups of psychology students were assigned to two different experimental conditions:ND and AD (experimental). Data shows differences among them. According to different learning theories and ICT, the results were analyzed.
 
132. Increasing Research Activities of Psychology Students to Elaborate Their Master Thesis.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant Jimenez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lpez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Lilia Duran (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Maria E. Malott (ABAI), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (University of Veracruz, Mexico)
Abstract: The educational staff and administrators of the Institute of Psychology and Education of the University of Veracruz, Mexico, have been concerned with the large number of students who complete their Master’s courses, but do not finish their thesis or disertation, wich is a requisite to obtain a degree. So this study had as its purpose evaluating the effect of implementing a supervisory system on the quality and quantity of the activities required to elaborate the thesis of twenty Master’s candidates of the Master Program: Research in Psychology Applied to Education. In order to do this a within – group comparisons experimental design was implemented, in which behavioral contracts and lectures about running experimental research were implemented, weekly meetings for supervision and advisory were conducted, and the students were feed-backed and evaluated on such activities in three general phases: generating, implementing and writing. The students also have to present every six months with their thesis advisor, the research activities developed, in a symposium in which participated another three master´s programs of psychology from other universities. The results of the study show that eighteen students out of twenty were able to finish their thesis, with the required quality expected, on time.
 
133. Procrastination in Distance Education: Analyzing Quiz-Taking in On-Line Gerontology Classes.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DEBORAH E. ALTUS (Washburn University), Nathaniel G. Smith (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Student procrastination on assignments can create many problems in the classroom -- for the student, for the instructor, and for the class as a whole -- and it may weaken the quality of the educational experience. Procrastination has the potential to be an even bigger problem in courses offered via distance education, given that the on-line environment lacks the regularly scheduled face-to-face meeting times that may serve as prompts for keeping students on-track with their work. Our purpose was to study procrastination in the on-line Gerontology classroom, both to examine the patterns that it takes (in one study) and to analyze the impact of consequences designed to reduce procrastination (in a second study). The dependent variable in both studies was defined as the time of weekly quiz completion by students. In the first study, this behavior was examined in three courses without intervention to understand the pattern of the behavior. In the second study, a reversal design was used to examine the impact of extra credit points on quiz completion. A cumulative record of the dependent variable in the first study revealed a pattern of regular scallops across the semester for each course – i.e., a period of no responding followed by progressively steeper rates of responding as the weekly quiz deadline approached. The second study suggested that extra credit points reduced the rate of procrastination. Together, these results offer one strategy for distance education instructors to track and reduce procrastination.
 
134. An Intervention to Reduce Procrastination in a Computer-Aided PSI Course.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIEL SCHNERCH (University of Manitoba), Sherise Lorraine Devine (St. Cloud State University), Ronni Molinski (St. Amant Research Centre), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Prior research on undergraduate courses offered by computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) at the University of Manitoba suggests that many students enrolled in these courses face what had been dubbed the “pacing problem” (Born & Moore, 1978) in the research literature on (non-computerized) PSI. That is, the tendency to procrastinate is high for many students taking courses using this self-paced format (Schnerch et al., 2006; Springer, 2005). The goal of the current study was to develop and evaluate a potential intervention that could be used in CAPSI courses to reduce student procrastination on unit test-taking. A section of a course on the ‘science of learning’ was selected to include an intervention and compared to a control group from another section of the same course. The intervention was designed with the following considerations: (1) To exert some instructor-based control over student responding without eliminating the self-pacing component of CAPSI entirely, and (2) to do so without use of (explicitly) aversive-based contingencies, which many earlier studies on PSI in the 1970’s used. Results of the intervention’s effects on procrastination and student academic performance are discussed, as well as the implications for CAPSI and other self-paced format courses.
 
135. Use of a Training Manual for Peer-Reviewers in a Computer-Aided PSI Course.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SHERISE LORRAINE DEVINE (St. Cloud State University), Gabriel Schnerch (University of Manitoba), Ronni Molinski (St. Amant Research Centre), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Ever since Keller (1968) first introduced the PSI method of teaching, the use of student helpers has been an essential part of the system. Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) makes use of what Keller called internal student proctors, students enrolled in the same course marking other students unit tests for which they have already demonstrated mastery. In CAPSI, the use of the term “peer-reviewers” has replaced “proctors” to try to more accurately describe their role. Although research has demonstrated that student peer-reviewers’ accuracy in marking is fairly high (Martin et al., 2002), improvements in peer-reviewer accuracy, as well as the richness of feedback they deliver when marking, is desired. The present study evaluates the use of a student peer-reviewer training manual in an undergraduate CAPSI course at the University of Manitoba, using similar training components to some of the strategies used with PSI proctors described in PSI research (e.g., Kozma et al., 1977).
 
136. Effects of a Technology Innovation in a Teacher Education Program on Preservice Teachers’ Use of Technology: Preliminary Findings from a Two-Year Investigation.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MYUNG-AH LEE (Indiana State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to assess the effects of technology innovation of a teacher education program on preservice teachers’ technology access and competency (i.e., operation and integration). Participants were teacher education majors (n=58) who were taking a technology integrated teaching method class in which various technology training sessions and assignments were offered. Dependent variables were percentage of technology access, operational competency, and integrational competency. A single subject design (A-B-A-B) was used to assess intervention effects for each target group of students. It was found that after the intervention (a) students improved their technology access at school and (b) students improved their technology competency (i.e., operation and facilitation). Implications and methodological considerations will be discussed.
 
137. Undergraduate and Graduate Student Research at Gonzaga University.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The basic data presented are the publication and presentation data authored by students from Gonzaga University's behaviorally-based Special Education Program. These data were blocked from 3 to 5 year periods (e. g. 1978-1980, 1981-1985, 1986-1990, 1991-1995, 1996-2000, 2001-2005 and 2006). The overall student publication and presentation outcomes indicated that student publications and presentations were highest during 2001-2004 (number of publications and presentations = 48). Student publications ranged from 0 to 20 for the other four designated time periods. Gonzaga University's Special Education Program's students published in such peer reviewed journals as Child & Family Behavior Therapy, International Journal of Special Education, B. C. Journal of Special Education, Education and Treatment of Children, Reading Improvement, Remedial & Special Education, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Modification, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Positive Behavioral Interventions, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavior Modification, and Psychology in the Schools. Presentations were made at the Northwest Association for Behavior Analysis, Council for Exceptional Children, and The Annual Virginia Beach Conference on Behavior Disorders and the Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
138. Graduates Follow-Up: A New Look.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RODOLFO JAIMES-DEL-MORAL (Universidad Veracruzana), Claudia Karina Andrade-Acosta (Universidad Veracruzana), Ana D. López-Suárez (Universidad Veracruzana), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Present study looked to identify the situation in a Education Psychology Master´s program, by running a graduates follow-up. It started from information and opinions of graduates from four classes, taking as a reference a previous study (López-Suárez 2004). Opinions were obtained concerning a wide range of satisfaction about facilities. Also, it was evident an increase in terminal efficiency (graduation) from last generation, when compared with previous ones. In this new study was added the vocational aspect taken from Holland´s Theory (1985). Present study founded in alumni in three of the seven types of vocational personalities purposed: researcher, enterprising and conventional. Those located in first category also showed a better performance in obtaining master´s degree.
 
 
 
Poster Session #107
#107 Poster Session - VRB
Saturday, May 26, 2007
6:00 PM–7:30 PM
Manchester
139. The Effects of Peer Tutoring on the Teaching of Spelling Words in Comparison to Observational System of Instruction.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MIKA FAS (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College), Karla Weigand (Columbia University Teachers College), Elisabeth L. Kracher (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: This study tested the effectiveness of peer tutoring and observational system of instruction as a tactic to teach written spelling of dolch words in comparison to small group instruction. The experiment utilized an AB design to teach written spelling of specified dolch words; during baseline, spelling was taught in small groups. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses emitted by the tutee to the tutor and the presented learn units of the tutor to the tutee. The independent variables were peer tutoring and the peer-yoked contingencies. In peer tutoring, the participants presented learn units to a peer and then alternated roles. During each session of learn units, a teaching assistant delivered learn units on the participants’ correct/incorrect learn units presentations. During treatment, spelling was taught with peer tutoring and observational system of instruction with a peer-yoked contingency using a game board. The participants included six children enrolled in an inclusive first grade classroom and functioned as readers, writers and emergent self-editors. Although both observational system of instruction and peer tutoring were successful tactics, the participants in the OSI group had more words in their repertoire in comparison to the peer tutoring group.
 
140. The Effects of Peer Tutoring on the Tutor’s Acquisition of Social Studies and Music Tacts.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ERICA WYNER (Columbia University Teachers College), Brooke DeMarco (Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate)
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of peer tutoring on the tutor’s acquisition of social studies and music tacts. Four middle school students with academic delays, who ranged in age from 13 to 16 years-old and functioned at an emergent reader/writer level of verbal behavior, participated in the study. All instruction was delivered in learn units and each participant received learn units as a tutee and delivered learn units as a tutor. The untaught academic tacts were divided into three sets to ensure that each participant came into contact with one set as a tutor and another set as a tutee. The design was a multiple probe across participants and counterbalance design. The dependent variable was the number of correct tacts acquired by the tutor in the post-probe session following the tutee achieving criterion in the peer tutoring sessions. Peer tutoring was the independent variable. The results showed that just as all tutees achieved criterion of a tact set through direct learn units, all tutors achieved criterion on the same set of tacts by observing his/her own delivery of learn units to the tutee.
 
141. The Effects of a Voice Conditioning Protocol on Learn Units to Criterion.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JOAN A. BROTO (Columbia University Teachers College), Tracy Reilly-Lawson (Columbia University Teachers College), Darcy M. Walsh (Columbia University Teachers College), Samantha M. Solow (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a voice conditioning protocol on the number of learn units to criterion. The capability of conditioned reinforcement of voices is typically acquired early and has been identified as a critical pre-listener capability and a prerequisite to basic listener literacy. The participants were 7 and 8 years old, both diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and enrolled in a classroom that employed the CABAS system for education. The protocol used a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure, in which the teacher paired praise and/or edibles as the participants listened to a recording of adult voices. The recordings included short statements, greetings, nursery rhymes, or children stories. Reinforcement was delivered on a variable schedule of 2 during the pairing trial. Train/test pairing trials were conducted until students chose the recorded adult voice during free play period. The dependent variables were the numbers of learn units to criterion. These were calculated based on the 1,000 learn units presented before and after the protocol was implemented across the curricular areas of academic literacy and communication programs. The results demonstrated that the protocol was effective to decrease the number of learn units to criterion, particularly for communication programs.
 
142. The Use of Self-Monitoring Bracelets to Decrease Vocal Stereotypic Behavior of a Four-Year-Old Preschool Student.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
FINESSA SLATER (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), Celestina Rivera-Valdes (Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: The following study is a replication of Keohane et al (in press) in which they tested the effects of using a self-monitoring tactic to decrease a student’s stereotypic behavior. The tactic included teaching the student to utilize 2 colored bracelets to prompt self-monitoring of his behaviors to self-manage his stereotypy. The participant in this study was a 4 year-old male with listener/speaker and reader/emergent writer levels of verbal behavior. He was chosen because he emitted high levels of vocal stereotypy throughout the day. During intervention in the target setting, 1:1 instruction, the student was told that he could not emit stereotypy while wearing his orange bracelet and he could earn to wear his blue bracelet, which he could emit stereotypy. A multiple probe design across settings was used and the student’s stereotypy was measured in his Personalized System of Instruction (PSI) and lunch settings. Results showed that bracelet intervention to self-monitor the student’s behavior was successful and deceased his frequency of stereotypy across all settings. As well, collateral effects of the student’s social initiations were measured, and the data showed that as his stereotypy decreased, his initiations to staff slightly increased.
 
143. The Effects of Sensory Matching on Correct Responses to Instructional Control Programs and Total Learn Units to Criterion.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSAY J. CHERRY (Columbia University Teachers College), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), Samantha M. Solow (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Abstract: The following study investigated the effects of implementing a sensory matching protocol on learn units to criterion and instructional control programs. The participants were two five year old males diagnosed with autism. Participant A and Participant B had pre speaker/pre listener levels of verbal behavior. Both participants were students in a classroom that implemented the CABAS ® model. The independent variable consisted of the sensory matching protocol, the students were taught the capacity for sameness across six senses; visual, tactile, auditory, olfactory, gustatory, and kinesthetic. The dependent variable consisted of number of correct responses to learn unit presentations on instructional control programs and total learn units to criterion. Results showed that the sensory matching protocol used to induce capacity for sameness, was effective in increasing correct responses to instructional control programs and for decreasing learn units to criterion for both participants.
 
144. The Effects of Intensive Tact Training on Accurate Tacts, Mands, and Conversational Units.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON MALONEY (Columbia University Teachers College), Mindy Bunya Rothstein (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to test the effects of intensive tact training on accurate tacts, mands, and conversational units emitted by one participant. This study attempted to replicate results found in previous studies done by (Pistoljevic & Greer, 2006 and Schauffler & Greer, 2006). The participant was a 12 year old boy who was a student in a self contained CABAS classroom. This study used a probe design for one participant. The intensive tact training was implemented to increase the number of accurate tacts, mands and conversational units emitted by one participant. The dependent variables were the number of accurate tacts, mands and conversational units emitted by the participant. The independent variable was the intensive tact training procedure. The results show that the implementation of the intensive tact training was successful in increasing the number of accurate tacts, mands and conversational units emitted by the participant.
 
145. The Effects of a Rule-Governed Checklist on the Acquisition of Double-Digit and Triple-Digit Subtraction with Regrouping.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY REILLY-LAWSON (Columbia University Teachers College), Kimberly M. Lake (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of a rule-governed checklist on the acquisition of new operants, double-digit and triple-digit addition and double-digit subtraction with regrouping, and to increase correct responses to addition and subtraction learn units. The design of this study was an A B design with pre and post probes. The participants in this study were two nine-year-old females diagnosed with autism that did not have double-digit regrouping in their repertoire. Data were collected in the form of permanent products (written responses to math worksheets), collected during pre-probe, treatment, and post-probe phases. During probe sessions students completed worksheets containing double-digit and triple-digit with regrouping math problems. In the treatment phase students completed similar worksheets using an algorithm including steps and examples of double-digit and triple-digit addition and double-digit subtraction with regrouping. Results showed that the rule-governed checklist was an effective tactic for acquiring new double-digit and triple-digit addition and double-digit subtraction operants and increasing correct responses to addition and subtraction learn units.
 
146. Generalized Auditory Matching and the Listener Component of Naming.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JEANNE MARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School, Columbia University Teachers College)
Abstract: We tested the effects of teaching preschool students an auditory match to sample repertoire on the emergence of the listener half of Naming. The study was conducted in a special education preschool. The participants were two preschool students with language-based disabilities. Neither of the students had automatic availability of selection or discrimination responses, or the listener component of naming, following mastery of match to sample programs for two-dimensional visual stimuli. We taught the students to match same sounds and same words using BIGMac® buttons, and then tested the effects of mastery of these skills on the emergence of the listener component of naming. A time-lagged multiple probe design across students was employed to determine if there was a functional relation between the dependent and independent variables. The results showed that for the two students, the acquisition of an auditory matching repertoire was functionally related to the emergence of the listener component of naming.
 
147. The Effects of the Conditioning Listening to Voices Protocol on the Listener Capabilities and Learn Units to Criterion of Two Pre-Listeners with Autism.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARA KATRA OBLAK (Columbia University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Denise O'Sullivan (Fred S. Keller School), Rebecca Roderick (Columbia University Teachers College & CABAS)
Abstract: This study tested the effects of the conditioning listening to voices protocol on the listener capabilities and learn units to criterion of two males diagnosed with autism, for whom adult voices did not function as reinforcement for observing responses. The participants in this study were non-speakers, and pre-listeners at the onset of the study, who did not orient towards adult voices, or listen to adults speaking. The dependent variables in this study were learn units to criterion, and the Participants orienting toward adult voices during probe trials. The independent variable in this study was the conditioning listening to voices pair-test procedure. A pre- and post time-lagged multiple probe design was used for this study. The results of this study showed that the conditioning listening to voices protocol was effective on increasing the student’s capability to orient towards adult voices. Participant B’s reached the mastery criterion for conditioning listening to adult voices, and his learn units to criterion decreased after the protocol was completed. Participant A did not reach mastery criterion of the protocol before the end of the school year, and his learn units to criterion remained exactly the same.
 
148. The Effects of a Deictic Game on the Perspective Taking of Two Male Participants.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
PETRA WIEHE (Columbia University Teachers College), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School), Holli Helen Henningsen Jerdes (n/a), Lance Lieberman (n/a)
Abstract: A deictic game was used to test the effects on the perspective taking of two male participants, one diagnosed with autism, and the other with a communication disorder. Both participants attended a district based school in a suburban setting located approximately 40-miles outside of a major metropolitan area. The dependent variable consisted of the participants use of pronouns and perspective words such as I/You, Mine/Yours, and Here/There during 20 unconsequated probe trials. In addition, participants were probed in the free-play area for the emission of such words during a 15-min interval. Results for the study show useful in practice.
 
149. Increasing Teacher Efficiency and Student Rate of Tact Acquisition and Fluency Using ABA ACCELERATOR.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MANDY A. LEONARD (ABA Accelerator)
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted on the effects of ABA ACCELERATOR, web-based software designed to teach verbal behavior and fluency, on both teacher behavior and student behavior. Experiment 1 compared the use of traditional materials (picture cards) versus the use of ABA ACCELERATOR on the rate of presentation and accuracy of data collection of four teachers. Preliminary results indicate that rate of presentation was significantly faster using ABA ACCELERATOR and accuracy of data collection improved, increasing interobserver agreement to 100%. Experiment 2 compared the effects of the two teaching methods on the tact acquisition and rate of fluency of four students. Preliminary results indicate that all four students acquired more tacts in less time using ABA ACCELERATOR. Fluency of responding also increased for all four students tested using the software.
 
150. Measuring Speech when They Don’t Speak: Assessment Techniques for Children with Selective Mutism.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
VALERIE J. GORTMAKER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jennifer Griffin (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Selective Mutism (SM) is defined as persistent failure to speak in specific social situations where speaking is expected (e.g., school), despite speaking in other situations (e.g., at home). Previous research has suggested use of a variety of behavioral strategies for treating SM. There exists minimal information, however, regarding clear identification of outcome variables and progress monitoring techniques to evaluate intervention effectiveness. Data collection procedures are of utmost importance to assess (a) child’s initial behavior repertoire; (b) changes in the child’s repertoire (e.g., frequency and intensity of communication); (c) opportunities and reactions provided by others; (d) novel behavior repertoires (e.g., initiating conversation); and (e) generalized skills (communicating with new persons/situations). This poster will present how to identify appropriate dependent variables and practical ways to develop data collection procedures to effectively capture the targeted outcome. Three case illustrations will be provided to demonstrate various assessment procedures (e.g., surveys, interviews, observations, experimental conditions, etc.) that facilitated case conceptualization, individualized interventions, and measurable outcomes. In all three cases, careful planning allowed for sensitive detection of behavior change and generalized communication skills. This poster presents procedures as well as discussion of limitations, practical implications for behavior analysts, clinicians and educators, and directions for future research.
 
151. Effects of Social Consequences of Tacts and of Instructions upon the Behavior of Doing Physical Exercises.
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
MARTHA HÜBNER (Universidade de São Paulo), Augusto Amato (Universidade de São Paulo), João Victor Gonçalves (Universidade de São Paulo), Luciana Ono Shima (Universidade de São Paulo), Natalia tarallo (Universidade de São Paulo), Renata Coelho (Universidade de São Paulo), Robson Faggiani (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract: The objective of the present study was to verify the effects of differential reinforcement of tacts with qualifiers autoclitics about doing physical exercises and the effects of instructions upon doing physical exercises. Two university students of 18 years old were participants. During baseline, time of engagement in five activities were evaluated (reading, seeing videos, origami and doing physical exercises). During training, phrases with content in favor of doing physical exercises were differentially reinforced. Following this, participants were submitted to the Post-Test, identical to the baseline. If the time of engagement in doing exercises did not increase, general instructions were tested. If after the instruction the physical exercises did not occur, another type of instruction, announcing consequences with a generalized reinforcer was applied. The results show that the control of the differential reinforcement of the tacts did not control doing exercises; it was only after the instructions with the announcements of consequences was applied that the behavior of doing physical exercises occurred. One interpretation of the results is that the aversive control of the target behavior superimposed the control of verbal behavior. This data corroborates the literature about the effectiveness of the instructions with behaviors under aversive control.
 
152. Backward Chaining used to Teach a Woman with Aphasia to Read Long Words.
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Z. GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Haraldur Thorsteinsson (University of Iceland)
Abstract: Backward chaining was used to teach a 55 years old Icelandic woman with chronic aphasia to read long words that are dividable into three fully meaningful Icelandic words. The woman had been able to read texts like the newspaper and novels; however, she was unable to read long, composed words which resulted oftentimes in diminished understanding of the text. Training proceeded in the following manner, the last word in the long word was taught first. Then, she was taught to read two words as one. She was then taught to read the whole word. Modeling and positive social reinforcement of progress and correct performance were used in training. The participant made considerable progress in reading of the words used in training. Generalization to words not used in training was measured after training ended, also generalization to pictures of objects that corresponded to the words used in training Although she was able to name the objects when shown pictures that corresponded to the words used in training , the skill did not generalize to novel long words. She was however able to name objects given a novel picture even when the names of the items shown were really long.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #108
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Madeleine AB
Chair: Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
The annual business meeting of the AAB SIG will meet to discuss current membership, the treasurer's report, and relevant issues and advances through behavior analysis in the field of applied animal behavior. The SIG will also announce nominees for the Marion Breland Bailey Student Research and Scholarship Award, and provide a newsletter containing a compilation of SIG-related presentations for the 2007 convention program. Everyone is welcome to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #109
Behavior Analysis in Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group Meeting
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Mohsen AB
Chair: Joseph D. Cautilli (Children Crisis Treatment Center/St. Joseph's University)
Presenting Authors:
All are welcome. This meeting will focus on the success in developing the pamphlet series on behavioral medicine. In addition, it will look at the upcoming year including the founding of the new journal in conjunction with the Health, Sport, and Fitness SIG. Finally, we will discuss possible new projects for this year.
 
 
Business Meeting #110
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Edward C
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois, Chicago)
Presenting Authors:
Behaviorists interested in social issues will gather to explore and share ways that the science of behavior can and should further contribute to social justice, human rights, and other important social goals. Those gathered will develop a task plan for expanding this work among behavior and cultural analysts.
 
 
Business Meeting #111
Clinical Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Del Mar AB
Chair: Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University)
Presenting Authors:
Special interest group for those who have an interest in clinical applications of behavior analysis, through both research and applied settings. This is our annual meeting to discuss student awards, speaker scheduling, and other events, as well as our general areas of interest and work.
 
 
Business Meeting #111b
Direct Instruction SIG
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Betsy B
Chair: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus)
Presenting Authors:
N/a
 
 
Business Meeting #112
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Oxford
Chair: Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Presenting Authors:
The EAHB-SIG will meet to present awards to our annual student paper winners, and to disucuss the status of our online journal (the EAHB Bulletin), our budget, and the state of the field of human experimental analysis of behavior.
 
 
Panel #113
Professional Development Series: On Aspects of Being a Board Certified Behavior Analyst
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Edward AB
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katherine M Wamhoff (University of Texas, Austin)
GERALD A SHOOK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles)
CLAIRE C ST. PETER (West Virginia University)
Abstract: As our field continues to grow and expand into many more applied areas, it is becoming increasingly important for practitioners to be held to professional standards. This panel discusses some of the important aspects of becoming a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. This event is sponsored by the Student Committee.
 
 
Business Meeting #114
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Ford C
Chair: Michael P. Mozzoni (Timber Ridge Group, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss areas of common interest affecting persons with acquired brain injury in terms of skill acquisition and community re-entry. A task force to review the relevant behavioral literature in an effort to establish practice standards and treatment guidelines for applied behavior analysis in TBI will be created.
 
 
Business Meeting #115
Autism Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Randle AB
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Rutgers University)
Presenting Authors:
A business meeting will be held to address an array of administrative matters relevant to the SIG. The business meeting will be followed by a panel discussion. The theme of the panel will be reported in the Spring Issue of the newsletter. All interested parties are welcome to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #122a
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for Authors, Prospective Authors, Readers, and Board Members
Saturday, May 26, 2007
7:30 PM–8:20 PM
Emma C
Chair: Leonard Green (Washington University)
Presenting Authors:
The annual report of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB) will be presented, followed by discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage authors and prospective authors to attend. Questions and suggestions encouraged.
 
 
Reunion #116
SIG Español/Spanish SIG Business Meeting and Reunion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Cunningham C
Chair: Mapy Chavez-Brown (Wagner College)
Esta es la reunion anual del SIG Español. Todos los miembros de ABA de habla hispana estan invitados.
 
 
Panel #116a
Professional Development Series: An Introduction to Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT)
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–9:20 PM
Edward AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Candice M. Jostad (Western Michigan University)
LYNN KERN KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Recognized as one of the top state-of-the-art treatments for autism in the United States, the innovative Pivotal Response Treatment uses natural learning opportunities to target and modify key behaviors in children with autism, leading to widespread positive effects on communication, behavior, and social skills. Dr. Lynn Koegel will provide an overview and description of this proven approach, which is the product of 20 years of research from Robert and Lynn Koegel, co-founders of the renowned Koegel Autism Research Center at the University of California, Santa Barbara.

 
 
Reunion #117
University of Florida Reunion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
America's Cup AB
Chair: Brian D. Kangas (University of Florida)
This reunion is for alumni, students, faculty, and friends of the University of Florida. Events will include music, a pictorial slide show, and a cash bar.
 
 
Reunion #118
University of Kansas, Department of Applied Behavioral Science (formerly, Human Development and Family Life)
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Cunningham AB
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
The purpose of this event is to join in reunion the alumni and faculty of the world's oldest training program in behavior analysis.
 
 
Reunion #119
University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Randle E
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Current students, alumni, and faculty will gather together and reminisce about their past and make new contacts for their future.
 
 
Reunion #120
Utah State University Reunion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
America's Cup C
Chair: Veda A. Charlton (The Institute for Effective Education)
This reunion will provide an opportunity for knowledge sharing and provide collaboration and networking opportunities for the organization. In addition, this will allow individuals to reflect on their experiences at Utah State and to show appreciation to the faculty that helped shape their behavioral repertoire.
 
 
Reunion #121
Western Michigan University: Reunion for Alumni, Students and Friends
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Randle D
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
This is a social reunion of alumni, students, and friends of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University.
 
 
Reunion #121a
CalABA Welcome Reception
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Elizabeth A
Chair: Christina Whalen (TeachTown)
 
Terry J. Tibbetts (None)
 

N/a

 
 
Reunion #121b
University of Nevada Reno Behavior Analysis Reunion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
America's Cup D
Chair: Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
N/a
 
 
Reunion #121c
The Ohio State University Reunion
Saturday, May 26, 2007
8:30 PM–10:30 PM
Ford AB
Chair: Sheila Morgan (The Ohio State University)
N/a
 
 
Special Event #122
Behavioral Bash
Saturday, May 26, 2007
10:30 PM–12:30 AM
Douglas BC
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (University of Nevada, Reno)
ABA welcomes all of its members to San Diego. Join us for a night of entertainment and fun. We will have some talent from within our very own membership – yes, behavior analysts do have other talents! This will include our ever popular skit competition, awards, and entertainment from local talent. We hope to see you all there!
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}